klBRARYOFf^ONGKESS.I 

f UNITKD STATliS OF AMERICA. f 



f 



Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2010 with funding from 
. The Library of Congress 



http://www.archive.org/details/americanflowerga02buis 




Cain < (ha .Umlfudlu . 
.'ji,.iini Lr''. 



THE AMERICAN 
FliOWER GARDEN DIRECTORY, 



CONTAINING r 



PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS FOR THE CULTURE OF PLANTS 



ROOlMg OR FARLiOURS, 

FOR EVERY MONTH IN THE YEAR^ 
With 

A DESCRIPTION OF THE PLANTS MOST DESIRABLE IN EACH, THE NATURE OF THE SOIL AND 
; SITUATION BEST ADAPTED TO THEIR GROWTH, THE PROPER SEASON FOR 

TRANSPLANTING, &C. 

* INS^'RUCTIONS FOR ERECTING A 

|l|ot=ftousr, @freeti=iiottjse, antr laging out a iFIoSuer ©fartren. 

ALSO, 

Table, of Soils most congenial to the Plants contained in the Work. 

THE WHOLE ADAPTED TO EITHER LARGE OR SMALL GARDENS, 

WITH 

LISTS OF ANNUALS, BIENNIALS, AND ORNAMENTAL SHRUBS, 
CONTENTS, A GENERAL INDEX, 

And a Frontispiece of Camellia Fimbriata. 



V 



By HIBBERT AND BUIST, 

EXOTIC NURSERYMEN AND if-LOKISTS 



PHIL A DELPHI A : 

PRINTED FOR THE AUTHORS BY ADAM WALDIE. 

1832. 

y 



:<^ 



O 



,VVv 



X 



Entered, according to the Act of Congress, in the year 1832, by 

HiBBERT AND BuiST, 

In the clerk's Office of the District Court of the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. 



PREFACE. 



This volume owes its existence principally to the repeated requests 
of a number of our fair patrons, and amateur supporters, whose en- 
quiries and wishes for a practical manual on Floraculture, at last in- 
duced us to prepare a work on the subject. That now offered is given 
unaffectedly and simply as a plain and easy treatise on this increasing- 
ly interesting subject. It will at once be perceived that there are no 
pretensions to literary claims — the directions are given in the simplest 
manner — the arrangement made as lucidly as was in our power — and 
the whole is presented with the single wish of its being practically use- 
ful. How far our object has been attained of course our readers must 
judge. Nothing has been intentionally concealed ; and all thai is as- 
serted is the result of minute observation, close application, and an 
extended continuous experience from childhood. We pretend not to 
infallibility, and are not so sanguine as to declare our views the most 
perfect that can be attained. But we can so far say, that the prac- 
tice here recommended has been found very successful. 

Some very probably may be disappointed in not having the means 
of propagating as clearly delineated as those of culture ; but to have 
entered into all the minutise connected therewith, would have formed 
materials for two volumes larger than the present. We might have 
described that branch, as it has already been done in works published 



IV PREFACE. 

both on this continent and in Europe. In one of the former it is said, 
" You may now propagate many kinds {Exotic Plants) by suckers, 
cuttings, and layers, which should be duly attended to, particularly 
such as are scarce and difficult to be obtained." And the directions 
given in one of the most extensive works in Europe on the propagation 
of an extensive genus, varied in character and constitution, run thus : 
" Cuttings of most kinds will strike root. From the strongest grow- 
ing kinds, take off large cuttings at a joint, and plunge them in a pot 
of sand under a hand-glass in the bark bed. Of the smaller kinds 
take younger kinds, and put them under a bell-glass, also plunged in 
heat. The sooner the plants are potted off after they are rooted the 
better." 

Such instructions to the inexperienced, are imperfect and unavail- 
ing, which, we flatter ourselves, is not the character that will attach to 
the present work. We are well aware that there are persons, who, to 
show their own superior abilities, may cavil and say'that there is nothing 
new. To such critics it may be answered, if arranging, simplifying, 
digesting, and rendering Floraculture attainable by the humblest capa- 
city, with useful lists and tables on a plan quite novel, as we believe — 
offer nothing new, it may at least be called an improvement. How- 
ever, we submit all to a generous public, to whom we are already 
under many obligations. 

HiBBERT & BuiST. 
Philadelphia, April 18th, 1832. 



INTRODUCTION. 



In presenting this work, constructed as a monthly calendar, which 
is the most simple and easy method to convey the necessary opera- 
tions of the year, considerably more labour has been expended, than 
was at first expected, to render it as accurate as possible. Some 
verbal mistakes may have been overlooked in the botanical names. 
Where such occur, the list of names at the end of the volume will 
enable the reader to correct them ; as well as the accentuation. 
For such other errors as may be discovered, the indulgence of the 
reader is solicited. 

Frequently, in the description of plants, there are Botanical and 
English names compounded, in order the more clearly to elucidate 
their several parts to those who are not fully acquainted with scienti- 
fic terms. The description of the colour of flowers and habits of 
plants will be useful to such as are at a great distance from collec- 
tions, in enabling them to make selections judiciously. 

Those plants described and recommended have all, with a few ex- 
ceptions, passed under our own observation, and are generally such 
as are most worthy of attention, either for beauty of flower, foliage, 
or habit, together with those celebrated in arts and medicine. Many 
may possibly have passed unobserved, either from their being very gene- 
rally known, or diflScult to obtain ; but in no case has there been sup- 
pression from selfish motives. Where the words " our collections" 
occur, it is meant for those of the country generally, and especially 
those immediately in the vicinity of Philadelphia. In all our observa- 
tions, no regard has been paid to what has been written by others. 



VI INTRODUCTION, 

either in the way of depreciation, or of particular apppreciaiion. 
Perhaps some other cultivators may differ from us respecting culture 
and soil ; however this may be, we rest satisfied, as our work is de- 
signedly and professedly given as the result of our own experience, 
the plan kid down is our own routine of culture, and the soils are 
those which we adopt. We do not say that there is no soil in which 
the plants will not grow better, fully aware that every art and profes- 
sion is subject to improvement. The table of soils has been construct- 
ed at the expense of much labour, and condensed as much as possible ; 
to every one that has a single plant it will be found invaluable. Many 
are the publications in Europe on Gardening and Floraculture, the 
directions in which, when practised in the United States, prove 
almost a perfect dead letter. A work adapted to the climate must 
be the guide in this country, and not one which is foreign to us in 
every respect. On this account a work like the present has been a 
desideratum, considering the rapidly increasing and interesting ad- 
vancement of the culture of flowers amongst the fair daughters of 
our flourishing republic. 

To aid them and others seeking information in this instructive and 
delightful pursuit — to enable them to examine more minutely, and 
judge more correctly of the qualities, properties, and beauties of 
plants — have been prominent objects in this publication. Here, as 
knowledge is increased, the warmer will be the devotion of the de- 
lighted student ; and as the mind correspondingly expands, the desire 
for further information will keep pace — advancing constantly in the 
development of nature, the mind will participate in the e.njoyment, 
and become meliorated and purified — as the study of nature's works 
inevitably lead to the contemplation of nature's God, and the result of 
the whole prove a harmonious combination of personal gratification and 
mental improvement. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 





HOT-HOUSE. 




JANUARY. 


Page 




Page. 


Of Temperature, 


9 


Of bringing out the Hot-house Plants, 255 


Firing and Fuel, 


ib. 


Succulents 


257 


Watering 


11 






Insects, to destroy, 


12 


JUNE Sf JULY. 




Shifting Plants, 


17 


General Observations, 


272 


Cleaning do., &c.. 


19 


AUGUST. 




FEBRUARY. 




Of Repotting, 


284 


Of Temperature, 


33 


Repairing the House, 


ib. 


Insects, 

Shifting Plants, 
Cleaning do. and House, 


34 
35 
37 


SEPTEMBER. 

Of Dressing the Plants, 
Taking in do.. 


298 
ib. 


MARCH. 




OCTOBER. 




General Observations, 


56 


Of Airing and Temperature, 


311 


Of Shifting Plants, 


57 


NOVEMBER. 




APRIL. 




Of Temperature, 


326 


Of Temperature, 


168 


Cistern and Water, 


ib. 


Observations in general. 


169 


DECEMBER. 




MAY. 




Of Firing, 


337 


Of Repotting Plants, 


219 


Shutters, 


ib. 


Hot-house Plants described, 


ib. 


Placing Bulbs in the Hot-hous 


,e, 338 



GREEN-HOUSE. 



JANUARY. 




MARCH. 




Green-house, 


20 


Of Temperature, 


57 


Of Temperature, 


21 


Watering, 


58 


Watering, 


ib. 


Oranges and Lemons, 


ib. 


Camellia Japonica, 


22 


Myrtles and Oleanders, 


59 


Oranges, Lemons, &c.. 


24 


Geraniums, 


60 


Cape Bulbs, &c.. 


ib. 


Herbaceous plants, 


ib. 


Hyacinths, &c., 


25 


Cape Bulbs, 


ib. 






Repotting, 


61 


FEBRUARY. 




Enarcliing, 


127 


Of Temperature, 


38 






Watering, 


39 


APRIL. 




Oranges and Lemons, 


ib. 


Of Repotting, 


170 


Bulbs, 


40 


Watering, 


ib. 


Camellia Japonica, 


41 


Oranges and Lemons, 


171 


Shifting, 


ib. 


Myrtles and Oleanders, 


173 


Cleaning, &.c.. 


43 


Geraniums, 


ib. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



Page. 

Of Herbaceous Plants and Bulbs, 174 

Flowering Plants, 175 

Insects, ib. 

Flowering Stocks, 176 

MAY. 

Of bringing out the Green-house 

Plants, 258 

Repotting Plants, 259 

Camellias, 264 

Cape Bulbs, 265 



JUJ^E ^ JULY. 

General Observations, 

AUGUST. 
Of Geraniums, 

Oranges and Lemons, 
Pruning do., 

Repotting Plants, 



273 



286 

287 

289 

ib. 



SEPTEMBER. Page. 

Of Repairing the House, 300 

Watering, 301 
Preparing for taking in the Plants, ib. 

Stocks and Wall-flowers, 302 

Chrysanthemums, ib. 

Cape and Holland Bulbs, 303 

Repotting, 306 

OCTOBER. 

Of taking in and arranging the 

Plants, 312 

Repotting, 313 

Camellias, 315 



NOVEMBER. 

Of Air and Water, 
Tender Bulbs, 

DECEMBER. 

Of Temperature, 
Bulbous Roots, 



327 
328 



340 
341 



FLOWER-GARDEN. 



JANUARY. 

Flower Garden, 

Of Framing, &c. 

Pruning, 

FEBRUARY. 

Of Pruning, 

Planting Shrubs, 
Hyacinths and other Bulbs, 
Framing, 

MARCH. 
Of Planting Box Edgings, 
Sowing Tender Annuals, 
Sowing Hardy " 
Sowing Biennials, 
Planting Perennials, 
Bulbous Roots, 



130 
131 
132 
133 
ib. 
152 
Repotting Carnations, Pinks and 

Primroses, 153 

Auriculas, 154 

Ranunculus and Anemone, 155 

Roses, planting, ib. 

Pruning Climbing Roses, 159 

Planting Ornamental Siirubs, ib. 
Grass-plats and Walks, 160 

Gravel- walks, 162 

Fancy-edgings, ib. 

Grafting, 163 



APRIL. 




Of Annuals, 


178 


Biennials and Perennials, 


179 


Dahlias, 


180 


China Roses, 


182 


Climbing " 


189 


" Plants, 


196 


Deciduous Shrubs, 


199 


Planting Evergreens, 


ib. 


Care of choice Bulbs, 


201 


Anemone and Ranunculus, 


203 


Auriculas, 


204 


Carnations and Pinks, 


ib. 


Poliantlius tuberosa. 


205 


Jacobea Lily, kc. 


207 


Tiffer-flower, 


208 


Walks, 


209 


Evergreen Hedges, 


210 


Box-edgings, 


211 



Grass-plats & Flowering-plants, 212 

MAY. 

Of Annuals, hardy and tender, 266 
Hyacinths and Tulips, ib. 
Anemone and Ranunculus, 267 
Dahlia, Tuberose, and Amaryllis, ib. 
Auricula, Polyanthus and Prim- 
rose, •''• 
Wall-flower, double, 268 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



JUKE AND JULY. 

Holland Bulbs, 274 

Autumn flowering-bulbs, ib. 

Carnations and Pinks, 275 

Of Laying Carnations and Pinks, 277 

Pruning Roses, 278 

Budding, 279 

Watering, 281 

AUGUST. 

Of Evergreen Hedges, 293 

Carnations and Pinks, 294 

Bulbous Roots, ib. 

Sowing Seeds of do. 295 

" and gathering Seeds, 296 

SEPTEMBER. 

Of Dahlias, 307 

General care of Plants in pots, ib. 

Beds for Bulbous-roots, 308 



OCTOBER. 

Of Planting various Bulbs, 
" and transplanting. 
Grass and Gravel-walks, 
Planting Evergreens, 

JVOVEMBER. 

Of Protecting Choice Bulbs, 

Tuberose, Dahlia, Tigridia, and 



317 

302 

322 

ib. 



329 



Amaryllis 




330 


Erythrinas, 




ib. 


Primrose and Daisy, 




331 


Choice Carnations, Pinks, 


and 




Auriculas, 




ib. 


Protecting Plants, 




332 


" Seeding-bulbs, 




333 


Planting Deciduous Trees 


and 




Shrubs, 




ib. 


DECEMBER. 






General Observations, 




342 



ROOMS. 



JANUARY. 




Cape bulbs, 


270 


Rooms, 


28 


Repotting, 


271 


Of Temperature, 


ib. 






Watering, 


29 


JUNE AND JULY, 




Camellia Japonica, 


ib. 


General Observations, 


282 


Insects, 


30 






Bulbous Roots, 


31 


AUGUST. 








General Observations, 


296 


FEBRUARY. 




Sowing Mignonette, 


297 


Of Temperature, 


54 






Hyacinths, 


55 


SEPTEMBER. 




Camellias, 


ib. 


Of a Stage for Rooms, 


309 


MARCH. 




General Observations, 


310 


General Observations, 


165 


OCTOBER. 




Of Flowering Plants, 


166 


Of taking in the Plants, 


323 


APRIL. 




Bulbous roots, 


324 


Of plants brought from the Green- 








house, 


214 


NOVEMBER. 




Flowering Plants, 


215 


Of Camellias, &c. 


335 


Bringing Plants out of the cellar 


, ib. 


DECEMBER. 




MAY. 




An outline of culture of plants, 


344 



Of Bringing out the Plants, 



269 



Index of Plants, 
Description of Soils, 
Table of Soils, 

2* 



353 

375 

ib. 



On the construction of a Hot-house, 345. 
348 
« " » Green-house, 349 

On laying out a Flower Garden, 349, 352 



OMITTED IN MARCH. 

Jasminum, Jasmine. A few species of this genus are 
celebrated either for the Green-house or Rooms. J. 
odoratissimum, Azorian, has very sweet-scented yellow 
flowers, blooming from April to November. /. revolu- 
tum is the earliest flowering one, and of the same colour ; 
it is apt to grow straggling, and should be close pruned 
as soon as done blooming, which will be about June. 
J. grandiflorum is frequently called Catalonian, and 
should be pruned early in spring to make it bloom well, 
especially old plants. /. officinale is a hardy climbing 
plant for arbours, walls, &c. There are several varie- 
ties of it, and it is reported there is a double one. 



ERRATA. 

Page 104, dele " L. Silaifdlia has leaves bipinnatifid and smootli ; segments 
wedge-shaped and cut ; L. dent&la and L. ilicifdlia, are the finest ;" and place it 
to " LoTndtia" page 103. 

Page 321, ninth lino from top, dele " Pedulis." 



THE 

AMERICAN FJLOWER GARDEN 

DIRECTORY. 



m^^on^t. 



JANUARY. 

At all times be very careful of the temperature of 
this department, and more especially at this season of 
the year, as a few minutes' neglect might materially 
injure many of the delicate plants. The thermometer 
ought to range between 58° and 65°. In fine sunshine 
days, admit a little air by having some of the top sashes 
let down, one, two, or three inches, according to the 
weather, and let it always be done from eleven to one 
o'clock ; but by no means in such a manner as to cause 
a draught in the interior of the house, which would be 
very prejudicial. Therefore be always cautious during 
cold weather, in administering that necessary element 
to vegetation, which is so conducive to health. 

OF FIRING AND FUEL. 

The Hot-house ought never to be left entirely to in- 
experienced persons, because they are not aware of 
what might be the result of inattention even for an hour. 

, 2 



10 HOT-HOUSE— FUEL. [January. 

Attention to the following observations will obviate 
every difficulty. About this season of the year, frost 
generally sets in very severe in the middle states. Sup- 
pose the day may have all the clemency of spring, the 
night may be directly the reverse. Every precaution 
is necessary to guard against extremes. According to 
what was said last month, it is understood that the 
shutters are put on every night at sundown, and in 
severe weather, they must be put on as soon as the sun 
goes off the glass. If the shutters are omitted till late 
in severe frost, it will so reduce the heat of the house, 
that you cannot overcome it by fire until near mid- 
night; and when done, the fire or fires have been made 
more powerful than they ought to be, proving uncon- 
genial to the plants that are near the flues. The air, 
as above directed, having been taken ofi" the house at 
one o'clock, as soon as the mercury begins to fall in 
the thermometer, kindle the fire, and supposing it is 
anthracite coal, in twenty minutes, with a good draw- 
ing furnace, the heat will operate in the house. If a 
coal fire, kindled about four o'clock, it will require an 
addition about six, and then may be made up again 
about nine or ten, which will suffice until morning. 
The quantity must be regulated by the weather. If 
the fuel is wood, it must be attended to three or four 
times during the evening ; and when the mornings are 
intensely cold, one fire in the morning is requisite. 
When there are bad drawing furnaces the fires must 
be made much earlier, perhaps by two or three o'clock, 
which will be easily observed by the time the fire takes 
effect upon the air of the house. The temperature 
ought never to be under 55° of Fahrenheit. 



January.] HOT-HOUSE— WATERING PLANTS, ] ] 

OF WATERING THE PLANTS. 

To do this judiciously, is so necessary to vegetation, 
and so requisite to understand, and yet the knowledge 
so difficult to convey to others (being entirely acquired 
by practice,) that if the powfer was in man to impart it 
to his fellow-men, he would possess the power of 
perfecting a gardener by diction. However, the hints 
on this important point of floraculture, will be as clear 
and expressive as can at present be elicited. All plants 
in this work that are aquatic, shall be specified as 
such ; and those that are arid shall be duly mentioned. 
All others will come in the medium. 

All the plants must be looked over every day, and 
those watered that appear to be getting dry on the 
top. It must be strictly observed not to give water to 
any but such as are becoming dry, and let it be given 
moderately at this season. Two or three days may per- 
haps elapse before it need be repeated. There is not so 
much liability to err at present in giving too little, as in 
administering too nmch. Vegetation amongst the stove 
or Hot-house plants will soon begin to show, and the soil 
will prove uncongenial if it is impregnated with stag- 
nant moisture. Small plants should always be watered 
with a pot, having what is termed arose upon it. The 
surface of the rose, that is, where it is perforated with 
small apertures, ought to be level, or a little concave, 
which would convey the water more to a centre, and 
make neater work, by preventing any water from being 
unnecessarily spilt in the house. The size of the pot 
will be regulated by the person to suit the conveniences 



12 HOTHOUSE— DESTRUCTION OF INSECTS. [January. 

of the place. Water, when applied either to the roots 
or foliage of the plants, should be about the medium 
temperature of the house. The cistern, built on the 
plan herein recommended, will always give this, and 
sometimes more, which can easily be reduced by add- 
ing cold water. Where there are no cisterns, a tank 
or barrel might be in the house, in which the water 
could stand for one night or more, as is most suitable. 
When water is given without being thus aired, it chills 
the roots, prevents a luxuriant growth, injures the fresh 
and healthful appearance of the foliage, and too fre- 
quently gives to all the plants a sickly hue. 

OF INSECTS, THEIR DESTRUCTION, &c. 

In this department, insects begin to increase by 
hundreds, and too frequently their ravages are very 
obvious before their progress is arrested. We will 
treat of those which are most common, under their re- 
spective heads, with their nature and cure, as far as 
has come under our observation. 

Jlj^his rosce, of the natural order of Hemiptera, or 
what is commonly known by Green Fly, Green Lice, 
&c. infect plants in general, and are particularly de- 
structive in the Hot-house to Hibiscus rosa-sinensis, As- 
clepias^ Crdssula coccinea, AlstrcEmeria^ and many other 
plants of a free growing nature. They attack the 
young and tender shoots at the point, leaving a dark 
filthy appearance on the foliage. Many remedies for 
their destruction have been offered to the public by 
various writers, each equally secure in his own opinion. 



January.] HOTHOUSE— DESTRUCTION OF INSECTS. ] 3 

Extensive practice alone can show the most easy and 
effectual cure. Fumigating with tobacco is decidedly 
the most efficacious, and in the power of any to per- 
form. Take a small circular furnace, made of sheet 
iron, diameter at top twelve inches, and at bottom 
eight; depth one foot, having a grating in it to reach 
within three inches of the bottom, which will leave space 
for the air to pass, and where the ashes will fall and be 
kept in safety, having a handle like a pail to carry it 
with. This, or any thing similar, being ready, put in 
it a few embers of ignited charcoal; take it into the 
centre of the house, and put on the coals a quantity of 
moist tobacco stems. If they attempt to blaze or 
flame, sprinkle a little water over them ; and as they 
consume, continue to add tobacco until the house is 
entirely full of smoke, observing always to do it in still, 
cloudy weather, or in the evening. If it is windy, the 
smoke is carried ofl" without having half the effect, 
and requires more tobacco. The house must be 
closely shut up. There are several plants whose foli- 
age is of a soft downy nature, such as Heliiropiums, 
Callacdrpas, Salvias, and many of the Lantdnas, Vincas, 
with several others, that cannot stand, without danger, 
strong fumigation. These should be put low down in 
the house, or under the stage. These fumigations 
will have to be repeated frequently, the time for which 
will easily be perceived; and, when required, ought not 
to be delayed. Several species and varieties of the 
same genus, Jphis, can be destroyed in the like man- 
ner. 

Jicaris tellurius, or red spider, is caused by a dry at- 



14 HOTHOUSE— DESTRUCTION OF INSECTS. [January. 

mosphere, and its havoc generally is obvious before it 
is arrested. With its proboscis, it wounds the fine ca- 
pillary vessels; and if the leaves are fine, they will ap- 
pear as if probed with a needle, and yellowish around 
the wound. If they have farther progressed in their 
destructive work, the leaves will prematurely decay. 
On this appearance, turn up the leaf, and you will see 
them running about with incredible swiftness. Their 
body is of a blood colour, and their feet, eight in 
number, light red. When very numerous, they work 
thick webs on the under side of the leaf, and fre- 
quently all over it, forming a mass of half dead 
plants, decayed leaves, and thousands of spiders. 
The most effectual remedy is a thorough syring- 
ing with water, and profusely under the foliage. This 
being done every evening, will subdue and eventually 
banish them. Had the house been syringed two or 
three times per week, these intruders would not have 
appeared. It is said by some writers, that watering 
only reduces them to a temporary state of inaction, 
and will not destroy them. Laying aside the many 
prescribed nostrums, we assert that the pure element 
is the most effectual cure, as well as the most easy 
to be obtained. 

Thrips^ order Hemiptera, are insects so minute as 
scarcely to be perceptible to the naked eye. They 
generally lurk close to the veins of the leaves of plants, 
and frequently attack esculents. When viewed through 
a glass, they are seen, when touched, to skip with 
great agility. The larva is of a high brown, or reddish 
colour. The thrip has four wings, and walks with its 



January.] HOTHOUSE— DESTRUCTION OF INSECTS. ] 5 

body turned upwards. It frequently attacks the extremi- 
ties of tender shoots, or young leaves, which become 
shrivelled, brown, and will rub to dust easily between 
the thumb and finger. When any leaves or shoots are 
perceived to be so, if you do not observe the green fly, 
expect the thrips. They may be destroyed by a fumi- 
gation of tobacco, in the same manner as the green fly. 
By the simple and expeditious method of fumigation, 
these insects and several others may be destroyed effec- 
tually at any time they appear. 

Cocus hesperidus, or mealy bug, has appeared in the 
Hot-houses about Philadelphia within these few years, 
and, if not instantly destroyed, increases rapidly. It 
is of a white dusty colour, when broken, of a brownish 
red, generally covered with down, under which it de- 
posits its eggs ; and they, in a few months, come forth 
in great numbers. The cocus generally is of a dor- 
mant nature, but, in warm weather, they may be seen 
moving rapidly up the stems of the plants. Fumigat- 
ing has no observable effect on these insects ; there- 
fore, as soon as they appear, recourse must be had to 
other means. The liquid made from the following re- 
ceipt, is death to any of the Cocus tribe : Take two 
pounds of strong soap, one pound flour of sulphur, one 
pound of leaf tobacco, one and a half ounce of nux vo- 
mica, with a table spoonful of turpentine, which boil in 
four gallons of river water to three ; then set aside to 
cool. When boiling, stir it well with a stick, continu- 
ing to do so until it is reduced as above. In this 
liquor immerse the whole plant, drawing it to and fro 
gently, that the liquor may penetrate every where. 



16 HOTHOUSE— DESTRUCTION OF INSECTS. [January. 

This done, lay the plant on its side, until it begin to 
dry, then syringe well with clean water, and put it in 
its respective station. Where a collection of plants 
is free from any insects of the kind, every plant that is 
introduced, ought to be minutely scrutinized, that the 
unclean may be kept from the clean : the above insect 
will feed almost on any plant, but indulges on Crdssidas, 
any of the bristly Cactus, Gardenias, and in fact what- 
ever is in the way. 

Cocus — , or brown scaly insect, is frequently 

found on many plants, but we never could perceive that 
it does any other material injury, than dirtying them. 
We have always observed, that it is found in winter to 
abound most in those situations which are most ex- 
cluded from air; therefore is of less importance than the 
other species, which eat and corrode the leaves of ten- 
der plants. A washing with strong soap suds will de- 
stroy them, or the above liquid will do it more effec- 
tually. Tie a piece of sponge on the end of a small 
stick, and scrub every leaf, stem, and crevice. Fumi- 
gating destroys the larvas of this species. 

Cocus , or small white scaly insect, which 

generally infests Cycas revoluta and circindlis, the varie- 
ties of JYerium oleander, Okas, and several species of 
Acacias, may be destroyed by washing as above with a 
sponge, and a strong decoction of tobacco, using the 
liquid about the warmth of 100°. Being thus heated, 
it irritates the insect, when, by easing itself from its 
bed, the fluid passes under it, and causes immediate 
death. If it is not thus irritated, it adheres so closely 
to the foliage, that it will keep you at defiance. The 



January.] HOTHOUSE— SHIFTING PLANTS. 27 

ance. The under, or dark side of the leaves is its 
residence ; and we have observed a plant in a house 
where there was only light on one side, with the dark 
side literally covered, while the light side was clean. 
So much for having houses with plenty of light. The 
effects of this insect are of a corroding nature, extract- 
ing all the juices from the leaf under it, even straining 
to the other side ; and where they have got to the 
extremity, the foliage is completely yellow, and of a 
decayed appearance. 

Cocus , or turtle insect. We have never 

observed this insect arrive to any extent, but think that 
the Datura arborea is most infested with it. It is the 
largest of any genus known amongst us, and very 
like a turtle in miniature. On lifting it from the wood, 
to which it generally adheres, there appear to be hun- 
dreds of eggs under it, but fumigating completely de- 
stroys the larvae. In our opinion this turtle insect is 
no other than the old female of the brown scaly insect, 
which swells to a large size before depositing its eggs. 
We have frequently observed the insect dead in this 
enlarged state, and question if this is the last stage of 
its transmigration. The male insect is winged, and 
very active in its movements. 

OF SHIFTING PLANTS. 

At this period of the season very little is required to 
grow Calceolarias to perfection. They require a few 
months of the Hot-house, and if the directions given 
last month were followed up, some of these will have 



J 3 HOT-HOUSE— SHIFTING PLANTS. [January. 

advanced a little in growth. The herbaceous kinds, 
when grown about one inch high, ought to be divided, 
and put into four inch pots, sprinkled gently, and kept 
in the shade until they begin to grow; after which, keep 
them near the glass, to prevent them from becoming 
spindly and drawn. Their farther treatment will be 
observed as they require. This is a beautiful genus of 
plants, flowering very profusely all summer, and some 
of them early in spring. 

Alstrceraerias^ about the beginning or middle of the 
month, will have made their appearance above ground. 
When shot about one inch, turn them out, and carefully 
shake them clear of earth ; and if required, divide the 
crowns, and put them in as small pots as possible, 
taking care not to break any of the strong fleshy roots. 
(For Soil, see Table.) To flower these plants well, 
they require to be frequently shifted, during their active 
stage of growth, which must be duly observed. The 
most of the species of this genus will more than repay 
the attention, by their abundantly and beautifully spot- 
ted flowers. A. Jlosmarthia, A. Felegrina^ A. pulchella^ 
and A. atropurpurea^ are the most splendid. The former 
flowers very freely. All natives of South America. 

Where bulbous roots, such as Hyacinths^ Jonquils^ 
JVarctssus, Ixias, Lachendllas, &c. are required to be 
early in flower, they may, about the beginning or end 
of the month, be put in the front of the Hot-house, 
giving very little water until they begin to grow ; then 
water freely, and tie up the flower stems as they ad- 
vance. 



January.] HOT-HOUSE— CLEANSING PLANTS, HOUSE, &c. J 9 

OF CLEANSING PLANTS, HOUSE, &c. 

This subject ought to be kept constantly in view. 
However correct every thing may be executed, with- 
out that adorning beauty, cleanHness, all will appear 
only half done. Therefore let all the dead leaves be 
picked off every day, and with dust and other litter 
swept out of the house, and when necessary, the 
house washed, which will be at least once a week. 
That the foliage of the plants may alv/ays appear fresh, 
syringe them in the evening, twice or three times per 
week ; (when the weather is very cold, do it in the 
morning.) At present this will .in a great measure keep 
down the insects, and will prove a bane to the red 
spider. 

A hand engine is certainly the best. Milne's pa- 
tent hand engine surpasses any that we have used. 
Nevertheless a hand syringe is very effectual. Some 
of these engines are powerful, throwing the water 
above forty feet. Read's patent of London is excellent. 
At the store of D. & C. Landreth, Phila., there is a very 
good kind, which answers admirably in small houses. 
Tie up neatly with stakes, and threads of Russia mat, 
all the straggling growing plants; let the stakes be pro- 
portionate to the plants, and never longer, except they 
are chmbing sorts. Do not tie the branches in bun- 
dles; but singly and neatly, imitating nature as much as 
possible. If any of the plants are affected with the 
Cocus insect, let them be cleaned according to the plan 
already mentioned, taking particular care also in wash- 
ing the stakes to which they had been previously tied, 



20 GREEN-HOUSE. [January. 

and burning all the old tyings, which contain the larvae 
of the insect in many instances, especially of Cocus hespe- 
ridus. It is premised, when any of these things are 
done, that they will be well done, and not half doing, 
and always doing. Cleanliness, in every respect, pro- 
motes a pure air, which is congenial to vegetation, and 
will, with other attention, always ensure a healthful and 
vigorous appearance in the house. 



QSttm^y^mm. 



JANUARY. 

This compartment requires particular attention, in 
order to preserve the plants in good health, and carry 
them through this precarious season of the year. A 
little air must be admitted at all convenient times. An 
hour or two at mid-day will be of the utmost import- 
ance in drying up damp, and clearing off stagnated air, 
which is a harbour for every corruption. The top sashes 
being let down, or turned a few inches, in mild days (that 
is, when it is not high and cutting winds) from ten or 
eleven o'clock to two or three, according to the intensity 
of the frost, will renovate the interior air of the house, 
and harden the plants. When the weather will permit, 



January.] GREEN-HOUSE- WATERING. 21 

let the front sashes be opened about one inch or more. 
An assiduous, experienced hand will never omit an op- 
portunity. 

With regard to fire heat, the temperature must be 
regulated to suit the nature of the plants in a general 
sense; so let the mercury, or spirits of wine, of Fahren- 
heit's thermometer, be from 34° to 43° ; if it begins to 
fall, give a little fire heat. No doubt we have seen the 
thermometer much lower in the Green-house, than the 
above, even as low as 24°, without any immediate in- 
jury ; but it was in an extensive collection, where the 
most hardy of the plants were selected into one house. 
Many boast how little fire they give their Green- 
house, and how cold it is kept, not observing the mise- 
rable state of their plants, — inexperience causing them 
to think, that the least fire heat will make them grow, 
and would rather look on naked stems than healthy 
plants. The above temperature will not, in exotics, 
cause premature vegetation, but will cause the plants 
to retain the foHage requisite to vegetative nature. A 
high temperature is not necessary for the generality of 
Green-house plants; on the contrary, it might very 
much injure them. 

OF WATERING. 

In this month very little is requisite, and must be 
given with great caution. Few plants will require much, 
and some hardly any ; but all must be attended to, and 
have their wants suppHed. Some will need, it twice, 
some once a week, and some in two weeks, according 



22 GREEN-HOUSE— CAMELLIA JAPONICA. [January. 

to their shrubby and woody nature. Herbaceous and 
deciduous plants will seldom need water. Perhaps, 
from the throwing of the foliage, to the commencement 
of vegetation, three or four times will be sufficient. 
Particular attention should be paid to the state of 
health and of growth, in which the plants respectively 
are, in the apphcation of water ; otherwise much mis- 
chief may be done, and many entirely ruined. 

Green-house plants, being now in an absolutely in- 
active state, require little more water than merely to 
keep the earth about their roots from becoming per- 
fectly dry, by occasionally applying a very small quan- 
tity at the root; and, if done with a watering pot, as 
described under this head in the Hot-house of this 
month, very little will be spilt in the house to increase 
dampness, which, if it does appear, by any of the leaves 
of the plants becoming musty, they must be instantly 
picked off; and, if it increases, give a little fire and air. 
Succulent plants will not need any water during this 
month, unless omitted in December. 

CAMELLIA JAPONICA. 

This magnificent and attractive flower, with all its 
splendid varieties, will, about this time, begin to open 
its beautiful flowers. But for this admired genus of 
plants, our Green-houses, at this season, would be void 
of allurement. It is, in this country, subject to mildew 
and red spider, and more especially in the city, which 
appears to be from the nature of the air. The effects 
of mildew on these plants, if not prevented, would 



January.] GREEN-HOUSE— CAMELLIA JAPONICA. 23 

prove fatal ; as, from appearance, many have died by 
it in our city. If it has reached a great extent, the 
leaves are brownish, having the appearance of being 
decayed, or scorched with the sun. In taking hold of 
the leaf, it feels soft, and altogether seems to have lost 
its nutritive substance; and, when the young foliage 
expands, it becomes covered with dark brown spots, 
and finally very much disfigured; and, when in this 
state, it is attacked by red spider, and, ultimately, 
death ensues. 

If any of the plants are affected as above described, 
take a sponge, and wash every leaf minutely with soft 
water, and syringe them with water three or four times 
a week, which will clean them. All the young foliage 
will be healthy, and that which has been affected will 
fall off. However, prevention is better than cure ; and 
if the Camellias are properly syringed every evening 
during summer, and once or twice a week during win- 
ter, they will never be subject to the ravages of mildew 
or of red spider. 

Tie up any of the flowers that are expanded to 
stakes, in case of accident; and, in syringing, observe 
not to let any water fall on the flowers, as it causes 
premature decay, and change of colour. 

The mildew first appears like small particles of very 
fine flour, around the under edge of the leaves, and 
visible to the naked eye; so that, syringing, spong- 
ing, &c. under the leaf is most requisite ; but, as the 
mildew extends, both sides of the leaves are covered 
with these white particles. 



24 GREEN-HOUSE— CAPE BULBS, &c. [January. 

OF ORANGES, LEMONS, &c. 

As there will perhaps be more leisure in the Green- 
house this month than in any other during the winter, 
it is presumed that there will not be a moment lost. 
If any of the trees are infested with insects, these, 
being now in their inactive state, may be more easily 
destroyed than at any other time. It is the brown 
scaly insect that generally infests them. For treat- 
ment, see Hothouse^ January. The plant, or tree, after 
being washed, before it becomes dry, will require to be 
syringed with water, otherwise the dust will adhere to 
the glutinous particles of the soap. Set the plant in 
an airy situation to dry, in case of damp. There are 
several others subject to this insect, such as Myrtles^ 
Okas., Oleanders., &;c. which treat in the same manner. 
Be careful that these trees are not over watered; if 
the soil is moist, it is sufficient. 

OF CAPE BULBS, &c. 

If there are any out of the ground, it is time that the 
whole were potted, such as Lachendlia, Wachendorfia., 
Eiicomis.) Ixia, Gladiolus, with several others. Keep 
them in the shade until they begin to grow; then put 
them on shelves near the light. Those that are grow- 
ing must be kept in front of the house, to prevent 
them being weak. Wachendorfia has a beautiful large 
red tuber root ; and, as the new root descends, give it 
a pot about six or seven inches. 



January.] FLOWER GARDEN. 25 

OF HYACINTHS AND OTHER BULBOUS ROOTS. 

All these roots must be carefully examined. In 
case slugs or snails are preying upon the embryo of 
the flower, some of those that are farthest advanced, 
may be put for a few weeks in the Hot-house. It will 
greatly accelerate their flowering, but they must be 
brought out again before the florets expand, and care- 
fully tied up, leaving room for the increase and exten- 
sion of the flower stem. Give them plenty of water, 
and if saucers can be placed under them to retain it, 
it will be of advantage. Change the water every week 
on those that are in glasses, and keep all the growing 
bulbs near the light. JYarcissus, Jonquils, &c. may be 
similarly treated. 



jFloU)«r (ns^nttim. 



JANUARY. 

If the covering of the beds of choice bulbs, herba- 
ceous plants, or tender shrubs, has been neglected last 
month, let it be done forthwith. The season is now 
precarious, and delays are dangerous. For particular 
directions, see December. Any bulbous roots that have 
been kept out of the ground, should be planted imme- 



26 FLOWER GARDEN— OF FRAMING, &c. [January. 

diately, according to directions in October. Some 
writers have recommended keeping some of the bulbs 
until this month, in order to have a continued succes- 
sion. Experience will prove the inefficacy of the 
plan, and will satisfactorily show that the difference is 
almost imperceptible, while the flowers are very infe- 
rior and much degenerated ; and in place of having "a 
long continued succession of bloom," there appear, 
along with your finest specimens, very imperfect 
flowers, calculated to discourage the admirers of these 
" gaudy" decoratives of our flower gardens. Whereas 
every art employed should be to the advancement and 
perfection of nature. 

OF FRAMING, &c. 

The plants and roots that are in frames, should be 
protected with straw mats, and the frame surrounded 
with litter, or leaves, or what is more advisable, bank- 
ed with earth — the former being a harbour for mice 
and other vermin. For full directions, see December. 
Under this head the plants, such as Auriculas^ Polyan- 
thus, Daisies, Carnations, Pinks, Gentianellas, Campanula 
pyramidalis, Dotible rocket, Double stock, or Stockgillus, 
Double Wall-flower, Anemone, Ranunculus, &c. as pre- 
viously enumerated as frame plants, will require very 
little water, and be sure to give none while they are in 
a frozen state, [f snow should cover them, the plants 
will keep in a fine state under it, so never remove snow 
from covering cold frames, even suppose it should lay 
for months, — nature will operate here herself. 



January.] FLOWER GARDEN— OF PRUNING, &c. 27 

All the above plants except Jlnemone and Ramincuks 
are kept in perfection in the Green-house; but where 
neither this nor framing can be obtained, they will, in 
most winters, keep tolerably, if well covered with litter 
— the roughest from the stable, straw or hay, or such 
like, using means to secure it from being blown over 
the whole garden. 

OF PRUNING AND PREPARING FOR SPRING. 

It is not advisable to carry on a general pruning in 
this month, in whatever state the weather may be. 
The severest frosts generally are yet to come, and 
too frequently in this operation, what is done now has 
to be repeated on the opening of spring, causing at 
that time work to a disadvantage ; because, if pruning, 
when done just now, is accomplished judiciously, 
whatever more on the same bush is requisite to be 
done in spring, from the effects of frost, will be in- 
judicious. Hence it is far preferable to delay it until 
the frost is over, when all can be done to advantage. 

There are, undoubtedly, some shrubs that may be 
pruned any time, from the end of November to the first 
of March, such as Hibiscus syriacus (y^lthea), and all its 
varieties, except the Double White^ which is in some 
instances entirely killed by our severe winter, and cer- 
tainly, for precaution, would be the better of some sim- 
ple protection. 

In many seasons, the beginning of this month is 
open, and admits of the operation of digging, which if 
it is not all done as advised last month, ought not to 



28 ROOMS. [January, 

be delayed. The fruits of it will appear in the mellow- 
ed state of your soil in spring. 

If there is any spare time, straight sticks or stakes 
may be prepared for summer. Tie them up in neat 
bundles, which will be of great service during the 
hurried period of the year. An opportunity of this kind 
should always be laid hold of; the beneficial results will 
in season be displayed. 



%oom&. 



JANUARY. 



Plants that are kept in rooms generally are such as 
require a medium temperature, say 40°. Sitting rooms 
or parlours, about this season, are, for the most part, 
heated from 5b° to 65°, and very seldom has the air any ad- 
mittance into these apartments, thus keeping the tempe- 
rature from 15° to 25° higher than the nature of the plants 
requires, and excluding that fresh air which is requisite 
to support a forced vegetative principle. Therefore, 
as far as practicable, let the plants be kept in a room 
adjoining to one where there is fire heat, and the inter- 
vening door can be opened when desirable. They will 
admit sometimes of being as low as 33°. 

If they be constantly kept where there is fire, let the 



January.] ROOMS— WATERING, &c. 29 

window be opened some inches, two or three times a 
day, for a few minutes, thereby making the air of the 
apartment more congenial, both for animal and vege- 
table nature. 



WATERING, &c. 

There are very few plants killed for want of water, 
during winter. All that is necessary is merely to keep 
the soil in a moist state, that is, do not let it get so dry 
that you can divide the particles of earth, nor so wet 
that they could be beat to clay. The frequency of 
watering can be best regulated by the person doing it, 
as it depends entirely upon the size of the pot or jar in 
proportion to the plant, whether it is too little or too 
large, and the situation it stands in, whether moist or 
arid. Never allow any quantity of water to stand in 
the flats or saucers. This is too frequently practised 
with plants in general. Such as Cdlla ^thiopica, or Afri- 
can Lily, will do well, as water is its element, (like 
Sagittaria in this country ;) and the Hydrangea hortensts, 
when in a growing state, will do admirably under such 
treatment. Many plants may do well for some 
time, but it being so contrary to their nature, causes 
premature decay ; a foetid stagnation takes place at the 
root, the foliage becomes yellow, and the plant stunted ; 
and in the winter season, death will ensue. 

OF CAMELLIA JAPONICA. 

In rooms the buds of Camellias will be well swelled, 



30 ROOMS— OP INSECTS, &c. [January. 

and on the Double White and Double Variegated sorts, 
perhaps they will be full blown. While in that state 
the temperature should not be below 34° ; if lower they 
will not expand so well, and the expanded petals will 
soon become yellow and decay. If they are where 
there is fire heat, they must have plenty of air admitted 
to them every favourable opportunity, or the conse- 
quence will be, that all the buds will turn dark brown, 
and fall off. It is generally the case, in the treatment 
of these beautiful plants in rooms, that through too 
much intended care they are entirely destroyed. In the 
city, they do not agree with confined air, and they 
cannot get too much of pure air, if ihey are kept from 
frost or cutting winds. To sponge frequently will 
greatly promote the health of the plants, and add to 
the beauty of their foliage, as it prevents the attacks of 
mildew. In this season they do not require much 
water at root, which may be observed in the slight ab- 
sorption by the soil. See this subject under the head 
of WafeririQ'. 

When the flowers are expanded, and droop, tie them 
up neatly, so that the flower may be shown to every 
advantage. 



OF INSECTS, &c. 

Insects of various Kinds will be appearing on your 
plants- For method of destruction see Hot-house^ 
January. It will not be agreeable to fumigate the 
room or rooms, or even to have the smell of tobacco 
near the house from this cause. 



January.] ROOMS— OF BULBOUS ROOTS. 3] 

Many ingredients have been compounded, and pre- 
scriptions recommended, for the destruction of these 
nefarious pests. Many of them are ahogether ineffec- 
tual. Of receipts specified in works of this kind, not a 
few of them (though eagerly sought for) by men of ex- 
tensive practice, have been rejected. We shall give 
the most simple, and in part effective receipt for the 
destruction of the Green fly. 

Take a large tub of soft water, (if the day is frosty, it 
had better be done in the house,) invert the plant, hold- 
ing the hand, or tying a piece of cloth, or any thing of 
the kind, over the soil in the pot, put all the branches 
in the water, keeping the pot in the hand, drawing it 
to and fro a few times; take it out, and shake it. If any 
insects remain, take a small fine brush, and brush them 
off, giving another dip, which will clean them for the 
present. As soon as they appear again, repeat the 
process — for nothing that we have found out, or heard 
of, can totally extirpate them. 

OF BULBOUS ROOTS IN GENERAL. 

If you have retained any of the Cape bulbs from the 
last planting, let them be put in, in the early part of the 
month. For method, see September. Those that are 
growing must be kept very near the light, that is, close 
to the window, or they will not flourish to your satis- 
faction. The fall-flowering oxalis may be kept on the 
stage, or any other place, to give room to those that 
are to flower. 

Hyacinths.^ Jonquils., JVarcissus., Tulips, &c. will keep 



32 ROOMS— OF BULBOUS ROOTS, &c. [January. 

very well in a room where fire heat is constantly kept, 
providing that they are close to the window. A suc- 
cession of these, as before observed, may beautify the 
drawing room from February to April, by having a re- 
served stock, in a cold situation, and taking a few of 
them every week into the warmest apartment. 

Wherever any of the bulbs are growing, and in the in- 
terior of the room, remove them close to the light, ob- 
serving to turn the pots or glasses frequently to prevent 
them from growing to one side, and giving them sup- 
port as soon as the stems droop, or the head becomes 
pendant. The saucers under the Hyacinth and Nar- 
cissus especially may stand with water, and observe to 
change the water in the glasses, as already mention- 
ed. 

Every one that has any taste or refinement in their 
floral undertakings, will dehght in seeing the plants in 
perfection ; to have them so, they must be divested of 
every leaf that has the appearance of decaying — let this 
always be attended to. 



33 



fl^oUfi^on^t. 



FEBRUARY. 

In the early part of this month the weather generally 
is very cold and changeable in the middle states, and 
strict attention, with the greatest caution, will require to 
be paid to the management of the Hot-house. Most of 
the tropical plants commence an active state of vegeta- 
tion ; and if checked by temperature or otherwise, they 
will not recover until midsummer. The thermometer 
may be kept two or three degrees higher with fire 
heat than last month ; the sun will be more powerful, 
and this will, in a great degree, increase the vigour of 
the plants. Air may be admitted when the ther- 
mometer rises to 75° or 80°, not allowing it to rise 
higher than the latter. In giving air, let it be done by 
the top sashes. It is improper to give it in any way to 
cause a current, for the external air is very cold, al- 
though the sun is more powerful. An inch or two on 
a few of the sashes, as has been previously observed, 
will be effectual in keeping the temperature low enough, 
except the weather is very mild. 

With regard to firing, what was said last month may 
suffice for this. Always recollect that it is preferable 
to keep out the cold than to put it out. It will fre- 
quently happen in the time of intense frost, that the 



34 HOT-HOUSE— OF INSECTS, &c. [February. 

weather is dull. In such cases fire in a small degree 
is requisite all day. 

Heavy snows ought never to be allowed to remain 
on the shutters while they are on the house. If the 
snow lies on the sashes one day, the internal heat will 
dissolve some of it ; night coming on will freeze it to 
the wood work, when it will become a solid mass, and 
too frequently cannot be separated without much dam- 
age. If allowed to remain on for two days, the plants 
are very much weakened, and the foliage discoloured. 
Therefore let the snow be cleared off instantly, that 
no inconvenience may take place. 

It will be observed that plants absorb more water 
this month than last. The quantity given will require 
to be increased, according to the increase of vegetation 
and the advancement of the season ; but never give 
it until the soil begins to get dry, and then in such pro- 
portion as will reach the bottom of the pot. After the 
sun has got on the house in the morning is the best 
time to water, observing all the directions given in 
January. 

OF INSECTS, &c. 

Perhaps sufficient observations were given under 
this head last month; but the importance of keeping 
these disagreeable visitors out of the house, constrains 
us to make a few more remarks, and perhaps it may 
be necessary every month. Man cannot be too fre- 
quently guarded against his foes, more especially when 



February.] HOT-HOUSE— SHIFTING PLANTS. 35 

they are summoning all their forces, and no profession 
has more than that of the Horticulturist. Let a strict 
examination be made about the end of the month 
for the Red spider; they will be in operation some weeks 
before their depredations are observed on the foliage. 
The under side of the leaf is their resort in the first in- 
stance, and on such plants as have been already men- 
tioned. 

Observe daily the young shoots, in case the Green fly 
becomes numerous. They give the foliage a very dis- 
agreeable appearance, and with most people it is intole- 
rable, before their career is arrested. It also takes a 
stronger fumigation, which has frequently to be repeat- 
ed the following day to the same degree, much to the 
injury of many of the plants, and adding to the disa- 
greeableness of the continued vapour in the house. 

OF SHIFTING PLANTS. 

The Calceolarias that were put in small pots about 
the beginning or middle of last month, will, if they 
have done well, require, about the end of this, to be 
put in pots a size larger. 

If any of Lilium longifldrum,, Speciosum, or Japonicum, 
are wanted to flower early, and were put in the Hot- 
house in December, without dividing, those that are to 
flower will have pushed their flower stems, and can be 
separated from those that will not flower, and put 
singly into pots ; the two former into five or six inch 
pots, while the latter require six or seven inch pots. 



36 HOT-HOUSE— SHIFTING PLANTS. [February. 

Of those that do not flower, three or four can be put 
into one pot. 

About the end of the month, some of the plants of 
Eurcuma^ AmomMm^ KcBmpferia, Globba^ Phrynium, Cdn- 
?ia^ Zingiber, Hedychium, and others that are on the dry 
shelf, will be offering to grow. Let them be taken out 
of their pots, some of their weakest shoots or tubers 
taken off, and the strong ones repotted : give gentle 
waterings until they grow freely, then give an abun- 
dance. 

Dtoncea wMcipula, or Venus fly trap, grows best in the 
Hot-house, and will, about the end of the month, stand 
in need of being repotted. This plant is very seldom 
grown in any degree of perfection, having been always 
considered a delicate plant in collections. The opera- 
tor has never had courage to treat it according to its 
nature in a cultivated state. If it is taken out of the 
pot, just when beginning to grow afresh, and divested 
of all the soil, leaving only a few of the young roots, 
(it is a bulb, and will receive no injury by so doing,) 
put it in new soil ; when potted, place the pot in a sau- 
cer with one inch of water in it, giving always a fresh 
supply, when necessary. A shady and moist situation 
is best adapted to it ; this being repeated every year, 
it will grow, flower, and seed in perfection. 

Gesnerias, if in small pots, give larger as they ad- 
vance ill growth. This genus requires to be well 
attended to make them flower well. G. bulbosa ought 
to have a situation in every Hot-house. It is remark- 
able for its many brilliant crimson flowers, and conti- 
nues in flower for a length of time. When the bulb 



February.] HOT-HOUSE— CLEANSING PLANTS, &c. 37 

begins to push, shake it out of the earth, putting it into 
a small pot; and, as soon as the roots reach the side 
of the earth, which will be in about one month, put it 
in a larger pot, and continue to do so until flowering, 
which will be about the first of June, observing always 
to keep the ball of earth entire. 

Gloriosas must be repotted in the beginning of this 
month. Etymologists have said that this genus is 
named from the glorious appearance of its flowers. 
G. superba is the most beautiful and curious. The 
roots ought to be planted one and a half inch deep, 
taking care not to break them ; if there is a bark bed, 
place the pots in it. Do not water much until they 
begin to grow. Where there is no bark bed, put the 
pots into others three inches larger, filling all round 
with sand, and place them in the warmest part of the 
house. Keep the sand moist, which will assist to keep 
the soil in a moist state. The earth must not have 
much water. As the plants grow, they will require a 
more liberal supply ; yet it is necessary, at all times, to 
be moderate in giving it. If well treated, the superb 
flowers will appear in June or July. 

OF CLEANSING PLANTS, HOUSE, &c. 

With regard to cleaning the plants. Sprinkling, or 
syringing, is at all times, to a greater or less degree, 
necessary. The plants will, in this compartment, be in 
their first stage of growth, and, if dust or foulness be 
permitted to lodge on their foliage, the pores will be 



38 GREEN-HOUSE. [Februaiiy. 

obstructed, the plants will become unhealthy, and the 
growth of insects increased. 

Let all moss, litter, decayed leaves, or weeds, be 
cleared out of the house, the earth in the pots stirred 
up with a round pointed stick, and fresh earth given 
where required, that the air may operate therein freely. 

The house ought always to be sprinkled before 
being swept, to prevent the dust rising. 

Attend to the bulbous roots as directed last month, 
such as Hyacinths, JYarcissus, &c. 



aSfttm-^omt* 



FEBRUARY. 

The directions given last month respecting the air- 
ing and temperature of the house, may still be followed, 
differing only in admitting air more freely as the season 
advances, and according to the power the sun has on 
the glass, which now begins to be considerable. 

If the weather is tolerably mild, air may be admitted 
in time of sunshine, so as to keep the mercury as low 
as 45°, but be cautious in cold, cloudy, frosty weather. 
It is a practice with many in such weather to keep the 
shutters on the house night and day, for the space of a 
week, and sometimes more, never entering it; and, 



February.] GREEN-HOUSE— ORANGES, &c. 39 

when the weather has induced them to look in, they 
find that the frost and damp have made many hfeless 
subjects ; whereas, had the house and plants been at- 
tended to, in taking off the shutters, and giving a little 
fire when requisite, all would have been in safety, and 
many that cannot be replaced still in the collection. 

When watering, strictly adhere to the directions of 
last month, except with Geraniums^ and other soft 
wooded plants, which require a little more water 
toward the end of the month. If the days are mild 
and sunny about eight or nine o'clock in the morning, 
all the plants would be benefited by a gentle syringing, 
which retards the progress of insects, and accelerates 
vegetation. 

Succulents, such as Cactus^ Mesembrydnthemum^ jiloes^ 
Furchraas, Crdssulas, Cotyledons, &c. will very seldom 
need water, at the same time keep them from getting 
as dry as powder, 

OF ORANGES, LEMONS, &c. 

Similar treatment to that recommended last month 
will do for this. Where the soil in the tubs or pots 
requires to be enriched, take of bone dust or shavings, 
and fresh sheep dung, equal quantities ; put the mixture 
into a large tub or barrel, until one third full ; and fill 
it up with water. Stir it well two or three times every 
day for a week, then give each tree one good watering 
with the compound. Continue to mix up afresh, and 
let it stand another week, and so on until all the trees 



40 GREEN-HOUSE— CAPE BULBS, &c. [February. 

requiring it are watered. This watering will greatly 
enrich the soil, and invigorate the roots. 



OF CAPE BULBS, &c. 

The bulbs of Ferrdria undulata and F. antherbsa^ that 
were taken out of the pots in October, will now require 
to be planted. Five inch pots will be large enough 
for good roots. The grand criterion for planting bulbs 
is when there is a protuberant appearance about the 
bottom, or root part of the bulb, showing, by a princi- 
ple of nature, the true time for transplanting. When 
bulbous roots of any description appear above ground, 
they ought to be placed in an airy situation. They 
are very frequently placed under other plants, by the 
inexperienced, until they show their flowers, and then 
brought to the light, having weak flowers, and com- 
paratively of momentary existence. 

Hyacinths^ JVarcissus, Gladiolus^ Ixia^ &c. having flower 
stems, ought to have support, to prevent accident, es- 
pecially the two former ; keep them nigh the glass, and 
water freely. Change the water regularly in the bulb 
glasses, observing that their roots are never allowed 
to become matted with fcetid water. Any of the above 
plants that are in flower, might, if desired, be taken 
into the drawing room or parlour, washing the pots 
clean, and putting saucers under them, keeping therein 
a little water. Twice a week the decayed ones can 
be taken out, and supplanted with those that are com- 
ing into bloom. 



February.] GREEN-HOUSE— OF SHIFTING, &c. 41 

CAMELLIA JAPONICA 

Will, in this month, show a profusion of flowers; 
and, where there is a variety, they have truly a magni- 
ficent appearance. From a good selection, endless 
varieties, by seed, of exquisite beauty, might be obtain- 
ed by attention to the following rule. The best to se- 
lect for bearing seed are Single white, Atonianai Grandi- 
jlora, Waratah, Carnation Waratah, Fulgens, and, in 
many instances, the pistil, or pistillum of Variegata, 
Pompone, Pceoniflora, and Intermedia, are perfect, with 
several others. When any of the above are newly ex- 
panded, ( Waratah is most perfect about one day before 
expansion,) take a fine camel hair pencil, and put it 
gently on the farina or pollen, which is a yellow sub- 
stance on the anthers, and, when ripe, appears in thou- 
sands of small particles. Take the finest double 
kinds, then, with this on the pencil, rub hghtly the stile 
of those intended to carry seed. Between the hours 
of ten and twelve in the forenoon, is the most proper 
time for the operation ; the seed will be ripe in Septem- 
ber or October, which will be taken notice of, and 
directions given. For other particulars on cleaning 
and syringing, see January under this head. 

OF SHIFTING, &c. 

The best time to repot Camellias, is just when they 

are done flowering, which will be before they begin to 

grow. There are, though not frequently, some flowers 

after the young foliage begins to appear, and probably 

6 



42 GREEN-HOUSE— OF SHIFTING, &c, [February. 

it would be better to discriminate the time by the buds 
offering to push, which will answer to those that have 
no flowers as well as .those that have. The most 
general time in shifting Camellias i§ in August and Sep- 
tember, indiscriminately with other plants; and, if then 
not very gently handled, bad roots eventually are pro- 
duced. Frequently very fine plants have been killed 
by probing, and breaking the young fibrous roots, thus 
causing mortification. 

lo the process, do not, by any means, break or bruise 
any of the roots; and do not give large pots, with the 
idea of making them grow fast : it acts on most plants 
diametrically opposite to what is intended. A pot 
one or one and a half inches wider and deeper than 
the one they have been in previously, is sufficient. 
Healthy plants under five feet will not require shifting 
oftener than once in two years ; from five feet upwards 
in three or four years, according to the health of the 
plants. This treatment, in the opinion of some, will 
appear not sufficient : it will be found enough with a top- 
dressing every year to keep them in a healthy, flowering 
condition, the soil being according to our description. 

On turning the plant out of the pot, it may easily 
be observed if the soil has, in any degree, been con- 
genial to it; for if so, the roots will be growing all round 
the ball ; if otherwise no roots will appear. 

Therefore, with a blunt pointed stick, probe away all 
the bad earth, until you come to the roots ; then put 
the plant in a pot about one inch in diameter, larger 
than the combined roots, previously putting a few small 



February.] FLOWER-GARDEN— OF CLEANING, &c. 43 

pieces of broken pots, or clean gravel, to drain off the 
superabundant moisture, and give light waterings, as 
the roots in this case will grow but slowly. 

Top dress all that requires shifting, probe out the 
soil down to the roots, and by the side of the pot, 
taking care not to break the fibres ; then fill up with 
fresh earth, watering gently with a rose on the watering 
pot to settle it. 

OF CLEANING, &c. 

If any of the plants require cleaning, either by fumi- 
gation or otherwise, let it be done before the young 
foliage appears, according to directions heretofore 
given. Likewise tie neatly all that require it, clean 
and top dress those that will not be shifted, having 
every plant and all in the Green-house, in perfect order, 
before the throng of spring commences. The weather 
will now admit, in very fine mornings, of the plants 
being, syringed, which may be done between half past 
seven and half past eight ; and the path or pavemetit 
should be washed out once a week, which is a great 
improvement to the appearance of the whole interior. 

In winter whenever "any glass is broken it should be im- 
mediately mended. Broken glass in cold nights causes 
a very destructive current of air. It should always be 
made water tight, for if the drops fall into the pots upon 
the roots, they will frequently prove fatal to the plants; 
therefore care ought to be taken during rain to remove 
those that stand in any manner exposed. 



44 



jFlo^rr QSiuttim. 



FEBRUARY. 

Where the borders and beds were dug in the fall, 
and compost or a thin coating of well decayed manure 
given, the advantage will now in part be experienced. 
If the weather is open about the end of the month, the 
pruning should be done with the utmost despatch; that 
all may be prepared for a general dressing next month, 
and let nothing be delayed which can now properly be 
accomplished, under the idea that there is time enough. 

OF PRUNING, &c. 

Generally about the end of the month the very se- 
vere frosts are over ; and when none need be appre- 
hended that would materially injure hardy shrubs, 
they may freely be pruned of all dead branches, and 
the points cut off such shoots as have been damaged 
by the winter. Most of shrubs require nothing more 
than to be pruned of stragghng, irregular, and injured 
branches, or of suckers that rise round the root, ob- 
serving that they do not intermingle with each other. 
Never trim them up in a formal manner. Regular 
shearing of shrubs and topiary work have been expel- 
led as unworthy of a taste the least improved by re- 
flections on the beauty, simplicity, and grandeur of 



February.] FLOWER-GARDEN— OF PRUNING, &c. 45 

nature. In fact, the pruning of deciduous hardy shrubs 
should be done in such a manner as not to be observa- 
ble when the plants are covered with verdure. It 
may frequently be observed in Flower-gardens, that 
roses and shrubs of every description are indiscrimi- 
nately cut with the shears, the Amorphas and Altheas 
sharing the same fate. 

Robinias^ Coliifeas, Cyticus, Rhus^ Genistas, with se- 
veral of the Viburnums, and many others, bear their 
flowers on the wood of last year, and when thus shear- 
ed afford no gratification in flowering. And those 
shrubs that thus flower on the shoots of last year are 
perhaps worse to keep in regular order, than those to 
which the knife can be freely applied ; but good man- 
agement while young will ensure handsome free 
flowering plants. 

Climbing shrubs, and others that are trained against 
outbuildings, walls, or such as are sheltered thereby, 
and not now in danger of suflering by frost, may be 
pruned and dressed. These should be neatly trimmed, 
and the branches moderately thinned out, tying in all 
the shoots straight and regular. Avoid at all times, if 
possible, the crossing of any shoots. 

There is not a shrub in the garden that agrees so 
well with close cutting, as the Althea, and all its va- 
rieties. These can be made either bushes or trees, 
and kept at any desired height. Where the wood of 
last year is cut to about two or three inches from the 
wood of the former year, the young shoots of this year 
will produce the largest and finest flowers, and likewise 
more profusely. When they have attained the desired 



46 FLOWER-GARDEN~OF PRUNING, &c. [February. 

height, let them be kept in the most natural and hand- 
some shape that the taste of the operator can suggest. 
They will bear cutting to any degree. 

Honeysuckles of every description may with all free- 
dom be trimmed, providing the frost is not very severe. 
These are very frequently allowed to become too 
crowded with wood, and then superficially sheared or 
cut. The flowers would be much finer, and the bush 
handsomer, if they were regularly thinned out, divest- 
ing them of all naked and superfluous shoots. Of those 
that remain, shorten the shoots of last year. Where 
any of the honeysuckle kind has become naked at the 
bottom, and flowering only at the top of the trelhs, or 
extremities of the shoots, one half of the bush should 
be cut to within four inches of the ground. It will 
throw out plenty of fine young wood, which give room 
for, and train them straight, and to the full extent, du- 
ring summer. These shoots will flower profusely the 
following season, and in like manner, when thought 
proper, the other half can be cut. 

Roses of the hardy kinds (termed garden roses) that 
were not attended to in November, should, if the wea- 
ther permit, be dressed and pruned forthwith. In small 
gardens, where these are generally attached to the 
walls and fences, neatness should be a very particular 
object. If any of such bushes have got strong and 
irregular, the most proper method to bring them to 
order, will be to cut down each alternate shoot of the 
bush to within a few inches of the surface, thereby re- 
novating it, and, in part, preserving the flowers. Those 
that are cut down will put out several luxuriant shoots, 



February.] FLOWER GARDEN— OF PRUNING, &c. 47 

which must be regularly tacked in, spreading them in 
a fan shape. These, in another year, will flower well, 
when the others may go through the same operation. 
Thus, in two or three years, the bushes will have re- 
sumed a diflferent, and more agreeable aspect. By 
the above treatment, these ornaments of the garden 
will always have a neat and healthful appearance, and 
the roses will be much finer. Where they are intended 
for the borders, they should never be allowed to get 
too high. In a border from four to six feet, they ought 
never to exceed four feet at the back of the border, 
and in front one foot, after being pruned ; they can be 
kept down by the above method. It is not advisable 
to cut down rose bushes all at once, unless no regard 
is paid to flowering. The roses that are in grass plats 
would have a superior appearance in every respect, if 
they were kept and trimmed like small trees. They 
may be of different sizes and heights, according to the 
extent of the grass plat or clump. A single stem may 
arise from six inches to six feet, with a head in propor- 
tion to the height of the stem. Where it is necessary 
to have them above two feet, and likewise to carry a 
good head, inoculation must be resorted to, which, in 
the months of June and July, will be fully treated of 
All under two feet (except the weak growing kinds) 
will do on their own stems, taking care not to allow 
shoots to arise from the bottom during the summer. 
For directions for pruning climbing roses, see March 
and April. 



48 FLOWER GARDEN— OF PLANTING SHRUBS, &c. [February. 
OF PLANTING SHRUBS, &c. 

As soon as the frost is out of the ground, these 
should be planted if the soil is not too wet. Where 
soil is binding, upon no consideration plant in it while 
wet, rather defer it until the end of March. 

Shrubs, if they are well arranged, are the chief orna- 
ment, give the most pleasure, and afford the greatest 
delight that we enjoy in our gardens. Although they 
give no sort of nourishment, nor produce any edible 
fruits, yet they are particularly grateful and conducive 
to our enjoyments. Our walks in summer would be 
oppressive, but for their agreeable shade ; in the fall 
and winter, we would be left exposed to the chilling 
winds, but for the shelter they afford. 

Likewise they produce a great variety of flowers, a 
varied foliage, and are standing ornaments that give 
no great trouble. In the character of screens they are 
particularly useful, whether to hide disagreeable ob- 
jects, or as a guard against the weather; and for either 
of these purposes, they can be planted nearer to the 
house than large trees. Or, if they are planted in 
masses at a distance, they soon become agreeable ob- 
jects, frequently very much improve the scenery of the 
place, become objects of utility as well as ornament, 
and, in such case, afford the highest satisfaction. 
When formed so as to exclude offices from the view of 
the house, or for sheltering the latter, or for connect- 
ing the house with the garden, orchard, or any similar 
purpose, shrubs are both useful and interesting. 



February.] FLOWER GARDEN— PLANTING SHRUBS, &c. 49 

Where many shrubs are to be planted, the disposing 
of them properly is a matter of considerable import- 
ance to the future welfare of the whole ; and, whether 
deciduous or evergreens be mixed or grouped, that is, 
indiscriminately planted together, or the evergreens 
planted by themselves, as is frequently done, a regular 
and natural arrangement is indispensable for establish- 
ing ornament. 

Arranging, no doubt, depends very much on fancy ; 
still, there ought always to be plenty of evergreens 
planted, that the whole may be more cheerful in win- 
ter. 

If shrubberies were made to a great extent, the 
scenery would be much more varied and characteris- 
tic by grouping judiciously than by indiscriminately 
planting. 

However, in small flower gardens and shrubberies, 
the latter has to be adopted. In such places, tall 
growing kinds should never be introduced, unless 
merely as a screen from some disagreeable object, for 
they crowd and confuse the whole. The dwarf and 
more bushy sorts should be placed next to the walks, 
or edges, in order that they may conceal the naked 
stems of the others. Generally when shrubs are plant- 
ed, they are small; therefore, to have a good effect 
from the beginning, they should be planted much 
thicker than they are intended to stand. When they 
have grown a iQ\^ years, and interfere with each other, 
they can be lifted, and such as have died, or become 
sickly, replaced, and the remainder can be planted in 
some other direction. Keep them always distinct, one 
7 



50 FLOWER GARDEN— PLANTING SHRUBS, &c. [February. 

from another, in order that they may be the better 
shown off. But, if it is not desired that they should be 
thicker planted than it is intended to let them remain, 
the small growing kinds may be four or five feet apart; 
the larger, or taller sorts, six or eight feet, according 
to the condition of the soil. 

Thick masses of shrubbery, called thickets, are 
sometimes wanted. In these there should be plenty of 
evergreens. A mass of deciduous shrubs has no im- 
posing effect during winter; and, as this is not the pro- 
per season for planting evergreens, (April and Octo- 
ber being best,) small stakes can be placed in the 
destined spot. Planting in rows, or in any plan of a 
formal character, should at all times be avoided. 

In planting at this season, observe that the roots are 
not much exposed to the air, especially if the wind be 
high and sharp; but it is always better, if possible, to 
defer the business until good, mild weather. Accord- 
ing to directions in November, the ground will be well 
prepared, and only requires a hole dug for the recep- 
tion of the roots, which must be considerably larger, 
that the roots may not be in the least confined. Break 
the earth well at bottom, put in as much as will receive 
the plant from one to two inches (according to its size) 
lower than it has previously been in the Nursery. If 
any of the roots are bruised or broken, cut them oft'; 
then place the plant in the centre of the hole, breaking 
fine all the soil that is put in, at the same time shaking 
the stem a little, that the earth may mix with the roots 
when full up ; press all the soil down with the foot, that 
it may, in some degree, consolidate about the roots, 



Februart.] flower GARDEN— OF FRAMING, &c. 5] 

and support the plant. If it is tall, or top heavy, put 
in a good stake for a support, and place a small 
bandage between the stake and stem of the plant, 
shrub, or tree, where the tie is to be made, to prevent 
the bark from suffering by friction. Observe always 
before planting, if the soil is not suitable, to supply that 
which is congenial to the nature of the intended plant. 
When shrubs or trees are to be carried to any dis- 
tance, the roots should be carefully kept from air, by 
tying damp moss, straw, or Russia mats about them, 
as circumstances will admit; their success greatly de- 
pends on due attention being paid to this. 

OF HYACINTHS AND OTHER BULBOUS ROOTS. 

It sometimes occurs that Hyacinths and other bulb- 
ous roots that were planted in the fall, are thrown 
above ground by the frost. This will take place if the 
soil is inclined to moisture, and they not being deep 
enough planted. If such is the case, cover them with 
wood earth, old decayed tan, or soil, whichever is 
most convenient; if not done, the sun and air over- 
power the bulbs, and, although the fibres have hold of 
the ground, the flowers will be miserably weak. Hya- 
cinth bulbs, and many others of Holland, are very 
hardy. Even exposure to our severest frosts would 
not kill them, but they would be much weakened. 

OF FRAMING, &c. 

Where a frame or hotbed is wanted to grow some 



52 FLOWER GARDEN— FRAMING, &c. [February. 

of the finest and more tender annuals, it is time, about 
the 20th of the month, to collect and prepare manure 
for the desired hotbed. And, as that operation, in 
many instances, is very imperfectly performed, a few 
observations on the subject may be useful. 

Take three parts of fresh hot stable manure, with 
one part of fresh oak leaves. Have a sufficient quan- 
tity to make the intended bed or beds from three to 
four feet high. Shake and mix up both together in a 
compact conical heap, in order to encourage fermenta- 
tion. If the weather is cold and windy, cover it with 
straw or leaves and boards, which is necessary to pro- 
duce the desired effect. If fermentation soon takes 
place, it will need to be thoroughly turned over in 
eight or ten days. If any of it has become dry and 
musty from excessive heat, as you proceed, water the 
affected parts, pile all up neatly, and leave it protected 
in part as before. In five or six days more, it will 
have to be turned again, repeating it until the first ex- 
treme heat has been over. In neglect of this, the heat, 
after making up the bed, will be vehement for a week 
or two, frequently destroying the vegetative purity of 
the soil, and proving destructive to the seeds. 

Allowing the manure to come to a lively heat, hav- 
ing no unpleasant, rancid smell, proceed to mark off 
your intended bed, running it east and west as nearly 
as possible, measure your frame, and allow the site of 
the bed eight inches each way larger than the frame: 
at the corners place a stick or rod perpendicularly. 
The ground ought to be higher than that around it, to 
prevent water from getting into the bed, which, if low, 



February.] FLOWER GARDEN— FRAMING, &c. 53 

must be filled up ; or, if supposed that water may lodge 
there, a little brushwood might be put under the 
manure, which would keep it from being inundated. 
The manure must be built up square and level, shak- 
ing, mixing, and beating it regularly with the back of 
the fork. When you have it to the desired height, 
(three feet will be sufficient for annuals,) leave the 
centre of the bed a little higher than the sides, thus 
allowing it more to subside. When finished, put on 
the frame and sash or sashes, keep them close until 
the heat arises, covering them at night with mats and 
shutters. As soon as you feel the heat increased, give 
air by tilting the sashes a few inches to let off the 
steam and stagnated air, observing to close in the 
afternoon, and cover at night. If the heat is violent, 
about an inch of air might be left during the night. 
In about three days, if all has been properly attended 
to, the bed will be what is termed sweet. Then put in 
about six inches of fine garden soil ; if heavy, mix a 
little sand with it. Spread it level, and, when the soil 
is heated through, sow in small drills from one eighth 
to an inch deep, according to the size of the seeds. 
Some very small kinds do best when sown upon the 
surface. When sown, give gentle sprinklings of 
water until they come up, when it will be necessary to 
give air to prevent them from being weak, or damping 
off, which many of them will do if they have not air 
regularly admitted. When they begin to crowd, thin 
them out, to allow those that remain to grow strong. 
It is better at all times to have one strong, healthy 
plant, than two weak and sickly objects. 



54 



Mootnn. 



FEBRUARY. 

At this season, the plants call for the most assiduous 
attention. If the stage has been made according to 
our description, in very cold nights it should be drawn 
to the centre of the room, or at least withdrawn from 
the window, observing every night to close the window 
tight by shutters, or some substitute equally as good. 
And, if the temperature begins to fall below 34°, means 
should be adopted to prevent it, either by putting a fire 
in the room, or opening any adjoining apartment where 
fire is constantly kept. This latter method is the best 
where it is practicable, and ought to be studied to be 
made so. 

Some, very injudiciously, in extreme frosts put into 
the room, where there is no chimney, amongst the 
plants, a furnace of charcoal, in order to heat the 
room. The effect is, that the foliage becomes dark 
brown, and hardened like, and many of the plants die, 
the rest not recovering until summer. 

Watering may be attended to according to the di- 
rections of January, only observing that those that 
begin to grow will absorb a little more than those that 
are dormant. 

Roses, especially the Daily, if kept in the house, will 



February.] ROOMS. 55 

begin to show flower buds. Use means to kill the 
Green-fly that may attack them. 

Hyacinths and other bulbs must have regular attend- 
ance in tying up, &c. Take care not to tie them 
too tight, leaving sufficiency of space for the stem to 
expand. Give those in the glasses their necessary 
supphes, and keep them all near the light. Never keep 
bulbous roots while growing under the shade of any 
other plant. 

Camellias^ with all their varied beauties, will, in this 
month, make a splendid show. Adhere to the direc- 
tions given in the previous month, and so that new 
varieties may be obtained, (see Green-house^ February, 
under the head- of Camellia,^ which directions are 
equally applicable here. When the flowers are full 
blown, and kept in a temperature between 34° and 44°, 
they will be perfect for the space of four, five, and fre- 
quently six weeks, and a good selection of healthy 
plants will continue to flower from December to April. 

Be sure that there is air admitted at all favourable 
opportunities. Give a little every day that there is 
sunshine, if it is only for a few minutes. 



56 



j^(iU^omt. 



MARCH. 

If this department has been regularly attended to^ 
the plants will be in a fresh healthy state. Where there 
is any sickly appearance, heat has been deficient, or 
insects of a destructive character are preying upon 
them. Too much water at the root frequentl ycauses 
the foHage to become yellow. It will add greatly to 
their general improvement, to syringe the whole twice 
or three times a week, observing to do it in the morn- 
ing about sunrise ; and it is highly necessary that the 
water that is used should be of the same temperature 
as the house ; and at all times, whatever water is given 
to the roots, the same must be observed. For airing, 
see last month, observing, as the season advances, to 
increase the quantity. 

Continue to fumigate when any of the Green-fly ap- 
pears, (see January for directions,) and where there 
are any of the plants infected with the white scaly in- 
sect, clean them as there directed. If overlooked 
for a few months, they will be increased tenfold. Very 
frequently, where there are only a few, they are neglect- 
ed until the plant is overrun with them, and then it 
may be said, it is impossible to dislodge them entirely. 
Clear ofl" all decayed leaves from the plants. These 
will have made fresh shoots, and the decayed leaves 
very much disfigure the whole collection. We would 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE. 57 

not have repeated this observation, if it was not an es- 
sential point, and one which is so frequently neglected. 



OF SHIFTING PLANTS. 

Those Alstromerias that are growing freely, and in 
small pots, should be put into pots of a larger size. 
This genus of plants will not flower except they are 
encouraged with frequent shifting : they are all beauti- 
ful. 



as^t^at'Sott^e* 



MARCH. 

The plants in this compartment will begin to assume 
a different aspect, and air must be admitted every day 
if practicable, giving large portions in sunshine by the 
sashes regularly over all the house, opening those of 
the front a little, and likewise the doors in fine mild 
days. To perform this judiciously, give a little about 
eight or nine o'clock, more at ten, and the whole from 
eleven till twelve o'clock, shutting again by degrees. 

Fire heat will now be dispensed with, but in frosty 
nights have the shutters on about sundown. The sun 
is now powerful, and the house can be early shut up in 
the afternoon, and will gain as much natural heat as 
will keep up the 'required temperature, viz. 36° to 40°. 



58 GREEN-HOUSE— ORANGES, &c. [March. 

Perhaps there maybe uncommonly cold weather ; at 
such times be attentive to ward off danger by applying 
artificial heat. 



OF WATERING. 

Look over the pots and tubs at least every alternate 
day, to see where water is wanted. In watering, too 
much caution cannot be used, especially during winter 
and the commencement of spring. It was observed 
last month what would be the effect of too much wa- 
ter. It may be remarked, that if the exterior of the 
pot is very damp, the soil inside is too wet, and in that 
state is uncongenial to vegetation, which now begins 
to start, and ought by all possible means to be encou- 
raged. People may be frequently observed watering 
all plants indiscriminately, not taking the trouble to 
look into or feel the state of the soil in the pots or tubs, 
and by going over them three or four times in this 
manner will be sufficient to put the plants in such a 
state, that they will not be recruited for some months. 
Hence the reason of so many sickly plants. 

Camellias^ where there are collections, will continue 
to flower. Treat them according to the directions gi- 
ven last month. 

OF ORANGES, LEMONS, &c. 

Be sure they are not too wet, as too much humidity 
as well as aridity causes their foliage to have a yellow 
appearance, with this difference, that in the former 



March.] GREJiN-HOUSE— MYRTLES, &c. 59 

case the foliage is the same to the touch as when 
green; but in the latter, it is soft and dry. We have 
observed trees in tubs and half barrels, with holes all 
round their sides. This is a ludicrous idea, having the 
appearance of keeping the water from reaching the 
bottom of the tub or barrel. For the best kind of tub 
for large trees, see Avgust under this head. If any of 
the trees have stunted, straggling, or irregular heads, 
about the end of this month, or beginning of next, head 
or cut them down to the shape desired. The old wood 
will push fresh shoots. You may cut close, or shorten 
less or more, according as you desire young shoots to 
arise ; at the same time observe that you do not cut 
below the graft or inoculation. Trees thus headed 
down should be kept until May, and then planted in the 
garden, (see May,) or if that cannot be done, turn it 
out, and reduce the ball of earth by probing with a 
pointed stick all round the sides and bottom of the 
ball, cutting off any very matted roots. If any of the 
roots arQ decayed, cut them into the sound wood. By 
being thus reduced, it will go into the same pot or tub 
if not a less one. Having a good supply of fresh earth 
ready, put a few inches in the bottom of the pot or tub, 
place the tree therein, and fill all round, at the same time 
pressing it down with the hand or a stick. Give very 
little water until there are signs of vegetation. 

MYRTLES, OLEANDERS, &c. 

These, with similar exotics, may be treated as 
above. If any of them have been infected with the 



60 GREEN-HOUSE— CAPE BULBS, &c. [March. 

scaly insect, after heading down, &c. scrub the remain- 
ing stems with a strong decoction of tobacco, heated 
to about 100°. Afterwards clean with soap and water. 



GERANIUMS. 

These will be growing freely. Keep them in airy 
situations, so that they may not , grow too weak, and 
flower imperfect. To flower these plants strong, and 
of good colour, they must not be too crowded together, 
neither far from the light, and have plenty of air ad- 
mitted to them, when the weather is favourable. Keep 
them free from the Green-fly by fumigating frequently. 

HERBACEOUS PLANTS. 

Plants of this character will, by the first of the 
month, begin to grow. The best time to divide and 
fresh pot them is when the young shoots are about 
one inch above ground. See under the head Shifting 
in this month. 

OF CAPE BULBS, &c. 

Cape Bulbs, such as Lachendiias, Oxalis, Ixias, Gladio- 
lus, Watsonias, Bahidnas, &c. will in many of the species 
be showing flower. Keep all of them near the glass, 
to prevent them from being weak and unsightly. 

Hyacinths, Tulips, JVarcissus, &c. Those that have 
been kept in the Green-house during winter wifl be in 
great perfection. Have all the flower stems tied up 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. gj 

neatly to small stakes, (which, if painted green, will 
look much better,) and keep them from the direct rays 
of the sun. In the front of the house perhaps will be 
the best situation. They must be freely watered while 
in flower. Where there is convenience, it will be es- 
sential to keep the pots in saucers containing water; 
it will strengthen both stems and flowers, and likewise 
preserve them longer in perfection. Those that are 
blooming should be put aside, and watered sparingly, 
until the fohage begins to decay, when the pots may 
be laid on their side to ripen the bulbs. 

REPOTTING. 

If you have any of the following plants that you 
are desirous of encouraging, they should be repot- 
ted this or next month at the latest. Large plants 
will not require it, if they were done in August, 
Pots one size larger than those that they are in, are 
sufficient. Acacias and Mimosas being now united into 
one genus, there are above two hundred species. 
About one hundred and thirty belong to the Green- 
house. Amongst such a beautiful family, both for ele- 
gance of flower and beauty of foliage, it will be difficult 
to specify the most handsome and desirable for this 
department. J^. mollis^ A. glaiicesccns^ A. verticildta^ A. 
jiorabunda^ A. diffusa, A. armdta, A. vernicijiua, A. decur- 
rens, A. armdta — weeping variety, A. pubescens, A. leuco- 
lobia, A. decipiens.) A. fragrdns, A. pulchella, A. lophdnlha, 
A. myrtifdlia, &c. These will afford a great variety of 
fohage, and are very desirable, flowering principally in 



62 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [March. 

winter, or early in spring. The flowers of those be- 
longing to the Green-house are of a yellow or straw 
colour ; the most of those that are red or purple, with 
the celebrated medicinal species, belong to the Hot- 
house, for which see May. There are some of 
the species very subject to the white scaly insect, 
which must be attended to, that they may not get to 
any extent. 

Jgapdnthus, three species. They are all blue flowers. 
Jl. umbelldtus is very celebrated, and well known in the 
collections of the country. There is a variegated va- 
riety of it highly desirable, the foliage being white 
striped, and frequently the flower stem and the flower 
are as good as the species. They have very strong 
roots, and require plenty of freedom. Plants are 
always large before they flower, and when the pots, 
by frequent shifting, become inconvenient, the plant 
should be divested of all the earth, and, if too large, 
divide it, cutting off" the strongest of the fibres ; then 
they will admit of being put into smaller pots. If the 
above operation is performed in August or September, 
it will not retard their flowering, which, when well 
grown, is very handsome, the flower stem arising about 
three feet, and crowned with twenty or thirty brilliant 
blue blossoms, continuing to bloom successively. 

^lonsoas, five species, all soft wooded, small, shrubby 
plants, with scarlet flowers. ^. incisifolia is known 
amongst us under the name of Hemimeris urticifolia^ 
and A. linearis as H. linearis. If well treated, they form 
very handsome plants, and flower freely. They will 
not bear strong fumigation; and, when the house is 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING, g3 

under that operation, they must be put on the floor of 
the Green-house, where they will not be so much af- 
fected. They flower from May to August. 

Aiicuba japonica is the only species. The flowers are 
small and almost insignificant, colour purple; but the 
foliage is a desirable object, being yellow spotted, or 
blotched. It is tolerably hardy, and withstands our 
winters. It prefers shade, and, if the situation was 
such when planted out, it would grow more freely. 
The hot rays of the sun are very prejudicial to its 
growth. It is an evergreen shrub, and very desirable. 

Jinagyris^ three species, evergreen, pea flowered 
shrubs, flowers yellow, nothing very attractive in either 
of the species. k.fcEtida is found in many collections, 
and we have no doubt but it may prove, in this coun- 
try, a hardy shrub. 

Azaleas^ seven of the China species, which are those 
we shall enumerate here. The one that has been 
longest known in the collections of" this country is A. 
indica, a most splendid shrub, with scarlet cup flowers 
and dark spots. A. indica alba, flowers of the purest 
white, and rather larger than the former. A. indica 
purpurea pleno, double purple. This variety is not so 
fine as any of the others. Properly it is not purple, or, 
if it may be termed so, the colour is very light ; the 
flower irregular. A. indica phcKnicea is magnificent. 
The colour is darker, and the flower larger than A. in- 
dica, and a free grower. A. sinense, flowers large, yel- 
low. The wood is much stronger than any of those 
previously mentioned. It bears a very high character 
in Europe. It has not yet flowered in our collection, 



64 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [March. 

but appears as if it would in the ensuing season (1832). 
All the above ought to have a situation in every Green- 
house. They flower from March until May. There 
are two other varieties which have not come under our 
observation. Do not shift or repot them, if they are in 
flower, until the flowering is over. The pots must be 
well drained ; and the plants require a shaded situation. 
If they are properly treated, they will be completely 
covered with their showy flowers every year. 

Abtus^ two species, both fine leguminose plants, A. 
villbsa^ is a native of Van Dieman's Land ; and A. vir- 
gdta, is from New Holland. The former is preferable. 
Both have yellow flowers, and are small evergreen 
shrubs. 

AndersSnia spreugelioides, is the only species, and 
closely allied to Epdcris, flowers small, and of a pale 
yellow colour. Drain the pots well; flowers from 
March to August. 

Arbutus^ eight exotic species, and six varieties. They 
are generally hardy in England; but we question if 
they stand out in the middle states. A. unido rubra has 
the finest crimson flowers ; A. serratifolia, the largest 
panicles ; and A. Andrdchne^ the finest foliage. They 
flower in nodding panicles; the flowers are principally 
white, tinged with green, and wax-like. They bear a 
pretty fruit similar to a strawberry ; hence it is called 
strawberry tree, and the fruit will remain on the bush 
a long time. They are very fine evergreens, and if any 
of them become acchmated, they will be a great ac- 
quisition to our gardens. 

Bdnksias. There are about thirty-two species, all 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. 65 

curious in flower, and handsome and various in foliage; 
flowers in large heads and cone-shaped anthers, mostly 
green, and continue a considerable time in flower ; pro- 
duces a cone in shape of a pine, but not imbricate. 
The substance is as hard as bone, and contains many 
seeds. A cone of B, grdndis in our possession weighs 
one pound twelve ounces, and contains about 107 seeds. 
Those most admired for the foHage are B. dentata, B. 
cemula, B. serrdta, B. lafifolia, B. grdndis^ which is the 
largest. B. specibsa has the longest foliage. B. Cun- 
nifighdmu, B. spinulbsa^ B. palluddsa, and B. repens, these 
will afford a good variety. B. verticilldta is entirely dif- 
ferent in appearance from the others. 

They should be well drained, and placed in an airy 
part of the Green-house. Great care should be taken 
that they do not get too dry, for they seldom recover if 
allowed to flag for want of water. This genus is named 
in honour of Sir Joseph Banks, a distinguished promo- 
ter of the study of natural history. 

Bignbnim. Those of this genus belonging to the 
Green-house have been divided to Tecoma, and there are 
only three for this department. T. austrdlis known as 
B. Panddrce ; T. grandijldra^ known as B. grandiflora, and 
has large and magjtiificent clusters of orange-coloured 
flowers, flowering from May to October. 

Tecoma capensis is a very pretty climbing shrub, a free 
grower, and flowers abundantly ; flowers in dense pan- 
icles, colour orange and red, continues for several weeks 
in succession from April to August, greatly esteemed 
in Europe where it is known ; being now in a few of our 
collections, will soon be generally admired. 
9 



66 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [March. 

Bletia hyacinthina is the only species belonging to the 
Green-house, once known as Cymbidium hyacinthinum. 
It is herbaceous, and when it begins to grow divide the 
root, putting the best into five inch pots. The spike of 
flowers are hyacinth-like, and of a beautiful purple, 
flowering from April to July. 

Borbnia is a beautiful genus of New Holland plants, 
contains about nine species ; most of them have been 
imiversally admired ; the flowers are star-like, and rose- 
coloured, and some of them sweet-scented. B.pinnata 
grows and flowers freely. B. serruldta, foliage serrated 
and very crowded, bearing the flowers on the extremity 
of the shoot. B. alata has a fine appearance, and 
grows handsomely. The foliage is winged and pinnate, 
of a hardy nature, and easy culture, flowers freely. 
They are in flower about April and May, and continue 
a considerable time ; are subject to mildew if not fre- 
quently syringed ; drain the pots well. 

Bouvdrdias, two species. B. triphylla is well known 
amongst us, has brilliant scarlet flowers, and when 
well grown, will flower beautifully from May till Sep- 
tember. To keep the plants, they should be frequent- 
ly renewed; otherwise they are liable to grow strag- 
gling, and become subject to the small white scaly in- 
sect. B. JacquincB we suspect has got confounded with 
the former, being very little different, except the foli- 
age, which is more pointed. They flower from the 
young wood, and often throw their foliage in winter. 

Brachysemas, two species, both evergreen climbers. 
B. htifblium has the best foliage, and large purple le- 
guminose flowers. B. vndvldtum, flowers yellow, and 



MiRCH.] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. 57 

more plentiful than the former, continuing in long suc- 
cessions. The pots require to be well drained; very 
few plants of either in the country. 

Burchellias, two species. B. capensis is a beautiful 
dwarf evergreen shrub, with tubular scarlet flowers in 
large terminale clusters; when well treated, grows and 
flowers freely, and highly deserving of attention. B. 
parvifidra differs from the above in the flowers being 
smaller and paler, and the foliage more pointed. 

Beaufortias, only two species. B. decussdta is splen- 
did ; the flowers come out of the wood with stamens 
in fine parcels, colour bright scarlet, foliage decussate, 
oval, and many-nerved, bloom persistent, and much 
esteemed. B. spdrsa, in flower similar to the other, 
colour light pink, foliage scattered, both easy of cul- 
ture, and flower abundantly. 

Brunias^ about ten species, have heath-like foliage, 
very fine, generally, on close observation, found to be 
three cornered. The flowers are white and globular, 
the plants when young are very handsome ; the finest 
are B. nodijidra^ B. lanuginosa^ B. comdsa, B. abrotanoides^ 
and B. formbsa. They require an airy situation, and 
in summer to be protected from the powerful rays of 
the sun. Drain the pots well. 

Bosea yervamora, Golden rod tree, leaves large, alter- 
nate, ovate, acute, with purple veins and nerves, 
flowers brown, in axillary dense panicles, grows strong 
and freely. 

BcEckias^ above twelve species, of heath-like appear- 
ance, and except for variety, are not otherwise desir- 
able. B. camphordta is camphor-scented ; B. pidchella 



63 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [March. 

is very neat; and B. virgdta flowers freely. Pots 
should be well drained. The flowers of all the genus 
are white. 

Billardieras, about five species, are desirable as 
climbers, being of rapid growth, and abundant in 
flower. B. longijlbra^ fruits freely, and has fine blue 
berries which look handsome. B. mutdbilis is change- 
able from purple to scarlet. The fruit o{ B. scandens is 
covered with down, flowers straw coloured. B. fusi- 
formis diflfers in colour from the others, the flowers 
being blue. They require to be well drained. 

Calceolarias^ about fourteen species, besides many 
hybrid varieties. C. angustifdlia, and C. integrifblia are 
the best of the shrubby species. C. plantaginea, C. co- 
rymhosa^ C. purpurea, and C. hopidna, and of the hybrid 
varieties, C. micdns and C hybrida are very fine ; but 
we understand they are numerous, and some of them 
very splendid. 

To grow any of these properly, they should be di- 
vided a few weeks after they begin to grow; put them 
in small pots at first, and enlarge them gradually. 
Where there is a hot-house, after dividing them, it will 
greatly promote their growth to keep them in it a iew 
weeks near the glass, until the weather gets mild, 
when they may be removed to the Green-house. The 
flowers are principally yellow. C. Fothergillii, purpurea, 
and archnoidea are purple ; the hybrids are spotted with 
red and brown, and some of them streaked many co- 
lours. They continue a long time in flower. 

Calothdmnus, four species. This genus is named in 
allusion to the splendid appearance of the branches, 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. gg 

covered with scarlet flowers of curious construction, 
which come out of the old wood. All the species are 
of easy culture, and very like dwarf pines. C. quadrif- 
fida has the largest flowers ; C. clavdta the most abund- 
ant. They are all evergreens, and flower from April to 
November. 

Camellias. There are about nine species, celebrated 
over the known world as furnishing the domestic drug 
calledtea, in universal use, besides many flowering 
trees and shrubs as universally admired. Oil may be 
expressed from the seeds of all the species, and used 
as that of hemp and poppy in cookery. C. viridis and 
C. bohea are said to be the species which supply the 
tea. Some have asserted that there is only one shrub 
used, but by examination it may be easily perceived 
that there are leaves of various shape and texture, some 
of them similar to C. sasanqua. Dr. Abel gives an ex- 
plicit detail of the growing and manufacturing process 
of tea, from which, in compliment to our fair patrons, 
we give a few extracts : 

" The tea districts of China extend from the twenty- 
seventh to the thirty-first degree of north latitude. It 
seems to succeed best on the sides of mountains. The 
soils from which I collected the best specimens consist- 
ed chiefly of sand-stone, schistus, or granite. The 
plants are raised from seeds sown where they are to 
remain. Three or more are dropped into a hole four 
or five inches deep; these come up without further 
trouble, and require little culture, except that of remov- 
ing weeds, till the plants are three years old. The 



70 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [March, 

more careful stir the soil, and some manure it, but the 
latter practice is seldom adopted. The third year the 
leaves are gathered, at three successive gatherings, in 
February, April and June, and so on until the bushes 
become stunted or slow in their growth, which general- 
ly happens in from six to ten years. They are then 
cut in to encourage the production of fresh roots. 

" The gathering of the leaves is performed with care 
and selection. The leaves are plucked off one by one: 
at the first gathering only the unexpanded and tender 
are taken ; at the second those that are full grown ; 
and at the third the coarsest. The first forms what is 
called in Europe imperial tea; but as to the other 
names by which tea is known, the Chinese know no- 
thing ; and the compounds and names are supposed to 
be made and given by the merchants at Canton, who, 
from the great number of varieties brought to them, 
have an ample opportunity of doing so. Formerly it 
was thought that green tea was gathered exclusively 
from C. viridis ; but that is now doubtful, though it is 
certain that there is what is called the green tea dis- 
trict and black tea district ; and the varieties grown in 
the one district differ from those of the other. I was 
told by competent persons that either of the two 
plants will afford the black or green tea of the shops, 
but that the broad thin-leaved plant (C. viridis) is pre- 
ferred for making the green tea. 

" The tea leaves being gathered, are cured in houses 
which contain from five to twenty small furnaces, about 
three feet high each, having at top a large flat iron pan. 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE.— REPOTTING. 7| 

There is also a long low table covered with mats, on 
which the leaves are laid, and rolled by workmen, who 
sit round it : the iron pan being heated to a certain de- 
gree by a little fire made in the furnace underneath, a 
few pounds of the fresh-gathered leaves are put upon the 
pan; the fresh and juicy leaves crack when they touch 
the pan, and it is the business of the operator to shift 
them as quickly as possible, with his bare hands, till 
they cannot be easily endured. At this instant he takes 
off the leaves with a kind of shovel resembling a fan, 
and pours them on the mats before the rollers, who, 
taking small quantities at a time, roll them in the palm 
of their hands in one direction, while others are fanning 
them, that they may cool the more speedily, and retain 
their curl the longer. This process is repeated two or 
three times, or oftener, before the tea is put into the 
stores, in order that all the moisture of the leaves may be 
thoroughly dissipated, and their curl more completely 
preserved. On every repetition the pan is less heated, 
and the operation performed more closely and cauti- 
ously. The tea is then separated into the different 
kinds, and deposited in the store for domestic use or 
exportation. 

" The different sorts of black and green 'arise, not 
merely from soil, situation, or the age of the leaf; but 
after winnowing the tea, the leaves are taken up in 
succession as they fall; those nearest the machine 
being the heaviest, are the gunpowder tea; the light 
dust the worst, being chiefly used by the lower classes. 
That which is brought down to Canton, then under- 



72 GREEN-HOUSE—REPOTTING. [March. 

goes a second roasting, winnowing, packing, &c. and 
many hundred women are employed for these purposes." 
Ksempfer asserts that a species of Camellia as well as 
Oka frdgrans is used to give it a high flavour. 

C. oleiferia is cultivated principally in China for the 
oil which is expressed from its seeds, which is much 
used in the domestic cookery of the country ; flower 
single white. 

C. Sesdnqua^ Lady Banks's. The fohage of this 
species is very small, and paler, and the green not so 
fine as any of the others. It seeds freely, and is often 
used as the female parent in producing new varieties ; 
flowers small white and single, with many anthers. 
There are a Semi-double, and Double variety of it of 
the same colour. 

C. maliflora is figured in the Botanical Register, under 
the name of C. Sesdnqua rosea. The foliage is about 
the same shape as C. Sesdnqua^ but the appearance and 
habit of the plant are completely different, growing very 
freely and quite erect ; flowers very abundant. A large 
plant of it will continue in bloom for the space of three 
months. The flowers are of about six weeks' dura- 
tion, colour and shape of Rose de meaux ; has been 
highly esteemed. One plant of it has been sold for 
one hundred and eighty dollars. 

C. Kissii. We believe it is single white, has not come 
under our observation, the only species that is a na- 
tive of Ncpaul. 

C. reticulata was brought from China by Capt. Rawes. 
The foliage is very characteristic, being rougher than 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. 73 

any of the other flowers, about five inches in diameter, 
brilhant scarlet, and semi-double. It was introduced 
into Europe in 1822, and is still very scarce. Twenty- 
five dollars are paid for a small twig of it. From pre- 
sent appearance, it will never be so plenty as many of 
the others, being tardy of propagation; only a few eyes 
on the extremity of each shoot make young wood, 
and if these are cut off, the plant does not seem to 
push afresh. 

C.japonica, the original of many splendid varieties, 
probably to the amount of one hundred. The true one 
is in very few collections ; it is single striped. 

Cjaponica rubra is the single red of our collections, 
and used as stocks to enarch, graft, or inoculate the 
other varieties upon, being easily struck by cuttings. 
It seeds very freely,Vhen the stile is impregnated, and 
the seedlings make the strongest and best stocks. 

C. japonica dlba^ single white. It is mentioned in some 
of our catalogues, as being very sweet-scented, though 
not very perceptible to us. The foliage and wood are 
very strong, being a free seeding variety, consequently 
particularly desirable, as a stock to grow new varie- 
ties from. Its flowers are large and abundant. 

C. semiduplex. This is a flower with two rows of 
petals. Some good varieties might be got from it, 
if properly impregnated. 

C. rubro-plmo is a strong growing and free- 
flowering variety. The flowers are large, double red, 
petals irregular, with the anthers in bunches amongst 
them ; flowers are of long duration and showy. 

C. cdrnea, frequently known as Middlemist's blush. 
10 



74 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [MarcHo 

Colour pink, one of the original varieties, and frequent- 
ly produces seeds ; grows freely. 

C. myrtifolia^ known in some collections as involuta. 
There are two varieties of it, major and minor ; the 
former is certainly the best, and has a very handsome, 
large, and regular red flower ; the centre frequently is 
pink and purple ; it is much the shape of Double white, 
only the petals are more cupped. The flower is of 
considerable duration. It is not properly named. The 
fohage, though the smallest of the variety, is much 
larger than that of any of our common myrtles, which 
might make many mistake its character ; and another 
prominent feature is, the leaves are much recurved and 
shining. 

C. hexanguldris. The flower is six angled, very com- 
pact, and dark red. It is an esteemed variety, and 
there has unfortunately been another inferior, substi- 
tuted for it, in some of our collections. The foliage is 
similar in shape to anemoniflora, with the nerves more 
sunk ; the flowers are of an ordinary size. 

C. atro-rubens, Loddiges' red, is a very fine variety ; 
colour dark red outside, petals large inside, small and 
irregular, forming a very distinct character ; foliage 
stiff"; grows freely and flowers well; and of long dura- 
tion. We have seen a flower stand fresh on the plant 
two months ; however, that cannot be a rule, as it de- 
pends on the situation. 

C. anemonifora, or Warafah (from the central petals, 
having the appearance of the Waratah plant, Telopia 
speciosissima.) This variety is very characteristic, both 
in flower and foliage. The flower is dark crimson, 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. 75 

with five or six regular large outside petals ; those of the 
centre are very small, and neatly plaited, with the stile 
(female organ) prominent; the foliage is large and ob- 
long, nerves very smooth, and the v^^ood strong, bark 
light. Had this kind not been found, we would have 
been deprived of many most splendid varieties, which 
have originated from it, and we have no doubt they may 
become as diversified as the roses of the garden. This 
variety in a collection for that alone is invaluable. It 
seeds freely, and the pollen of any of the others appli- 
ed to the style of this, will produce a new variety, 
which seldom fails of being double, provided the pollen 
is from a double variety. It must be applied the first 
day that the flower is expanded, for the flower is only 
of a few days' duration. Those that are not acquainted 
with the buds of this Camellia, will take them to be 
dead, because, before expansion, they are very dark 
brown. 

C. c?mw^^z)?6ra, or Knight's carnation Waratah^is, when 
well grown, a very beautiful flower ; shape and size 
same as anemonifiora (and a seedling from it by Mr. 
Knight, King's Road, Chelsea, London,) seemingly the 
stamens are crowned with small petals, red and white 
striped, appearing like a fine large carnation. The 
style appears fertile, and there is no doubt but some 
splendid varieties may be obtained from it. 

C. bldnda, or blush Waratah, flower in shape similar 
to anemonifiora, rather larger, and of considerable dura- 
tion. 

C. pomponia, or Kew blush, flowers very large, white, 
with a tinge of blush at the bottom of the petals, which 



76 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [March. 

has a good effect in setting off the flower. They fre- 
quently bloom all blush, which appears rather curious 
on the same plant ; shape one or two rows of guard or 
outside petals ; those of the inside are short, stubby, 
and generally irregular, continues long in flower, yellow 
anthers among the short petals, and seeds when 
the female organ is perfect; foliage narrower than any 
of the others, a very fast grower, and flowers freely. 

C. pmbniflora. The foliage, shape, and size of the 
flower of this, is similar to the last mentioned, colour a 
rich pink ; we have never seen any of them vary from 
this; and have seen it seed very double. 

C. Walbdnkii, has a very large white irregular flower, 
by some called poppy-flowered. It is not so pure as 
the common double white ; the anthers show amongst 
the petals, and the buds before expansion are very 
round, inclining to flatness ; the foliage long and shining. 
The flowers are of considerable duration. We ques- 
tion with lutea-alba. 

C. alba-plena, common double white, is admired by 
the most casual observer, and is generally considered 
a very superior flower, from the purity of its whiteness, 
and the abundance of its large flowers, which are 
thickly and regularly set with round petals. The 
foliage is large, and the plant grows freely ; we have 
seen one shoot grow two feet in one summer. It was 
imported into Europe from China, amongst the first of 
the varieties, about eighty years ago. 

C.flavescens, Lady Hume's blush, and by some called 
buff. It is a very double flower, and frequently hexan- 
gular; the bottom of the petals are most delicately 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. 77 

tinged with blush; on looking into it, it shows more 
like a blush vapour than nature, and is a great favour- 
ite, and deservedly so, with the ladies : flowers and 
grows freely, foliage rhomboid, elongate, nerves very 
visible,''surface smooth and pale green, distantly serrate. 

C.fimbridta. The size, shape, and set of the flower 
same as alba-plena^ and the white as pure, with the 
edges of the petals deeply serrated, or rather fringed ; 
is equally as free in flowering and growing. It is uni- 
versally admired, and in great demand. Its character 
is unique, foliage very like alba-pleno. [See Frontispiece.] 

C. imbricdta, said to be a very double red, with imbri- 
cated petals, and very handsome. We have not seen 
it in flower. 

C. ■yana^dta, is one of the old standard varieties, and 
very much esteemed. It is striped with red and white ; 
sometimes the ground is red, with white streaks or 
blotches, and vice versa. The flower when well grown 
is large, and very abundant; foliage very fine dark 
green, similar to single white. We have had seed from 
it. The petals are regular, with the anthers showing 
amongst them ; the flower double, though not so much 
so as many of the others. 

C. crassinervis. We have not the smallest doubt but 
this is the same as hexangularis, and in confirmation of 
our opinion, we have lately had the best authority in 
Europe to that effect. 

C. conchifldra, shell flowered, double, a very hand- 
some shape, petals round, stiff" set, and in the centre 
quite erect, red with occasional splashes of white. 



78 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [March. 

C. rubricduUs, Lady Campbell's, very double, colour 
very rich dark red, with stripes of pure white, beauti- 
fully contrasted. The richness of this flower is very 
striking, and much esteemed; flowers freely. 

C. longifdlia is a single red, the fohage is large, and 
longer than the generality of them. 

C. chandlrerii, or versicolor, colour vivid scarlet with 
occasional splashes of pure white; the flowers vary, and 
are of long duration, from six to eight weeks ; foliage 
large and dark glossy green. 

C. aitbnia. This variety is a beautiful specimen of 
a single flower aflfording a developement of the organ 
of fructification; the petals are delicately penciled, 
and the anthers very bold, colour pink, and the flower 
very large; grows freely, and, in our opinion, is sur- 
passed by none of the single sorts, for raising fine new 
varieties, if impregnated with the pollen from double 
flowers. 

C. althcBtfldra, hollyhock-flowered, is a great beauty, 
with large double dark red flowers, the veins are very 
prominent, petals frequently irregular; foliage large, 
and approaches to the fohage of single red ; and is 
much esteemed. 

C. coralBna, coral-flowered, a very deep scarlet dou- 
ble flower, and bears a high character. 

C. insignis, a most splendid double flower, large dull 
red colour ; a very free grower, and highly estimated. 

C. anemoneflora alba. Those that have seen the 
common anemoneflora will be disappointed in the ap- 
pearance of this, not being pure white, neither properly 
anemone-flowered, though a very good flower, and 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE-REPOTTING. 79 

very distinct from any other ; the petals are irregular, 
anthers abundant, shape resembling pompone ; flower 
not so large. 

C. heterophylla. The foliage of this varies very 
much, a character that none of the others possess; 
flower double red ; and merits a place in collections. 

C. Woodsii^ flower fine double, rose colour; and 
much has been said in its favour. 

C. btcolor, a single flower, with a rose ground and 
white streaks, very pretty, but not so large as many of 
the single ones. 

C. speciosa is a most splendid variety, has been called 
China striped Waratah. The guard petals are large, 
round, and bold ; colour red with stripes of white ; the 
centre is full of small petals, (like anemoneflora^) and 
spotted ; the foliage large and more heart-shaped than 
any of the others; grows freely, flower persistent, 
highly esteemed, and considered one of the finest of 
the coloured Camellias. 

C. fiilgens, flower large, and very bright double red, 
approaching to C atro-rubens^ but more brilliant; foliage 
a lucid green, very smooth, young wood and wood 
buds have a red appearance. We have no doubt but 
it will seed ; if so, it will be a first rate breeder. 

C. grandijlora^ a very large single rich red flower, fo- 
liage very large; a most splendid single variety, and 
grows freely. It is recommended to all who wish to 
improve their collections by raising new varieties. 

C. rosa sinensis^ a very large double flower, colour 
bright pink, petals long and full, a very distinct variety. 



80 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [March. 

with a beautiful dark green shining foUage, grows and 
flowers freely, and is highly esteemed. 

C. intermedia, a very large flower, shape of C pom- 
ponia, outside petals streaked to the extremity with a 
rich blush, ground colour pure white, and is in high 
estimation; grows and flowers freely. It is in very 
few collections in Europe, and only in three in the 
United States. 

C. rose Waratdh. The description of this flower is the 
same as anemonefldra, but differs in colour, and being of 
longer duration, the foliage is uncommonly large. 

C. Pressii's invincible. It has been asserted that 
it is the same as that known by C. punctata and C. 
Pressii. We have not seen it flower, but have seen a 
drav/ing of it, the flower equally as large as double white, 
and same shape, with the petals as regular ; the ground 
colour brilliant red, and spotted with pure white. It is 
one of the newest varieties, and much valued for its 
unique beauty; hence called Invincible ; foliage large. 

C. Rose Mundii, is like the garden rose of that name; 
a large flower, ground colour pink streaked with white. 

C. compdcta is a new double white, petals and flower 
not so large as the common, but more compact, and is 
considered a very fine variety. 

C. gloriosa, is said to be a fine dark double red. 

C. Rossii, is said to be a fine rich double scarlet. 

Callicoma serratifolia, the only species and remarkable 
for tufted yellow heads of flowers, which come out at 
the axils, and continue from May to July. The fohage 
is ovate lanceolate, deeply serrated, and opposite. 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. 3| 

CarmichcBlia ausirdlis, the only species, has very curi- 
ous foliage, which the lilac leguminose flowers come 
out off, and continue from April to June. 

Cunonia capensis, the only species, and a handsome 
shrub, with large pinnated shining leaves, beautifully 
contrasted by numerous dense elongated branches of 
small white flowers, and twigs of a red colour, having 
the habit of a tropical more than a Cape of Good Hope 
plant. 

Clethra arborea, and C. arbbrea variagdta, are both fine 
shrubs ; the latter is preferable ; leaves are oblong, ac- 
cuminate, and serrated with a gold edge ; flowers white, 
downy, in large branching racemose spikes, and sweet- 
scented ; grows freely. 

Cotonedsters. Two of this genus are deserving a si- 
tuation in the Green-house, C. denficulata, and C. mi- 
crophylla ; the last is a native of the mountainous dis- 
tricts of Nepaul, and may prove hardy ; the flowers are 
white, small, and solitary, but in the fall it is covered 
with pretty red berries, and then looks beautiful ,- cul- 
ture very easy; will grow in any situation. 

Crowea soltgna, is amongst one of the finest and 
easiest cultivated plants of New South Wales. It 
flowers at the axils of the leaves, colour pink, with five 
petals, connected by entangled hairs ; in flower from 
April to December, and frequently through the winter; 
foliage lanceolate, and a fine green. The plant grows 
neat, and requires an airy situation ; drain the pots 
well. 

Chorizemas^ about six species, foliage very like some 
varieties of the Holly; flowers small and papiliona- 
11 



32 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [March. 

ceous ; colour red and yellow ; though small, they are 
very neat. C. nana and C. ilicifolia are amongst the 
best ; if grown from seed, they will flower freely the 
second year ; drain the pots well. 

Cinerarias^ Cape aster, about twelve belong to the 
Green-house. They are herbaceous, or half shrubby, 
soft wooded plants. C. speciosa, C. amelloides, (now 
called Agathoia coslestus,) C. purpurea, and C. landta, are 
among the finest ; flowers blue or yellow ; the latter is 
considered the handsomest of the genus. The exte- 
rior petals are bright purple, and the interior ones 
white, and with ^. ccelestus, flowers most of the year ; 
flowers syngenesious and star-like. The herbaceous 
species must be treated as previously mentioned for 
that kind of plants. 

Cislus, or Rock rose. There are above thirty spe- 
cies, principally natives of Europe, consequently hardy 
there, and form a great ornament to their gardens, 
being very abundant and various in flower; but with 
us they will not stand the rigour of winter. We have 
no doubt, however, but, through time, some kinds may 
be grown that will withstand the greatest cold of the 
middle states ; they are low shrubby plants of easy cul- 
tivation. C. ladafiiferus, C. monspeliensis, C. sdligmis, C. 
popolifdlius, and C. lutduldtus, are perhaps the best ; 
the flowers are of short duration, frequently only for one 
day; but the quantity makes up this deficiency, being 
constantly in flower in May and June, and sometimes 
flower again in autumn. C. creticus is most productive 
of the Gum laudanum, which is secreted about its 
leaves and branches. The flowers are generally five- 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. g3 

petaled, and some of them large ; centre full of sta- 
mens ; the foundation of the natural order Cistinea. 

Clematis^ Virgin's Bower. There are only six of 
these belonging to this, all climbing plants. C. arisidta 
and C. hrachidta are the best; flowers in racemose 
clusters, pure white ; foliage small ; and natives of the 
Cape of Good Hope. The foliage of C. aristdta is 
cordate and blotched. 

Cobcea scdndens, the only species. It is a climber of 
very rapid growth, has been known to grow above 
two hundred feet in one summer; large bell-shaped 
flowers ; when they are newly expanded, they are of a 
pale green colour, and change to dark purple; will 
grow in the garden during summer, bearing a con- 
tinual profusion of flowers, but will not stand frost. 
When this plant becomes too large in the house, do 
not cut it close to the root, except there is a young 
shoot arising to carry off the superabundant sap, for 
the old wood will not push, which will soon cause a 
mortification. 

The best method to adopt in such case is to turn 
back a shoot, and lay it in the ground to root, when it 
will become a young plant; which should always be 
done as soon as it appears unsightly. It does best to 
be planted in the ground, but will not give any satisfac- 
tion as to flowering in a pot. It will flower as an an- 
nual if sown in pots this month, and placed in a warm 
room or hot-bed, and planted into the garden about 
the end of May. 

Coronillas, a very few are fine species in the Green- 
house. C. glauca is a celebrated plant amongst us, as 



84 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [March. 

a free and early flowering shrub. C. valentiana and C. 
vimindlis are equally so, flower from April to June, co- 
lour yellow ; papilionaceous flowers in clusters ; agree 
best with shade. In summer they ought to be kept 
behind a fence, or under a tree, as the sun would de- 
stroy them in a few weeks. Drain the pots well. 

Corrects^ five species, all very pretty dwarf shrubs, 
and flower profusely ; foliage ovate, cordate, and 
either rusty or downy beneath. C alba and C. rufa 
have both white flowers a little tubular. C.pukhella is 
a very handsome erect growing plant, flowers large 
and tubular, of a deep pink colour, and grows freely: 
it is thought the finest of the genus. C. speciosa has 
been long admired as a splendid free flowering plant; 
flowers same shape as C. pukhella, but not so large ; 
colour red and yellowish green. C. virens is a very free 
grower, flowers same shape as the two last, colour en- 
tirely green. These three last mentioned are abundant 
flowerers, having a continued succession from No- 
vember to June, possessing the valuable requisite of 
flowering through the winter, and ought to be in every 
collection. They require an airy situation, and the 
pots to be well drained. The plants in summer must 
not be fully exposed to the sun. 

Cratdgus. There are none of these belonging to the 
Green-house ; but there is a plant in the collections, 
known as C. glabra, which is Phoiinia serruldta, a native 
of China, and is a very handsome plant, has long foliage, 
deeply serrated, very shining. P. arbutifolia, a native of 
California, and is the finest of the genus 5 flowers in 
large dense panicles, foliage larger than the former, and 



[March. GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. 35 

not SO deeply serrated ; they are both comparatively 
hardy, and we soon expect to see them acclimated. 

Cupressus may be desired in collections, as erect and 
handsome growing evergreen shrubs. C. lusitdnica, the 
famed cedar of Goa; Cpendula and Cjuniperoides are 
the-most desirable ; flowers are insignificant, and yel- 
lowish ; we have no doubt they may prove hardy. C. 
lusitdnica is the handsomest tree of the genus. Its 
abundant, very long dichotomous branchlets, distin- 
guish it from all the evergreens of the conoferious 
tribe. 

Caldmpelis scdbra, once Eccremocdrpus scdber, is a very 
fine climber, where there is a convenience to plant it in 
the ground. It will flower profusely from March to No- 
vember; foliage pinnate, with tendrils; flowers from the 
axils on young shoots in a kind of racemose, and of a 
golden colour ; grows freely. 

Celdstris, stafl'-tree, about twenty-five species ; of no 
particular beauty. Some of them have numerous small 
white flowers, in cymes and panicles; foliage generally 
ovate, acute, and serrated. C. pyracdntha^ C. cymosa, 
C. multijibrus^ and C. lucidus, are the most conspicuous, 
and all the genera are of easy culture. 

Cookia punctata, Wampee-tree of China, named in 
honour of the celebrated Capt. Cook. The fruit is 
much esteemed in China, where it grows to about the 
size of a walnut, in bunches; leaves pinnate, ovate, 
lanceolate, accuminate ; when rubbed, have a strong 
odour ; flower small white in racemose spikes, of slow 
growth. 

C. alUstdchys. There are two of them very handsome 



86 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [March. 

large growing shrubs. C. lanceolata and C. ovdta^ 
foliage silky-like, and light coloured ; flowers yellow, 
papilionaceous, and very abundant. 

Daviestas, above ten species, principally natives of 
New South Wales, all yellow papilionaceous flowers. 
D. ulicina, D. latifolia, D. aciculdris, and D. inricssdta, are 
very fine species, flower and grow freely, and require 
to be well drained ; bloom from April to August. 

Diosmas. This genus is now very much divided, and 
only contains about thirteen species : the generas that 
they have been given to, are Adendndra^ Barosma, Ac- 
madenia^ and Agathosma. We wiU enumerate a few of 
the finest species of each. D. capitdla, D. oppositifolia, 
D. longifblia^ D. rubra, and D. teretifblia, are the most 
conspicuous, all small white flowers except D. rubra ; 
fbhage small, and all handsome growing evergreens. 

Adendndras, eight species. This genus is the most 
select of those that have been subdivided. A. speciosa, 
A. umbelldta, A. alba, A. fragrdns, and A. unijibra, are 
all splendid flowers : and all white except A. fragrdns, 
which is red. Pots must be well drained. 

Barosmas, above ten species. B. serratifblia, B. 
pulchella, purple, B.fcelidissima, blush, B. odordta, white, 
and B. dioica, pink, are the finest. 

Acmadenias, five species. A. lavigata, A. pungens, 
and A. tetragbnia, blush, are good species. 

Agathosmas, above twenty-five species, many of them 
very celebrated free flowering shrubby plants. A. ac- 
cumindta, A. hybrida, A. Thunbergidna, A. imbricdta, A. 
prolifera, A. pdtula, and A. pukhel/a, which is the finest 
of the genus, the dried leaves of which the Hottentots 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. 87 

use as powder to mix with the grease with which 
they anoint their bodies. Some travellers assert 
that it gives them so rank an odour, that they some- 
times could not bear the smell of those who were their 
guides. In fact the foliage of all the five last mention- 
ed generas, if rubbed by the hand while on the plant, has 
a very strong smell, some of them very agreeable, others 
disagreeable. They are all heath-like and evergreen 
small neat growing shrubs. They require while growing 
luxuriantly to have their young shoots topped to make 
them bushy ; drain all the pots well, and keep them in 
airy situations, and not crowded with other plants, or 
they will become slender and unsightly. 

Drydndras. This genus is closely allied in character 
and habits to Bdnksia, and contains above sixteen 
species. D. mvea, has a most beautiful fohage, very 
long and deeply indented. D.formdsa, has a scent like 
the fruit of an Apricot. D. nervosa, D. floribunda, D. 
armdta, D. plumosa, D. Baxteri, D. nervosa, and D. fal- 
cdta, are the most conspicuous, and all highly desirable 
plants in collections. They are very delicate of importa- 
tion; flowers are straw and orange coloured and thistle- 
like. . Seeds in small cones. Treat them the same as 
directed for Bdnksias. 

Dillivynias, above twelve species, and plants very little 
known. D.floribunda, D. teretifblia, and D. phylicoides, 
are desirable plants ; flowers small, papilionaceous, and 
colour yellow. They are very liable to suffer from too 
much wet ; while dormant, therefore, the pots must be 
effectually drained. 

Dampieras, four species. The genus is named in ho- 



38 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [March. 

nour of Captain W. Dampier, a famous voyager, has 
Lobelia-like flowers, either blue or purple. C. purpurea, 
C. unduldta, and C. stricta, are the finest; the two former 
are shrubby ; the latter is herbaceous ; they all flower 
freely. 

Edwdrdsias, about four species, very beautiful foliaged 
plants, and have very curious yellow flowers, but do 
not flower until the plant becomes large. E. grandi- 
fiora, E. chrysdphylla, and E. meirophylla, are the best, 
and are tolerably hardy, though doubtful of ever 
being acclimated. The flowers are leguminose, fohage 
ovate,pinnate, from eight to forty on one footstalk, and 
appears to be covered with gold dust. The hardier they 
are grown, the more visible it will appear. 

EUchrysums. This genus is now extinct, and two splen- 
did species of it given to others. E.proliferum is now 
Phcendcomaprolifera, and has beautiful purple everlasting 
rayed flowers, and highly esteemed : the foliage round, 
ovate, smooth, and closely imbricated. E. spectdbile is 
now Jiphelexis humilis, has pine-like foliage, and large 
hght purple flowers and everlasting; care must be taken 
that they are not over watered ; drain the pots well. 

Enkidnthiis, only two species, both very fine. E. qidn- 
quefibrus has large ovate accuminate foliage, flowers 
pink, and pendulous ; very handsome. E. reiiculdtus, the 
foliage is netted, and the flowers blush ; they are liable 
when dormant to suffer from wet. Be sure to drain the 
pots well, and sparing in water while in that state. 

Epdcris, above twelve species, and all very ornament- 
al. E. grandijiora has been celebrated ever since it 
was known; the foliage is small, flat, and accuminate; 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. 39 

flowers tubular and pendulous, bright crimson, with a 
tinge of white, and very abundant, in flower from Janu- 
ary to June. E.pukhella is likewise a most beautiful plantj 
foliage very small and closely set, flowers pure white, and 
in long spikes, sweet-scented. E. impressa^ foliage im- 
pressed, and flowers rose-coloured. E. paludosa, flowers 
white, and grows very handsomely. E.purpurdscens rubra 
is a good variety, with bright red flowers. They are most- 
ly erect growing plants ; flower from March till June, and 
a rough, turfy, sandy soil is found most congenial. 
They are natives of the mountainous districts of New 
South Wales. The pots must be well drained; the 
roots will run with avidity amongst the potshreds. 

Ericas, heath. There are in cultivation in Europe 
above five hundred and fifty species and varieties of 
this magnificent genus. About sixty years ago it con- 
sisted only of a hw humble British plants, with the 
heath of Spain, E. Mediterranean which is at present 
most common in our collections, though in a few years 
we may expect to see it supplanted by others more 
splendid. 

In their native countries, they are adapted to a 
great many useful purposes. In the north of Britain, 
the poorer inhabitants cover their cabins or huts with 
heath, and build the walls with alternate layers of it 
and a kind of cement made with straw and clay. 
They likewise brew ale, and distil a hot spirit from 
the tender shoots ; and it has been known to be used 
in dyeing, tanning, and many other useful domestic 
purposes. Encomium on their beauty is not requisite; 
12 



90 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [March. 

they are almost as diversified in colour as colour it- 
self. Many are graceful, and most elegant ; hundreds 
are pretty; a few noble and splendid; others grotesque, 
curious, and odoriferous. To cultivate and propagate 
them is one of the most delicate branches of horticul- 
ture. Nevertheless, it has been said by a scientific 
writer, that " those who complain of the difficulty of 
growing the heath are ignorant people who have never 
had a heath to grow." The most splendid collection 
in Europe is under the care of Mr. M'Nab, of the 
Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, where there are 
two large houses devoted to their culture; and through 
the whole year a continued profusion of bloom is kept 
up. Some of the plants are six feet in diameter, and 
twelve feet high. The soil used is a coarse sandy 
peat. Pots drained with potshreds, and pieces of free- 
stone, are put down the sides of the large pots and tubs: 
where these can be had they are essential to the cul- 
ture of mountainous plants, preventing them from 
being saturated with moisture, or from becoming dry, 
they being retentive of moisture, thus keeping the roots 
in a medium state; for if once the roots are allowed to 
get thoroughly dried, no art of the gardener can reco- 
ver them. This may be the true reason why they are 
said to be difficult of cultivation. 

In the summer season the pots must be kept out of 
the sun, for in a few hours the pot would become heat- 
ed, dry the roots, and cause death, or a brownness of 
foliage which would never again become natural. 
Too much fire heat will hurt them. They only re- 
quire to be kept free from frost, need a great deal of 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE.— REPOTTING. 9I 

air and plenty of light ; consequently, should be placed 
near the glass, that they may have the benefit of all 
the air that is admitted. Their flowers are as varied 
in shape as variety or colour, but they all partake of a 
wax-like nature, and are very persistent. For the 
finest and most select varieties, see the catalogue at 
the end of this work. 

Erbdiums^ Heron's bill. There are about thirty species, 
all of a Geranium character, and there are among them 
some very pretty flowering, soft wooded, shrubby, herba- 
ceous, and annual plants. Only a few of them belong to 
the Green-house, of which E. incarndtum^ E. crassifdlium, 
and E. lacinidtum, are the finest; culture similar to Gera- 
nium. The flowers of these are scarlet, pentapetalous, 
and veiny. 

Eucalyptus, above fifty species of them, and the tallest 
growing trees of New Holland; foliage very diversified, 
generally of a hard glaucous texture. From their rapid 
growth, they soon grorv higher than the loftiest house. 
The most conspicuous are E. corddta, E. rostrdta, E. 
radidta, E. pulvigera, E. globifera, E.jmlveridentaj and E. 
resinefera. In Van Dieman's Land, a manufactory 
has been estabhshed, where a tannin is extracted from 
many of the species. The last mentioned produces 
gum, like that which the druggists call Kino. They 
ought not to be too much fostered, as it would in some 
degree retard their growth. They are of a very hardy 
nature. When large, the plants will flower freely, and 
are similar in flower to Myrtle ; many stamina proceed- 
ing from a hard nut-like capsule. 

Eupatbrium. There is only one species deserving of 



92. GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [March, 

cultivation in the Green-house ; flowers syngenesious, 
white, and in large flattened panicles; very sweet-scent- 
ed. The plant, when growing freely, in the beginning 
of summer, should be topped, which would make it 
more bushy; if not, it is apt to grow straggling. Known 
as E. elegdns^ in our collections. 

Entdxia^s, two species. E. myrtifblia is a most beau- 
tiful free-flowering evergreen shrub ; foliage small, but 
very neat ; flowers leguminose, small, and very many ; 
colour yeflow and red; grows freely. The young plants 
should be frequently topped, or they will grow naked and 
unsightly. E. pitngens, similar to the other except in 
fohage. They flower from March to June, and ought 
to have a place in every Green-house. Culture very 
easy. 

Euchilus obcordatus is the only species: Flowers simi- 
lar to Euidxia; foliage almost unique, being inverse, 
cordate ; time of flowering from March to June. 

Fuchsias^ Ladies' ear drop. About twelve species. 
Several of them elegant and handsome shrubs. F. vir- 
gdta and F. cbnica are the most splendid of deciduous 
Green-house shrubs; the nerves of the leaves and young 
wood of the former are tinged with purplish red ; the 
large pendant flowers which are produced from the 
axils of the leaves of the young wood continue during 
the growing season. F. cbnica grows strong, foliage 
green, flowers pendant, corolla more spreading than 
the other, and when in flower is a complete mass of 
scarlet blossoms. It flowers all summer. F. coccinea is 
a common and celebrated plant, and deservedly so. F, 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. 93 

microphylla is a neat growing, small flowering species. 
F. arborea, has very large foliage, and rose coloured 
flowers ; a scarce species, but very desirable. F. gra- 
cilis and F. ihymifdlia, are both fine; most of the flowers 
are a bright scarlet, the stamens are encircled with a 
petal of bright purple, and are of very curious construc- 
tion ; they bear a dark purple berry, and are of the 
easiest cultivation, but during summer they must be 
carefully kept in the shade. 

Gelsemium nilidum, Carolina jessamine, a most beau- 
tiful climbing evergreen, flowering shrub. In the months 
of April and May, it produces many large yellow trum- 
pet-like blossoms of delicious fragrance. If much 
fostered in growth, it will not flower so freely. 

Gnaphalium^ everlasting. This genus has got all the 
beautiful Cape species taken out of it, and given to 
jlsielma and Hdichrysum. Of Astelma there are above 
ten species, most of them very splendid, everlasting 
flowers. A. eximia has brilliant red flowers. A. spira- 
lis, A. speciosissima, A.friiticans, and A. imhricdtum, are 
all very fine ; pots must be well drained. 

Helychrysums, above forty species, chiefly belonging 
to the Green-house, all everlasting flowers. H. gran- 
dijldrum, H. arboreum, H. orientdle, H. frdgrans, H. ado- 
rallssimum, H.fruticans, and H. fiilgidum, are all very 
esteemed species, mostly soft white foliage. The pots 
should be well drained, and the plants kept in an airy 
situation, as they suflfer from the least damp. If the 
flowers are cut ofl" before they fade, they will retain for 
many years all the splendour of their beauty ; but if 



94 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING, [March. 

allowed to decay on the plant, they will soon become 
musty, and all their colour fade. 

Gompholdbiums, a genus of very pretty delicate plants, 
all papilionaceous; flowers generally yellow with a 
little red; foliage very variable. G. barbigerum, Qi.poli- 
morfum^ G. latifolium, G. grandijlorum, and G. venustum, 
are fine, the pots must be well drained, and care taken 
that they are not over watered ; they grow freely. 

Genistas: a few of these are very pretty free flowering 
shrubs. G. canariensis^ G. tricuspiddfa, G. cuspiddsa^ and 
G. iimbelldta, are the finest Green-house species. All 
of them have yellow leguminose flowers in great abun- 
dance; leaves small, lanceolate. 

Gmdias, about ten species of pretty Green-house 
shrubs. G. simplex, G. sencea, G. imberbis, and G. pini- 
folia, flower the most freely ; flowers straw colour, tubu- 
lar, and corymbose. G. simplex is sweet-scented, leaves 
small ; the pots must be well drained, and care taken 
that they do not get either too wet or too dry, for the 
roots are very dehcate. The plants must be kept near 
the glass, or they will be drawn weak. 

Goodenia, a genus of about twelve species, with cor- 
date, serate, alternate foliage. G. stelligera, and G. sudveo- 
lens are sweet-scented; G. ovdta and G.grandiflora are the 
best. They are principally small shrubs, with terminale 
or axillary floWers, and flower during summer. 

Gorteria persondta is the only species that belongs to 
this genus, and is an annual. There are several plants 
in our collections known as Gorierias, but which pro- 
perly are Gazdnia, of which there are five species. G. 
rlngens, when the flowers are fully expanded, (which 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE-REPOTTING. 95 

will only be while exposed to the sun, closing at night, 
and opening again with the influence of the sun's rays,) 
is a great beauty. The rays of the flowers are bright 
orange, and the centre dark purple. G. pavonia has 
handsome foliage ; flower similar to G. rlngens, except 
the centre of the flower being spotted, and is thought 
to be the finest, but does not flower so freely. G. hete- 
rophylla is of the same character, except the foliage, 
which is variable, the colour orange and vermilion. 
They are half shrubby dwarf growing plants, and during 
the months of July, August, and September, are liable 
to damp off" at the surface of the earth, from the action 
of heat, and too much water. Pots must be well drain- 
ed, and the plants kept partially in the shade. Their 
flowers are syngenesious, and about two inches in 
diameter. 

Grevilkas, about thirty species. A few of them very 
handsome in flower and foHage, among which are G. 
punicea ; G. acanthifblia^ (beautiful foliage) ; G. concmna, 
very pretty straw and rose-coloured flowers ; G. juni- 
perlna, green and straw-coloured; G. Imedris, white 
flowers. The flowers of the whole are curious, though 
not very attractive. Some carry their flowers in race- 
mose spikes, others on flowering branches, which are 
recurved; the petals are very small and rugged; the 
stile longer than the appendage. They grow freely, 
flower and ripen seeds; all evergreen dwarf shrubs. 

Hdkeas, about forty species, not generally so in- 
teresting or attractive as the last genus; flowers all 
white ; construction similar to Grevillea, but the foliage 
more varied. H. gibbosa, H. nitida, H. saligna, H. .sua- 



96 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [Marcht. 

veolens^ sweet-scented, H. conculdta, and H. lamberii^ are 
the best, and afford a curious variety of foliage; 
flower in June. Drain the pots well. 

HemerGcdllis, Day Lily. Only H. speciosa of this 
genus belongs to the Green-house ; the flower is spa- 
cious, and of copper colour. A native of Jamaica. It 
has not found its way into our collections. It is herba- 
ceous, and while growing requires much water, The 
plant known with us as H. japontca is now Funkia alba, 
(and justly, for the most superficial observer could 
have distinguished it as not belonging to Hemerocdllis.) 
It requires to be much fostered to flower well, and 
plenty of water. If properly treated, it is a magnificent 
flower, and continues flowering from July to Septem- 
ber. We doubt not it may prove a hardy herbaceous 
plant, (the same as F. ccerulea,) if protected during the 
first winter. 

Hermdnnias, a genus of about forty species, all na- 
tives of the Cape of Good Hope, and not worth culti- 
vating. They have yellow cup-like flowers, and are of 
the easiest cultivation. Several species are in our col- 
lections. 

Hibbertias, about ten species. Three of them are 
very fine climbing evergreen shrubs, viz. H. glossuhricB' 
folia; H. dentdfa; H. volubiUs, if closely approached 
has a disagreeable smell; H. fasciculdla, H. saligna, 
and H. pedmiculdta, are evergreen shrubs ; they have 
pure yellow flowers of five petals, blooming from May 
to September. 

Habrdnihus, about ten species of small South Ameri- 
can bulbs, nearly allied to Amaryllis. H. Jndersonii, 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. 97 

H. versicolor^ and H. rohusta are the finest ; they are in 
colour yellow, blue, and lilac. We have very httle 
doubt but these bulbs will do to plant out in the gar- . 
den in April, and be Hfted in October. Keep them 
from frost. Thus treated, they are very desirable 
bulbs. 

Hoveas, about eight species, pretty plants of New 
South Wales, blue pea-flowering evergreen shrubs; 
the finest are H. linearis, H. rosmarinifolia, H. lotigifolia, 
and H. Celsii., which is the most superb, and flowers in 
abundance. They groAV and flower freely; the pots 
should be drained. 

Hydrangea hortensis is a well known plant, and much 
"esteemed for its great profusion of very elegant, though 
monstrous, flowers. They are naturally of a rose co- 
lour, but under certain circumstances of culture they 
become blue. If grown in brown loam with a little 
sand, they will preserve their original colour; but if 
grown in swamp earth with a little mould of decayed 
leaves, they will become blue. The swamp earth and 
vegetable mould being more combined with aluminous 
salt than brown loam, is the cause of the change ; and, 
when first found out, (which was merely by chance,) 
was thought a great wonder. It must have a very 
plentiful supply of water when in flower, which is pro- 
duced on the shoots of the previous year. They will 
neither grow nor flower well if they are not kept con- 
stantly in the shade. When kept in the sun, the foli- 
age is very brown ; and by being neglected in watering, 
we have seen the flowers completely scourged. Being 
tolerably hardy, when the winters are mild, by a little 



98 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [March. 

■ protection in the open air, they will flower profusely ; 
the flowers will be very large, and in bloom from June 
to October. They are deciduous, soft wooded shrubs. 
Hypericums^ St. John's wort, about twenty species. 
A few of them are very showy, and with few excep- 
tions have yellow flowers. H. monogynum, H. baleari- 
cum, H. Jioribundum, H. canariense^ H. cegypitacum, and 
H. cochinchinense, which has scarlet flowers, are amongst 
the best, and all of them flower freely; five petals, fila- 
ments many in three or five parcels. They are afl of 
very easy cultivation, and bloom generally from April 
to September. 

Ilex, Holly, of /. aquifblium. There are above one 
hundred species of them in cultivation in Europe, dif- 
fering in variegation, margin, shape, and size of the 
leaves; some are only prickly on the margin of the fo- 
liage, others prickly over all the surface. In Europe 
they are all hardy, but v/ith us few or none of the vari- 
eties are so. If they become acchmated, they will be a 
great ornament to our gardens, being all low evergreen 
shrubs. The most common and conspicuous varieties 
are the hedgehogs striped hedgehogs white edged^ gold edged^ 
and painted ; the flojtvers are white and small, berries 
yellow or red ; they do not agree with exposure to the 
sun. J. Cassine and /. vomitoria have very bitter 
leaves, and, though natives of Carolina, we have to give 
them the protection of a Green-house. It is said that 
at certain seasons of the year the Indians make a strong 
decoction of the leaves, which makes them vomit freely, 
and after drinking and vomiting for a kw days, they 
consider themselves sufficiently purified. 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. 99 

lllmums, Aniseed-tree, three species. /. floriddnum, 
has very sweet-scented, double purple flowers, and the 
plant grows freely and systematically if properly treated, 
and deserves the attention of the admirers of flowers. 
/. parvifiorum has small yellow flowers ; /. anisatum is so 
very like /. parvifiorum in every respect, as to make us 
conclude they are the same, were /. anisatum not a na- 
tive of China, and the other two natives of Florida. 
When the leaves and capsules of either of them are 
rubbed, they have a very strong smell of anise ; — they 
grow very freely. 

Indigofera ; Indigo-tree, about twenty species, belong 
to the Green-house, and are chiefly pretty free flower- 
ing shrubs. /. demidata^ I. amcena^I. austrdlis, L.anguldla, 
I. cdndicans, and /. filifolia, are very fine ; flowers papi- 
lionaceous, in long panicles ; colour various, red, blue, 
yellow, and pink. 

Isopogons, about ten species of Pro^ca-like plants, all 
natives of New Holland. They are very stiflf shrubs, 
with leaves very much divided, and cone-like flowers 
at the extremity of the shoots. I.formosus, I. anemoni- 
fblius^ I. attenudtis^ and /. polycephalis^ are the finest ; 
flowers are straw, hlac, white, and yellow coloured ; 
the pots must be wefl drained, and the plants not over- 
crowded. 

Justicias. Only a few of these belong to the ^Green- 
house, and are very simple looking flowers. The most 
beautiful of them belong to the Hot-house. /. nigricans^ 
small striped flower; J. orchioides and J. Adhdtoda^ Mala- 
nut, are the only ones that are worth observation, 
and are very easily cultivated. /. Adhdtoda has good 



J 



100 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [March. 

looking foliage, but does not flower until the plant be- 
comes large ; colour white and hght purple. 

Jacksonias. A genus consisting of five species. 
The foliage is varied, and all natives of New South 
Wales. /. scopdria is similar to a plant in our collec- 
tions, called Vimendria denudata. J. horrida, and /. reticu- 
lata, are the finest ; the small flowers come out of the 
young shoots, are yeflow and papilionaceous ; the pots 
should be well drained. 

Kennedias, about nine species, all evergreen climbers, 
of the easiest culture, and flower abundantly. K.mono- 
phylla, blue flowered, and K. rubicunda, crimson flower- 
ed, are common in our collections. K.prostrdta, (once 
Glycine coccinea) one-flowered scarlet, and K. coccinea, 
many flowered scarlet, are very pretty. K. Comptonidna 
has splendid purple flowers, and K. inophylla is 
thought the most superb. It is very rare, and we have 
not seen it flower. They are large purple. The 
pots should be well drained ; and if the plants are 
much fostered, they wifl not flower so well ; flowers are 
either in racemose spikes, or solitary, which is rather 
too much distinction for the same genus. 

Lambertias, four species of very fine plants, natives 
of New Holland, h.formosa is the finest of the genus 
that we have seen ; flowers large and of a splendid rose 
colour. L. echindta is said to be finer, but has not flower- 
ed in cultivation. L. uniflora has single red flowers, and 
L. inermis orange coloured. They are rare plants in 
the collections on this side of the Atlantic. Drain the 
pots well; the foliage is narrow, and of a hard dry nature. 

Lasiopetalums, only two species. TKere were a few 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. jQl 

more, but they are now Thomdsias, plants of no merit 
whatever, in regard to flower; foliage three lobed, small, 
rough, and rusty-like. Thomdsia solandcea and T. querei' 
folia, are the best species ; foliage of the former is 
large, cordate, and deep indented ; they are all of the 
easiest culture. 

Lavdndulas, Lavender, about seven species belong to 
the Green-house, and a few of them very pretty soft- 
wooded, half shrubby plants, and if touched, are highly 
scented. L. dentdta has narrow serrated foliage, very 
neat. L.formbsa and L.pinndta are desirable; blue flowers 
on a long spike ; should be kept near the glass ; they 
are of the easiest culture. 

Laurus. A few species are Green-house plants. 
This genus has been divided to Cinnamdmum; still 
there are a few celebrated plants in the original. L. 
nobilis, sweet bay, though hardy, is kept under protec- 
tion. It will bear the winter with a little straw cover- 
ing, notwithstanding there should be a plant kept in 
the house in case of accident by frost or otherwise ; 
there is a variegated variety of it. L. indica, royal bay, 
L. fcetens, L. aggregdfa, and L. ghmca, are favourites. 
There is a species known in our collections as L. scd- 
bra. The Camphire tree, known as L. camphdra, is 
Cinnamdmum camphdra; the wood, leaves, and roots 
of this tree have a very strong odour of camphire. It 
is obtained by distillation from the roots and small 
branches, which are cut into chips, and put into a net 
suspended within an iron pot, the bottom of which is 
covered with water, having an earthen head fitted in it; 



IQ2 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [March. 

heat is then apphed, and the steam of the boihng water 
acting upon the contents of the net, elevates the cam- 
phire into the capital, where it concretes on the straws, 
with which this part of the apparatus is lined. They 
are all fine evergreens, (which the name denotes,) and 
easily cultivated, 

Llnums, Flax, two or three species are very fine, 
and flower freely. L. trigynum has large yellow 
flowers in clusters, and L. ascyri/dltum, whose flowers 
are large, blue, and white, and in long spikes. The 
shape of them is very like the flower vulgarly called 
Morning-glory. 

Lobelias. Several of them, when well treated, form 
most magnificent flowering plants ; they are principally 
herbaceous. L. Tupa has the largest foliage, and fine 
scarlet flowers. L. speciosa, flowers light purple; L. 
fiilgens, crimson flowers; L. splendens, scarlet flowers. 
The three last are of the same habit; the colours bril- 
liant; and to grow them well, they should be divided, 
(if there are several shoots arising,) when they begin 
to grow, putting them first into four inch pots, and 
shifting them frequently, having them to flower in 
those of nine or ten inches, which will be about the 
end of June, or first of July, and they will continue 
until October. The pots must be always kept in pans 
or saucers filled with water; likewise give plenty to 
the surface of the earth, which is to be done during 
their time o/ growth and flowering. If this is attended 
to, they will produce flower stalks from four to six feet 
in height, and covered with branches and spikes of 
flowers from bottom to top. The corolla is pentape- 



MARCH.] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. }03 

talous, three down and two up; they require a little 
shade. The genus consists of about eighty species ; 
seventy of them are exotics; many of them natives of 
the Cape of Good Hope, with little flowers of brilliant 
colours. L. cceruka, L. Thunbergii, L. corymbosa^ L. 
pt/ramiddlis, and L. ilictfdlta, are very fine species, of 
weak growth, but flower freely. 

Lomdiias, about six species; flowers are white or 
straw colour, and similar to Grevillea, but the fohage 
more handsome. 

Lophospermum scdndens. This is a magnificent new 
climbing soft wooded shrub, with purple, campanulate 
flowers, which are produced from the axils on the 
young wood; they bloom from May to September; 
leaves large, cordate, and tomentose ; grows rapidly, 
and flowers abundantly. 

Lachnceas, about five species, remarkable for their 
downy heads of white flowers; leaves small, ovate, lan- 
ceolate. L. glauca, L. conglomerdla, and L. eriocephala^ 
are the best species. The pots must be well drained, 
and in summer the plants protected from the sun. 

Leondiis, Lion's-ear, four species. They have very 
fine scarlet tubular flowers, orifice-toothed. They 
come but in large whorls, and look elegant ; but nei- 
ther plant nor foliage has an agreeable appearance. 
They are of the easiest culture. L. intermedia, and 
L. Leonurus, are the best flowering species. 

Leucospermums, about eighteen species, of Proteaci- 
ous plants, chiefly low growing, and are mostly downy 
or hairy ; flowers yellow, in terminale heads. L. for- 
mosum, L. grandifidrum, L. lomentosum, and L. candi- 



104 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING, [March. 

cam^ rose-scented. These are fine species. For treat- 
ment, see Profeas. 

Lipdrtas, about five species, much esteemed for 
their beauty of foHage ; leaves ovate, lanceolate, downy 
or woolly; flowers yellow, leguminose, and capitate. 
L. sphcerica, L.. tomentosa, L. villosa, and L. sericea, are 
the finest. L. vistlta a,nd L. villosa are the same, al- 
though put in many catalogues as different species. 
None of them ought to be much watered over the 
foliage, as it adheres to the down, and causes the 
young shoots to damp off. Drain the pots well, and 
keep the plants in an airy situation. 

Lysinemas, four species, closely allied to Epdcris. 
In every respect treatment the same. L. pentapiialum^ 
L. conspicum, and L. roseum, are the best ; the flowers 
of the two former are white. L. silaifblia has leaves 
bipinnatifid and smooth, segments wedge-shaped and 
cut. L. dentata and L. ilicifblia are the finest ; the pots 
should be drained. 

Lonicerajaponica. There is a plant in our collec- 
tions known by that name, which is now JYintooa longi' 
fldra ; flowers of a. straw colour, but come out white. 
It has been known to withstand the winter, but does 
not flower, and is frequently killed entirely. 

Lychnis corodta^ is an esteemed Chinese plant ; 
flowers in abundance, pentapetalous, large, and a little 
indented at the edges; colour a red-like orange; flowers 
terminale and axillary. The roots must be divided 
every spring, or they will dwindle away to nothing. 
Perhaps a good method of treatment would be to divide 
the roots, and plant them in the garden ; they would 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. J05 

flower well, and could be lifted in the fall, and put under 
protection. We have no doubt that it may become 
acclimated. If not done so, plant them in four inch 
pots, and repot them into those of six inch in May. Do 
not expose them while in flower to the mid-day sun, for 
it will deteriorate the fine colour. 

Lepfospermums, about thirty species, all pretty New 
Holland evergreen dwarf shrubs, with small white 
flowers. L. baccdtum, lu. pendulum, 1j. juniperinum, L. ovd- 
tum, L. sielldtum, h. grandijlorum, and L. scopdrium, are the 
best of the species. The latter was used as tea by 
Capt. Cook's ship's crew. It is an agreeable bitter, 
with a pleasant flavour, when fresh. When young 
plants are growing, they ought to be frequently topped 
to make them bushy, and kept in an airy situation, or 
they will be drawn and unsightly. They are of very 
easy culture. 

Leucadendrons, Silver tree, above forty species, all na- 
tives of Cape of Good Hope. They are evergreens with 
handsome, silvery-like foliage. L. argenteum (once 
Prbtea argented) is a great beauty; foliage white, 
lanceolate, and silky. It is a plant that has been long 
in cultivation, greatly admired, and much sought for, 
and is the finest of the genus. L. squarrosum, L. sielld- 
tum, (once Prbtea stellaris) L, tortum, L. serviceum, L. 
margindfurn, and Li. plumosum (once P . parvijlbrd) are all 
fine species. The pots must be well drained, and the 
plants never over-watered. They are very desirable 
in collections for their beauty of foliage; flowers similar 
to Protea. 

Magnblias. There are four species that require the 
14 



106 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [March. 

protection of our Green-houses ; all the others are 
hardy. M.fuscdta, and M. annoncefolia, are very similar 
in fohage and flower : the young branches and leaves 
of M.fuscdta is covered with a brown, rusty-like down; 
the other by some is considered merely a variety; 
flowers small, brown, and very sweet-scented. M. 
piimila is very dwarf growing; leaves large and netted; 
flowers semi-double, white, pendant, and fragrant. They 
are natives of China. We have several others from 
the east, but being deciduous are perfectly hardy. M. 
odorattsstma, now Talduma Candoln, a native of the 
Island of Java, and said to be very odoriferous, but is 
very rare even in Europe ; said to have a straw colour- 
ed flower. M. conspicua is desirable to have in the 
Green-house, if enarched on a stock of M. purpurea, 
which will always keep it dwarf, and it will flower mag- 
nificently in February and March. 

Melaleucas, above thirty species, and a beautiful 
genus of New Holland plants, of easy culture ; flowers 
come out of the wood like fringes. M. eliptica, M. ful- 
gens, scarlet, M. decussdta, M. hypericifblia, M. squar- 
rosa, M. linarifolia, M. incana, M. tetragunia, M. thymi- 
fblia, are all very fine species, and flower freely if they 
have been grown from cuttings; the singularity of flower 
and diversity of foliage make them generally thought of 
Maurdndias, three species, of very pretty climb- 
ing Green-house plants, flowering from March to 
October. M. Barcldijana has splendid flowers, large, 
light blue, campanulate, and very abundant. M. sem- 
perfibrens has rose coloured flowers, of the same char- 
acter. They will flower best if planted in the ground. 
Myrsines, Cape Myrtle, dwarf cape evergreen shrubs 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE—REPOTTING. 197 

covered with small flowers from March to May. M. re- 
iusa has green and purple flowers ; M. rotundifdlia, 
flowers white and purple. They will grow in any si- 
tuation, and are of easy culture. 

Mespilus japonica. The plant, known under that 
name, is now Eriabotrya japonica, Loquat, is a fine plant 
with large lanceolate, distantly serrated leaves, white 
underneath ; small white flowers on a racemose spike, 
and produces a fruit about the size of a walnut, of a 
fine yellow blush colour, and of delicious flavour. If it 
flowers in the fall, it will require the heat of a Hot-house 
to ripen the fruit. It is of very easy culture, and its 
noble aspect is never passed unobserved. 

Metrosideros, about five species. Many have been 
added to CalUstemon. M. florida, M. umhellata, and M. 
angustifdlia, are the best species. C. salignum, C. lan- 
ceoldtum, variety semperi/ldrens, C. glaiicum, once M. spe- 
ciosa, has splendid scarlet flowers and C formosum ; 
these are all beautiful plants, with scarlet flowers. Other 
two beautiful species with white flowers have been given 
to Angophora. A. cordifolia, once M. Mspida, and A. 
lanceoldta, once M. costdta ; these genera are very easily 
distinguished from any other Australasian shrubs, by 
the peculiar character of having both sides of the 
leaves ahke. The flowers consist of stamens, stiles, 
and anthers, coming in hundreds out of the young wood 
for the length of three or four inches, forming a dense 
cone crowned with a small twig ; leaving capsules in 
the wood, which will keep their seeds perfect for a 
great number of years. They grow freely, and the pots 
should be well drained. 



108 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [March. 

Myrtus, Myrtle, is a well known and popular shrub, 
especially the common varieties ; and was a great fa- 
vourite, (even to adoration,) among the ancients. It 
was the mark of authority for Athenian rulers, and is 
amongst the moderns an emblem of pre-eminence. 
They are elegant evergreen shrubs, with an agreeable 
odour. M. communis multiplex^ double flowering, is a 
very neat shrub, and flowers abundantly. M. com- 
munis leucocdrpa, White-fruited Myrtle, is quite unique, 
when the berries are on it. M. itdlica variagdta, striped 
leaved ; M. itdlica maculdta, blotch leaved, are very fine 
shrubs ; and M. tomentbsa^ Chinese Myrtle, is a magnifi- 
cent erect growing shrub, with a white down over the 
foliage ; the flowers are the largest of the genus. When 
they first expand, they are white, and afterwards change 
to purple, so that there are beautiful flowers of several 
shades of colour on the plant. We have not the small 
est doubt but this species will become in many in- 
stances as plentiful as the common myrtle. It is more 
easily grown, but cannot stand much exposure to the 
sun in summer. M. tenuifolia is a very fine plant, and 
a native of New South Wales. Myrtles in general 
should be sprinkled with water in the evenings, to keep 
off" mildew and red spider. 

JYandina domestical the only species, and a popular 
shrub in the gardens of Japan, where it is called JVan- 
din. It has supra-decompound leaves, with entire lan- 
ceolate leaflets, a kind of foliage that is very rare ; the 
flowers are small, whitish green, in panicles, succeeded 
by berries of the size of a pea ; drain the pots well. 

JVdrium, (Oleander,) is a genus of beautiful erect 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. 109 

growing evergreen sbrubs, of the easiest culture, and 
abundant in flower. JV. oleander is the common rose 
coloured single flowering species, from which six varie- 
ties have originated. At present the most popular is 
JV. oleander splendens, which has a double rose coloured 
flower. There is one that has got in our collections 
as double white which is only semi-double. We have 
seen a white, variety as double as JY. o. splendens, and 
have no doubt but in a few years it will be plentiful. 
JV*. oleander eleganllssimum^ a most beautiful plant, with 
deep silver-edged foliage; and the young wood is strip- 
ed white and green. We are not positive in respect to 
the beauty of its flowers, but it has a high character. 
We have heard of a double yellow variety, but the re- 
ports are not properly authenticated ; and we doubt it 
very much. There are likewise single yellow, single 
white, and single blotched varieties of JV. oleander. They 
are subject to the small white scaly msect, and should 
be frequently washed, as has been directed, to keep it 
off: 

Oleas^ Olive, about twelve species and varieties. 
O. Europcea longifblia^ is the species that is cultivated 
to such an extent in the south of France, and Italy. O. 
Europcea latifoliais chiefly cultivated in Spain. The 
fruit is larger than that of Italy, but the oil is not so 
pleasant, which is obtained by crushing the fruit to a 
paste, and pressing it through a woollen bag, adding 
hot water as long as any oil is yielded. The oil is then 
skimmed off" the water, and put into barrels, bottles, 
&c. for use. The tree seldom exceeds thirty feet, and 
is a branchy glaucous evergreen, and said to be of great 



no GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [March. 

longevity. Some plantations at Turin in Italy are sup- 
posed to have existed from the time of Pliny. It fre- 
quently flowers in our collections, but seldom carries 
fruit ; flowers white, in small racemose axillary spikes. 
O. cupensis has a thick large oblong foliage ; flowers 
white, in large terminale panicles. O. verrucosa.) foliage 
flat, lanceolate, and white beneath, branches curiously 
warted. O. fragrans^ foliage and blossoms are both 
highly odoriferous; the plant is much esteemed in 
China, and is said to be used to adulterate and flavour 
teas. Leaves are elliptic, lanceolate, and a little ser- 
rated ; flowers white in lateral bunches. It is subject 
to the small, white scaly insect, and ought to be care- 
fully kept from them by washing. O. panieuhta is a 
fine species. They are all very easily cultivated. 

Oxylobiums, seven species, plants very similar to 
Callistachys, with ovate, cordate, light coloured, pu- 
bescent foliage, with papiHonaceous flowers. O. obtusi- 
folium has scarlet flowers ; O. retusum, orange flowers ; 
and O. ellipticum, yellow flowers. They grow freely, 
and should be well drained ; flower from May to Au- 
gust. 

Pelargoniums., Stork's Bill. This genus, so universal- 
ly known amongst us as Geranium.^ from which it was 
separated many years ago, is a family of great extent 
and variety, for which we are principally indebted to 
the Cape of Good Hope. By cultivation from seed 
many hundred beautiful species and well marked varie- 
ties have been obtained. There are about five hun- 
dred species, with upwards of two hundred varieties. 
They are of every character, colour and shade, of the 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. Ijj 

most vivid description. The easy cultivation of the 
PelargbniuTn tribe, or Geraniums^ as they are commonly 
called, has rendered them very popular; also the 
agreeableness of scent and fragrance of virhich many of 
them are possessed, makes them favourites. If their 
flowering season was of longer duration, the varieties 
and species would be quite indispensable in collections ; 
but there is every appearance that in a few years the 
aspect of them will be changed. The present prevail- 
ing colour of the flower, (which has five petals, three 
hanging and two erect, the erect petals being always 
of the darkest shade,) is a white or pink ground, with 
lilac, purple, or pink stripes, flakes, or spots, and 
blooms from April to June; though they bloom pro- 
fusely in large bunches, the time is limited. The spe- 
cies and varieties that have a red ground, with black 
or dark crimson stripes or spots, generally bloom dur- 
ing the whole summer. These, though scarce in the 
collections of the country, will in a few years root out 
those whose flowers are of such short duration, and 
by their blooms charm us half of the year. 

The tuberous and fleshy stemmed species are far 
more interesting to the discriminating inquirer than 
the common kinds. Their habit and constitution are 
so peculiar, that we have frequently wondered that 
they have not been separated into distinct genera. 
The cultivation of them is more difficult, water being 
very prejudicial to them when they are inactive. 
When they are well managed, they flower beautifully, 
and the colours are very superior and peculiar, having 
frequently bright green and purple in the same flower. 



112 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [March. 

If some of the colours of these could be compounded 
with the large flowering kinds, those hybridised would 
be magnificent. 

The best method to adopt in impregnating these, is 
to choose the female, one that has large flowers, of 
easy cultivation, and as nearly allied in character and 
other habits as possible. When a flower of the intend- 
ed female is newly expanded, take a pair of very fine 
pointed scissors, and cut oflf the anthers before the 
pollen expands ; then as soon as the summit of the stile 
divides, apply the pollen taken from the anthers of the 
intended male plant on a very fine camel hair pencil, 
or cut out the stigma entirely, and place the anther on 
the summit of the stile, which, if correctly done, will 
have the desired effect. As soon as the seed is ripe, 
sow it in light sandy soil; and when it has come up, 
take care not to over-water the soil, which would 
cause them to damp oflf. When they are about one 
inch high, put them into small pots, and treat as the 
other varieties. Have them all distinctly marked until 
they flower, which will be in the second year from the 
time of sowing. 

Phormium ienax, New Zealand flax lily, the only spe- 
cies ; foliage resembhng an Iris, and very thready. In 
New Zealand and Norfolk Island, the natives manufac- 
ture from this plant a kind of stuflf like coarse linen, 
cordage, &c. ; the plant is very hardy, and we would 
be no way surprised to see it stand the severity of our 
winters. It bears exposure to the open air in Europe 
in the 56th degree of north latitude. The flowers are 
said to be yellow and lily-like ; of the easiest culture. 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE.— REPOTTING. II3 

Phylicas, above twenty-five species. Several of them 
are very pretty growing evergreen shrubs, and of easy 
culture. P. horizontdlis, P. sqimrrosa, P. imbricdta, P. 
myrtifolia, P. callosa. P. bicolor, and P. ericoides^ are all 
neat growing; flowers small, white, in heads; drain 
the pots well, and keep them in an airy situation. 
The foliage of several of the species is downy. 

Pimeleas, about fourteen species. Most of them are 
highly esteemed, and are not often seen in our collec- 
tions. P. deciissdta is the finest of the genus, both in 
foliage and flowers, which are red, and in large termi- 
nale clusters; P. rosea, P. Umfdlia, white, P. spicdta, 
and P. drupdcea, are all fine species. The latter has 
the largest fohage, which is ovate and accuminate; 
berry-bearing. They should be well drained. They 
are very small evergreen shrubs, with white or red 
flowers. 

Pittosporuras, about nine species, with handsome 
foliage, and small white flowers in clusters, which are 
fragrant. P. Toblra is a native of China, and nearly 
hardy; leaves lucid, obovate, obtuse, and smooth. P. 
unduldtum, P. coridceum, P. revoliitura,: P. fiilvum, and 
P. ferrugineum, are very ornamental evergreens, and 
will grow with the most simple treatment. 

Platylbbiums, Flat Pea, four species of fine free 
flowering plants; flowers leguminose; colour yellow. 
P. formbsum, P. ovdtum, and P. triangulares are the 
best ; the foliage of the two former is cordate, ovate ; 
the latter hastate, with spiny angles. 

Pistdcias, seven species of trees, principally of the 
south of Europe. There is nothing particular in their 

15 



1 J 4 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [March. 

appearance, except their productions in their native 
country. P. terehinthus is deciduous, and produces 

the Cyprus turpentine. P. lentiscus is the true mas- 
tich tree, which is obtained by cutting transverse inci- 
sions in the bark. P. vera and P. reticulata are good 
species; leaves pinnated; leaflets ovate, lanceolate; 
easily cultivated. 

Plumbagos^ Lead-wort. There are only two species 
of any consequence belonging to the Green-house, P. 
tristis and P. capensis. The former is a shy flowerer, 
but the latter flowers freely; colour beautiful light blue, 
and flowers in spikes; foliage oblong, entire, and a 
little glaucous; of very easy culture, and continues in 
bloom a considerable time. 

Psoraleas^ above forty species. A few of them are 
worthy of cultivation, P. odoratissima, P. spicdta^ P. 
aculcdta, P. argentea, and P. tomentdsa. They have all 
blue flowers, and leguminose. They are chiefly low 
shrubs; and will flower and grow freely; the pots re- 
quire draining. 

Podalyrias, about fourteen species of pretty Cape 
shrubs; foliage oblong, obovate, and silky-like; the 
flowers leguminose; colour blue or pink. P. sericea, 
P. styracijblia^ P. coruscans, P. argentea, P. liparioides, 
and P. subbiflora, are the finest and most distinct species, 
and flower abundantly. 

Pe7'so6nias, about sixteen species of dwarf evergreen 
shrubs; leaves oblong, or lanceolate, hairy, or downy; 
flowers axillary and solitary ; the pots should be well 
drained, and the plants in summer protected from the 
sun. P. hirsuta^ P. mollis^ P. ieretifolia., and P. lucida, 
are the most distinct, and grow freely. 



March.] GREEN^HOUSE— REPOTTING. j j 5 

Prbteas^ about forty-four species. The foliage of 
this genus is very diversified; flowers very large, termi- 
nale; stamens protected by an involucrum; many-leav- 
ed and imbricated; which is very persistent. P. 
cynaroides has the largest flower, which is purple, 
green, and red. P. speciosa, P. iimbonulis, once P. 
longifolta, P. melakuca^ P. grandifiora^ P. coccinea, P. 
ccnocdrpa^ P. pdllens, P. formosa, P. magnifca, P. spe- 
ciosa rubra^ and P. mellifera^ will afford a very good 
variety. It is almost impossible to describe their true 
colour, it being so various ; red, white, straw, brown, 
green, and purple, are most predominant, and fre- 
quently to be seen in the same flower; the plants must 
be well drained ; and during warm weather be careful 
that they are not neglected in water, for if they are 
suffered to droop, they seldom recover. For this rea- 
son the pots ought not to stand in the strong sun ; the 
plants can bear it, but to the roots it is injurious. 

PultencRas, about forty species, pretty little dwarf 
growing shrubs of New South Wales; flowers small, 
leguminose, all yellow, with a little red outside of the 
petals. P. villosa, P. obcorddla, P. argentea, P. plumosa, 
P. flexilis^ shining leaved, fragrant ; P. Candida^ and P. 
sirlcta, are all fine species, and esteemed in collections. 
The leaves are all smafl : they require an airy exposure, 
and the pots drained. 

Rhododendrons (Rose tree), a magnificent genus, and 
contains some of the most superb and gigantic plants 
that adorn the Green-house. All the Azaleas (except 
A. procumbens) both Chinese and American, have been 



116 GREEN-IJOUSE— REPOTTING. [March. 

arranged under this genus. At present the most ad- 
mired is R. arhoreum^ with varieties. R. arhoreum has 
deep scarlet flowers, with dark spots and flakes cam- 
panulated, and in large clusters; leaves lanceolate, 
acute, rough, and silvery beneath. R. arhoreum album 
is very rare. R. arboreiim superbum, flowers same 
shape as arhoreum^ colour bright scarlet ; foliage one 
third larger, but not silvery beneath ; grows freely, and 
generally thought the finest variety. R. arborea dlte- 
Cldrance is also very superb. There are several other 
varieties of minor note. A Green-house without some of 
the scarlet varieties of that plant, is deficient of a flower 
whose beauty and grandeur are beyond the highest 
imagination. It is a native of Nepaui in India, and 
when found by Dr. Wallach awakened the ambition of 
every cultivator and connoisseur in Europe. There are 
several other species brought from that country lately, 
but none of them has yet flowered. They are highly 
valued from the productions of the above; the species 
are it. campaniildtum, R. anthopdgon, and R, cinnamd- 
m.eum. This is named from the colour of the leaves, 
which are very peculiar and very handsome ; the 
flowers are said to be rose-coloured. These three last 
cannot be purchased under an immense price ; the 
others have been rarely seen in our collections, but an- 
other year or two will make them more plentiful. Their 
beauty of flower is beyond description. The pots 
should be weU drained, and if they are large, put several 
pieces of sandy stones or potshreds around the side, for 
the fine fibres delight to twine about such, being moun- 
tainous plants. 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE-REPOTTING. 2]7 

Roellas, pretty leafy shrubs, with blue terminale fun- 
nel-shaped flowers, lip-spreading ; R. cillidta, R. spi- 
cdta, and R. pedunculdla, are the finest of the genus. 
The pots must be well drained, and care taken that 
they are not over-watered. 

Salvia (Sage), is an extensive genus of soft-wooded, 
shrubby, or herbaceous plants ; very few of them do 
well in the Green-house, and many of them are very 
trifling, having no other attraction than the flower, and 
those of the tender species, when compared with S. 
elegans, S. splendens, S. cceriika, and S. coccmea, (which 
in artificial climates constitute the standard of the 
genus,) are not worth cultivation. These last men- 
tioned, if kept in the Green-house, will merely keep in 
life, but a situation in the Hot-house would cause 
them to flower frequently. The best method to adopt 
with the summer flowering kinds, is to plant them in 
the garden in May ; they will grow strong and flower 
abundantly, and in the fall they can be lifted, and pre- 
served during winter in pots. They neither grow nor 
flower so well as when planted out, and even a slip plant- 
ed in the ground in moist weather will root in a few 
days, grow, and flower in a few weeks. S. spUndens is 
the best to select for the purpose. S. aiirea, S. panicu- 
Idta^ and S. mdica, are fine species. The latter is white 
and blue, with large leaves; flowers monopetalous, and 
irregular ; colour generally red or blue in spiked whorls.. 
All will grow easily with encouragement. 

Senecios. Some species of this genus are pestiferous 
weeds all over the world. They are found near the 
limits of perpetual snow, where neither tree nor shrub 



118 GREEN-HOUSE—REPOTTING. [March. 

is able to rear its head. Yet there are three species 
that are neat Httle plants, and are worthy of a situation, 
viz. S. grandijidrus, S. venustus^ and S. cinerdscens, with 
the double white and red variety of S. elegans. The 
two last varieties are free flowering, but if allowed to 
grow several years, they become unsightly. Being very 
easily propagated, a few cuttings of them should be put 
in, in September, and in two weeks they will strike root, 
when they may be put in pots to keep through the 
winter, and then planted in the garden, continuing to 
renew them. The other mentioned species should be 
frequently done the same way. Do not keep them damp 
during winter, or they will rot off*. Keep them in an 
airy exposure. 

Schotias^ a beautiful genus of six species, which will 
require the warmest part of the Green-house to keep 
them. The foliage is handsome; leaves compound; 
leaflets oval-lanceolate, and in pairs from six to ten; S. 
speciosa, crimson, flowers nearly papilionaceous, and in 
bunches, the most superb of the genus. S. aldta, S. la- 
tifolia, once Omphalbbium Scholia, and S. tamarindifdUa, are 
the finest; the flowers of the others are red. The pots 
require to be drained, and the plants protected from 
the hot sun. 

Sivainsonas, four species of free flowering, soft wood- 
ed shrubs, natives of New South Wales. S. galigifolia, 
S. coronillcefblia, and S. asfragalifolia, are red, purple, 
and white; leguminose flowers in spikes from the axils, 
are of easy culture, and deserving of a situation; the 
fohage is pinnate ; leaflets ovate, acute. 

Scottias, three species of valuable plants ; S. dentdta^ 



Makch.] green-house— repotting. 119 

with scarlet leguminose blossoms; leaves opposite, 
ovate, accuminate, serrate ; S. angustifdlia has brown 
flowers f S. trapeziformus^ leaves ovate, acute, serrulate. 
We do not know the colour of its flowers ; the pots 
must be well drained, and the plants kept in the warm- 
est part of the Green-house, and near the light. 

Sparrmdnnias, are strong growing Green-house 
shrubs. S. africdna, is a plant very common in our 
collections, with large three lobed cordate leaves, hairs 
on both sides ; flowers from March to July. S. ru~ 
gosa. The leaves are rugged ; flowers of both are 
white, in a kind of corymb, supported by a long foot- 
stalk ; buds drooping, flowers erect. There is a plant 
known in our collections, as the free-flowering Sparr- 
mdnnia, (which is Entelia arborescens,) and is easily dis- 
tinguished from Sparrmdnnia by the leaves being cor- 
date, accuminate, and otherwise, by all its filaments 
being fertile, and the flowers more branching, and 
blooming from November to June, profusely; very easily 
cultivated, and desirable. 

Sphoerolobiums^ only two species of leafless plants, 
with yellow and red leguminose flowers, which proceed 
from the young shoots. S. vimineum and S. medium. 
They flower freely, and are easily cultivated. The old 
wood should be frequently cut out where it is practica- 
ble. Drain the pots. 

Sprengelia incarndla, the only species, a very pretty 
plant, allied to Epdcris; small foliage, long, accuminate; 
flowers small, pink, bearded, and in close spikes; grows 
freely, delighting in shade. The pots must be well 
drained, and the plants, when dormant, watered spa- 



120 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [March. 

ringly , for if they get sodden about the roots, they very 
seldom recover. 

Stylidiums^ six species of pretty htte plants, with 
small linear leaves, and remarkable for the singular 
elasticity of the style or column, which, when the flower 
is newly expanded, lays to one side, and on being 
touched with a pin starts with violence to the opposite 
side. S. graminifdlium, S.fruticdsum, S. laricifoUum, and 
S. adndtum, are all free flowering ; flowers in spikes, 
very small ; colour light and dark pink ; blooms from 
April to July. S. adndtum is half herbaceous, and 
should, when growing, be kept nigh the glass, or it will 
be drawn, and the flowers become of a pale colour. 
They are all of easy cultivation. 

Styphelias, seven species of very showy flowers, with 
mucronate leaves ; corolla in a long tubular form, hav- 
ing several bundles of hairs in it ; segments reflex and 
bearded. S. tubiflora, crimson, S. trijldra, crimson and 
green; S. adscendcns, and ;S. longifdlia, are beautiful 
species. They grow freely, and should be well drained, 
as too much water is very hurtful to them. In summer 
they ought not to be much exposed to the hot sun, or 
the foliage will become brown. 

SalpiglSssis^ four species of fine herbaceous Green- 
house plants, natives of Chili. The flowers are tubular 
and campanulate. S. pkta, flowers white and blue 
painted ; S. atropurpiirea, flowers dark purple, and S. 
isnudta, flowers crimson, are superb, and if planted in 
the garden during summer will flower profusely. They 
must be lifted in October, and taken under protection. 

Tagetes liicida is found in many of our collections. 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE— RErOTTING. ]21 

The leaves are simple, oblong, and finely serrated. 
When rubbed by the hand, they have an agreeable fra- 
grance; the flowers are syngenesious, small, and in ter- 
minale bunches. It is herbaceous ; and when about an 
inch grown should be divided and potted into five inch 
pots. Repot it again about the first of June. It keeps 
in flower from July to November. 

Testudindria, Elephant's foot, or Hottentot's bread, 
two species remarkable for their appearance. The 
root or bulb, if it may be so called, is of a conical shape, 
and divided into transverse sections. Those of one 
foot diameter are computed to be 150 years of age. It 
is a climbing herbaceous plant, with entire reniforme 
leaves of no beauty; flowers small ; colour green. The 
pots must be well drained, for when the plant is inac- 
tive it is in danger of suffering from moisture, and ought 
not to get any water. T. Elephdntiphes and T. montdna 
are the species, natives of the Cape of Good Hope, 
and require the warmest part of the house. 

Tdxus nucifera^ is the only species that requires pro- 
tection, and bears a small acorn ; flowers are trifling ; 
an evergreen, with ovate, lanceolate foliage, thickly set 
on the wood ; will grow in any situation. There is a 
plant in our collections known as T. chinensis or T. elon- 
gdta, which is Podocdrpm elongdtus. It has lanceolate 
leaves, erect growing, and very hardy ; flowers mceona- 
cious, and of no estimation except to the curious. 

Telopea speciosissim,iis, is the only species, and was 
once called Embothrium speciosissimus. It is now called 
Telopea in allusion to the brilliant crimson flowers, which 
from their great size are seen at a large distance, and 

16 



1 22 GREEN-HGUSE— REPOTTING. [March. 

which render it one of the most conspicuous produc- 
tions of New South Wales. The leaves are oblong, 
deeply toothed, veiny, and smooth; wood strong; 
flower ovate, connate, and terminale, and of consider- 
able duration. There ought to be a specimen of it in 
every collection. The pots must be well drained, and 
the plant in the extreme heat of summer not too much 
exposed to the sun. 

Templetonia^ a very pretty genus, containing only 
two species. T. retiisa is an erect growing shrub, with 
wedge-shaped green leaves. T. glduca, leaves glacuous, 
blunt, and a little apiculate ; flowers of both scarlet. 
They are leguminose plants of free growth, and should 
be well drained ; blooming from April to June. 

Tristdnias, seven species of evergreen shrubs. Several 
of them require to be very large before they flower. 
T. neriifblia is a very neat little plant, and flowers abun- 
dantly; colour yellow; shape star-like, and in clusters; 
leaves lanceolate and opposite. T. conferta, white 
flowers in spikes, leaves alternate. T. suaveohzs, sweet- 
scented; flowers yellow. They are all of very easy 
culture. 

Verbenas. A few of these are showy, herbaceous. Green- 
house plants. V. chamcBdryfolia, lately known as V. Melin- 
dres, is a beautiful plant of a procumbent habit ; flowers 
brilhant scarlet, in glomerated heads from the axils of the 
young shoots; blooming from April to October. A large 
plant will appear as asohd mass of scarlet. V.lamhertii 
and F.^wMe/Zaare also very pretty; colour, rose and lilac. 
A very good method of treating these plants, is, to plant 
them in the garden in April ; and give them copious 



Mahch.] GREEN-HOUSE— repotting. ]23 

waterings in dry weather, and they will flower profuse- 
ly, lifting some of the plants before frost, to preserve 
them during winter. They ought to be allowed to run 
according to their nature ; for if tied up, they will not 
do so well, being in that way too much exposed. 
There is a plant known in our collections as Verbena 
iriphylla^ which is Aloysia citriodbra. The flowers are 
in long spikes, very small, and pale purple. The celeb- 
rity of the plant is in the foliage, which is linear, lan- 
ceolate, ternate, and it has the most agreeable fragrance 
in the vegetable world. It is of very easy culture, and 
has been known to survive the winter, in open air, in 
Philadelphia. It is deciduous, and would do to plant in 
the garden during summer, lifting it again before frost, 
and putting it under protection through winter. When 
large before it begins to grow, in spring cut it into a 
neat shape or form. 

Viburnums. A few of these are very ornamental ever- 
green shrubs, and almost hardy. V. imus is the well 
known Laurestine, (or what is commonly called Lau- 
restinus,) is of the easiest culture^ flowers small white, 
and in large flattened panicles ; blooming from Feb- 
ruary to May, and universally esteemed. It will stand 
the winter by a little protection, but the flower buds 
being formed in the fall, the intense frost destroys them; 
consequently, it will not flower except by the buds, 
which sometimes form early in summer. V lucidum is 
a good species, and superior in flower and foliage to 
the former, but does not flower so freely, when the 
plants are small. When they grow large, they 
flower profusely. There is a desirable variegated va- 



124 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [March. 

riety. V. odoratissimum has smooth evergreen, oblong, 
elliptic, distantly toothed, leaves, and frequently a stripe 
in them, is sweet-scented, and a free floweret V. hir- 
sutum has flowers similar to the above ; foliage ovate, 
Avith rough brown hairs on both sides, and very charac- 
teristic. V. strictmn variagdlum is a very fine variety, 
and upright growing. These plants are all very desir- 
able, blooming early in spring, and continuing for seve- 
ral months ; all easily cultivated. 

Vimindria denuddta^ the only species. This plant is re- 
markable for its twiggy appearance, but it has no foliage, 
except when growing from seed. It has at the extremity 
of the twigs or shoots, an ovate, lanceolate, leaf, disap- 
pearing when the plant grows old; the flowers are small, 
yellow, coming out of the young shoots, to the astonish- 
ment of the beholder. It grows freely. 

Virgilia capensis is a beautiful cape shrub, with a 
compound leaf of twenty-five leaflets, ovate, lanceolate, 
edges hairy; flowers in spikes at the axils; colour blue 
and leguminose. The pots require to be well drained, 
and the plants protected from the sun. 

Volhameria japonica. There is a plant known in our 
collections under that name, which is Clerodendron frd- 
grans multiplex. It keeps in a good Green-house, and 
flowers well, frequently blooming during winter, and if 
planted in the garden during summer, will flower su- 
perbly. The flowers have a delicious fragrance ; but 
if the foliage is rubbed with the hand, the smell is not 
so pleasant. The leaves are large, round, ovate, and 
tomentose; flowers corymbose, compact, and terminale. 
There are several fine plants in Clerodendron belonging 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTINa 125 

to the Hot-house. This plant will not bear much fu- 
migation. 

Wiisemas, four species. W. corymbbsa is a plant that 
has stood in high estimation ever since it was known, 
but unfortunately there is a very inferior plant, Aristea 
cyanea^ got into our collections under that name. The 
panicles of W. corymbbsa is quite smooth ; those o^ Aris- 
tea are hairy, which is itself sufficient to detect them ; 
but otherwise the appearance of W. corymhbsa is much 
stronger, and more erect growing, not inclining to 
push at the roots so much as Aristea. The foliage is 
lanceolate and amplexicaule, the leaves having much 
the nature and appearance of Iris. The plant is of 
easy culture, and blooms from November to April ; co- 
lour fine blue. The true one has come into the 
country lately. W. ramosa is a very fine species, simi- 
lar to the above; flowers yellow and blue; plant 
branching. 

Westringias, a genus of four species, very like the 
common Rosemary. W. rosmariniformis, leaves lanceo- 
late, and silvery beneath; TV. longifolia is similar; both 
have small white silvery flowers, and are easily culti- 
vated. 

Zdmias, about twenty species, eight of which belong 
to this compartment. The foliage is greatly admired, 
and is in large fronds, with oblique, lanceolate leaflets. 
Several of them glaucous. It bears heads of flowers 
of a brown colour in the centre of the plant, very like 
large pine cones. Z. horrida, the finest, Z. pungens, Z. 
spiralis, and Z. laiifolia, are the most conspicuous. 
They must be kept in the warmest part of the Green- 



126 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. [Maegh. 

house; and give them large well drained pots. They 
are imported from the Cape of Good Hope. All the 
plants herein named requiring to be drained. In pre- 
paring the pots, place first a piece of broken pot, or 
any similar substitute, with the convex side on the 
hole of the pot, and then put in a few, or a handful, 
(according to the size of the pot,) of shivers of broken 
pots, or round gravel, about the size of garden pease. 
Those that we have mentioned in this Repotting^ as to 
be done in this, or beginning of next month, is not in- 
tended to apply to plants in general, large and small, 
but to those that are young, and require encourage- 
ment, or to those that were not shifted last autumn. 
The roots must not be disturbed, but the ball turned 
out entire ; and put as much earth as will raise the ball 
within about an inch of the rim of the pot. Press the 
earth down around it with a thin narrow piece of 
wood, frequently shaking it that no vacancy may be 
left. If the roots are rotten, or otherwise injured, take 
all such off. If this be the case, the plant will be sick- 
ly. Give it a new pot of a smaller size, administering 
water moderately until there are visible signs of fresh 
growth. The plants must not be disturbed while 
flowering; let the repotting be done afterwards. Plants 
are, at certain stages of growth, if in good health, in 
such a state that no one can err in shifting them when 
desirous to hasten their growth. Those plants that 
make two or more growths during the summer may be 
repotted in the interim of any of these growths, and all 
others just before they begin to push in the spring; 
that is, when the wood buds are perceptibly swelled. 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE— OF ENARCHING, &c. |27 

Never saturate with water fresh potted plants. There 
are many kinds that, without injury, could be repotted 
when growing; but it requires an experienced operator 
to decide. It would be of no material service to enu- 
merate them here. When done potting, tie all up 
neatly with stakes rather higher than the plant, that 
the new shoots may be tied thereto during their stage 
of growth, to prevent them from being destroyed by 
the wind. There may be many that do not require re- 
potting, but would be benefited by a top-dressing. 
This should be done by probing off all the surface 
earth down to the roots, replacing it with fresh com- 
post, suitable to the nature of the plant. 

When the above is done, arrange all the plants in pro- 
per order, and syringe them clean; but if there are any 
of the Green-fly, they must be fumigated previous to 
syringing. Take an opportunity, on the first fine day, 
to wash out all the pavement of the house^ vvhich should 
be made dry before the evening if the nights are cold. 
Thus every part of the house will be in order before 
the hurry of the garden commences. 



OF ENARCHING OR GRAFTING BY APPROACH, also termed 
ABLACTATION. 

In this method of grafting, the scion is not separated 
from the parent plant until it is firmly united with the 
stock ; consequently, they must stand contiguously. 
We intend the following method to apply directly to 
Camellias, as they are the principal plants in the Green- 
house that are thus worked. The criterion for the 



X28 GREEN-HOUSE— OF ENARCHING, &c. [March. 

operation is, just as the plants begin to grow, either in 
spring or mid-summer. Place the stock contiguous to 
the plant where the graft or enarch is to be taken from. 
If the branches, where the intended union is to take 
place, do not grow at equal heights, a slight stage may 
be erected to elevate the pot that holds the lower. 
Take the branch that is to be enarched, (the wood of 
last or previous year is the most proper,) and bring it 
in contact with the stock ; mark the parts where they 
are to unite, so as to form a pointed arch. In that part 
of the branch which is to rest against the stock, pare 
off the bark and part of the wood to about two or three 
inches in length, and in the side of the stock which is 
to receive the graft, do the same, that the inside rind 
of each may be exactly opposite, which is the first part 
where a union will take place. Bind them firmly and 
neatly together with strands of Russia matting, and 
protect the joint from the air by a coat of close com- 
position ; clay of the consistency of thick paint, tur- 
pentine, or wax, will equally answer. Finish by fast- 
ening the grafted branch to the head of the stock or a 
rod. Many practitioners make a slit or tongue into 
the enarch and stock, but we find it unnecessary, more 
tedious, and likewise more danger in breaking. Ca- 
mellias are also grafted, and budded, but these two ope- 
rations require great experience and continued atten- 
tion, and seldom prove so successful as enarching. 
When they have perfectly taken, which will be after 
the first growth is over, begin to separate them by cut- 
ting the scion a little at three difterent periods, about 
a week apart, separating it at the third time. If the 



March.] FLOWER GARDEN. |29 

head is intended to be taken off the stock, do it in hke 
manner after the second growth is over. By the above 
method, many kinds can be grown on the same stock. 
The same plan applies to all evergreens. 



jFloiuttr dsuvtum. 



MARCH. 

It is expected that all the pruning is finished. If not, 
get all expeditiously done, according to directions given 
in the preceding months, likewise all digging, and that 
which was dug in the autumn, point over, or half dig, 
that all may have a neat appearance. This must not 
be done when the ground is too much imbibed with 
moisture, as that would harden the soil. Break it well 
with the spade, leaving it one or two days before the 
surface is raked smooth, that all may be ready to re- 
ceive the seeds or plants that are intended to be sown 
or planted. As soon as the frost is entirely gone, un- 
cover all plants or shrubs that have been protected ; 
preserving carefully such articles as will answer 
the same purpose next year. The frost disappears 
generally from the middle to the end of this month. Cut 
off all decayed shoots, or such as have been hurt by 
the frost. The Lagerstrcetnias wi\[ flower in greater 

17 



130 FLOWER GARDEN— BOX EDGINGS. [March. 

perfection if they are cut closely ; that is, where the 
wood of last year is cut to within a few eyes of the 
wood of the previous year, at the same time having 
regard to the shape that the plant is required to 
take. Cut oifthe injured part of any of the evergreens 
that have had their foliage much injured by the severity 
of winter, leaving the part that is green, which is es- 
sential to the support of these kinds of plants. 

Such work as can be done in this month, should not 
be delayed, such as hoeing, digging, raking, and clear- 
ing away all decayed leaves, and litter of every descrip- 
tion that have been brought or blown in the garden, 
during autumn or winter. 

BOX EDGINGS 

May be planted any time this month, or beginning of 
next, which in most seasons will be preferable. We 
will give a few simple directions how to accomplish the 
work. In the first place, dig over the ground deeply 
where the edging is intended to be planted, breaking 
the soil fine, and keeping it to a proper height, viz. 
about one inch higher than the side of the walk ; but 
the taste of the operator will best decide according to 
the situation. Rake the surface even, and tread it 
down with the feet, or beat it with the spade. Where 
it gives most, continue to add, keeping the surface 
at the desired height. If the edging is to be in a direct 
line, either on a level or inclined plane, you may be 
correctly and simply regulated by making the desired 
level at each end of the line. Take three rods about 



March.] FLOWER GARDEN— TENDER ANNUALS. 231- 

four feet long each, having a piece of one foot to cross 
at one end, two of these pieces painted black, the 
other white. Have a black one at each end of the 
line on the level, take the white one for the centre, 
going along the line, and about every twenty feet, level 
a spot to the exact height, which will be seen by look- 
ing over the top of the rods from one end. Having 
found the level, drive in a peg to it, so that no mistake 
may occur j beat and level between them, leaving a 
smooth surface. This being done, strain the line, and 
with the spade proceed to cut out the trench perpen- 
dicularly on the side next the walk, six, eight, ten, or 
twelve inches deep, according to the length of the 
plants. Afterwards take the plants, and cut the tops 
even, with the knife or shears, at the same time 
shortening the roots. Then with the left hand next the 
line, plant forward, keeping the tops of the plants level, 
and from one to two inches above ground, keeping the 
plants close according to the required thickness. Put 
in the earth as you proceed, and tread it firm, then rake 
the surface even, and with the spade beat it smooth. 
If the weather sets in very dry, the box will be the 
better of a few waterings. Sometimes boxwood is 
planted without roots, but it seldom gives satisfaction ; 
not growing equally. 

TENDER ANNUALS. 

When it is wished to have any of these flower early, 
if they were not sown as directed last month, on a hot- 
bed, let it be done early in this. Those that were 



132 FLOWER GARDEN— HARDY ANNUALS. [Marck. 

sown and now growing freely, must have plenty of air. 
In fine days the sashes may be taken off a few hours 
about mid-day; and where the plants are too thick, thin 
them out a few inches apart, that the air may circulate 
amongst them. Have another bed ready to transplant 
them into about the end of this or beginning of next 
month. When transplanted, sprinkle them with water, 
and shade them with mats from the sun, one or two 
days. By this treatment they will be much stronger 
for planting into the borders, about the first of May. 
For the different kinds, see list. 

HARDY ANNUALS 

May be sown in the borders about the end of the 
month, when the ground is prepared, and the weather 
fine, but avoid it at all times if the earth will not pulve- 
rise properly. The neatest and most expeditious 
method is to take a rod about one foot long, and one 
inch in diameter, rounding at the end, with which end 
draw a circle of nine inches diameter, from one inch 
to one eighth of an inch deep, according to the size of 
the seeds. Many very small seeds will grow best if 
sown on the surface of fine mould. When sown, cover 
in with the back of the rake, placing a small twig, or a 
tally with the name, in the centre of the circle, to prevent 
mistakes, either in sowing, planting, or hoeing. When 
they come above ground, the first moist day should be 
taken to pull up such as are too crowded. Annuals 
are generally too delicate to bear transplanting, there- 
fore they ought always to be sown where they are in- 



March.] FLOWER GARDEN— BIENNIALS, &c. ] 33 

tended to remain. A few kinds do best with removing, 
such as Balsam, Mary-gold, China Aster, Stockgilly, 
and several others of a free growing, strong-wooded 
nature. Annuals are such plants as grow from seed, 
flower, and perfect their productions, and then die, 
within one year. For hardy sorts, see list. Sow in 
rows or fancy spots the varieties of sweet pea. 

BIENNIALS 

Are such as are of two years' duration. Being sown 
this year they flower, seed, or fruit next year, and soon 
after decay. The seeds should be sown about the end 
of this or beginning of next month, either in the spot 
where they are intended to remain, or in a compartment 
by themselves, regularly marked, and transplanted when 
convenient. When they appear above ground, thin 
them out distinctly, that when they are to be removed, 
a little earth may adhere to them; and if put where they 
are to stand, leave only three plants. 

PERENNIALS. 

In every Flower-garden there ought to be a good 
selection of these plants. They are lasting ornaments, 
and when judiciously selected, will give yearly gratifi- 
cation. In making a choice, a view should be had to 
have those that flower abundantly, are of free growth, 
beauty, and continuation of flower. It would go beyond 
our hmits, to give an extensive description of any, but 



134 FLOWER-GARDEN— PERENNIALS. [March. 

a few remarks on some of the finest, with their names, 
are indispensable. 

Adonis verndlis, is a fine border flower, and will grow 
in any common soil; flowers large, yellow rayed, having 
in the rays about twelve petals ; leaves much divided, 
bloom in April and May. 

Anemone, Wind-flower. Several fine species, with 
flowers from one to three inches in diameter. A. Hal- 
leri, blue ; A. puIsatUla, blue pasque flower ; A. alpha, 
large white. These are fine plants, and are now given 
to a genus called Pulsatilla. A.palmdtaflore-pleno, yellow; 
A. stelldta versicolor, various coloured; A. pavomnafiore- 
pleno, scarlet; A. narcissijlbra, white. Any of these are 
very desirable. 

Antirrhinums, Snap-dragon. All the varieties of A. 
mdjus are esteemed in the flower borders ; the pure 
white and bright red are very showy. A fevv of the 
species, A. molle and A. siculum, where there is variety 
required, deserve a situation. The flowers are all 
large, and similar to the snout of an animal. 

Asclepias. The finest of this genus are native plants, 
and are highly esteemet^ in Europe, but frequently re- 
jected with us, because "they are wild plants." A.- iu- 
herosa has beautiful orange flowers, and delight in dry 
situations. A. rubra, A. nivea, A. purpurdscens ; and 
A. incarndta, are the finest of the family. It is best to 
plant A. tuherbsa in October. 

Aconitums, Wolfs'-bane, one hundred, and twenty- 
eight distinct species, with several varieties. Many of 
them are of consequence and beauty ; the flower stems 



March.] FLOWER-GARDEN— PERENNIALS. 135 

rise from one and a half to six feet upright, and strong, 
furnished with many pahnate and digitate leaves, ter- 
minated by spikes of blue, yellow, or white flowers, 
similar to a hood; hence the name of Monk's Hood is 
often applied to them. They are scarce in collections, 
but in a few years we have no doubt but many of them 
will be plentiful. The finest species are A. specibsum^ 
A. anthbra^ A. neurbergensis, A. amcBnum, A. napeUus, 
A. venusium, A. zo6ctonu7n, A. pyramiddle^ A. lycoctonum^ 
A. alburn^ and A. versicolor. They flower from May 
to September, and will grow in any common gar- 
den soil. The roots of A. napellus are like small 
turnips, and are said to be poisonous. 

Cdltha palustris flore-pleno is a good border plant, de- 
Hghts in moist situations, has large cordate, crenated 
leaves ; flowers double yellow ; blooming from April till 
June ; and is a desirable plant. 

Bellis perennis hortensis, Daisy. We might almost 
say with another, " every one knows the Daisy." It is 
named from being pretty, and is perfectly hardy, 
though generally kept under cover. They dehght to 
have a shaded situation during summer, to protect 
them from the sun, which, as it were, scorches the 
roots. There are many double varieties in the gar- 
dens, which flower early. The one called Crown, or 
Carnation Daisy, is twice the size of the common varie- 
ties, and has white and red petals alternately, and very 
double. Loamy soil, inclined to moisture, is best 
adapted to their growth. 

Campanulas. This genus affords many very orna- 



136 FLOWER GARDEN— PERENNIALS. [March. 

better with our climate than with that of Europe. Se- 
veral have two successions of flowers, C. persicifolia 
alba plena; C. persicifolia coerulea pleno ; C. urticifolia, 
white. Of this last there is also a double variety. C. 
speciosa; C. glomerdta; C. versicolor; with several others, 
are worthy of a situation in every garden. Their roots 
are strong, fleshy, and fibrous. They are easy of cul- 
ture, and will retain their situation in the severest of 
our winters. C. grandiflbra is now Wahlenbergia grandi- 
flbra. It has fine blue large flowers ; the flower stems 
are slender, and should be supported as soon as they 
grow. 

Cheirdnthus Cheiri vulgaris is the common garden 
Wall-flower. There are about ten varieties of it, all 
admired for their various colours and agreeable odour. 
The common variety survives the mildest of our wm- 
ters. The most esteemed variety is Hcemdnthiis, Dou- 
ble bloody. They should all be protected by a frame. 
C. mutdhilis is a beautiful species; it has many shades 
of colour from lilac to dark purple. The flowers are 
on extending racemose spikes -, blooming from April to 
June ; it requires a light rich soil ; is a half shrubby 
evergreen plant, 

Chelbnes. This genus belongs entirely to this conti- 
nent, and possesses many fine species. It is a matter 
of astonishment that they are not more cultivated and 
sought for in our collections. C. gldhra; C.obliqua; 
C. barbdta ; C. atropurpiirea ; C. pulchella ; C. venusta ; 
and C. speciosa; are all handsome, and flower from 
mental plants for the Flower-garden and Shrubbery, 



March.] FLOWER GARDEN— PERENNIALS. 537 

and C. speciosa; are all handsome, and flower from 
May to September; corolla large, ringent ; ventricose 
flowers in spikes or panicles. 

Chrysanthemums. There are few of this genus of 
any consequence as herbaceous plants, except the 
varieties of C. sinense, of which there are about fifty, 
all desirable ; but in small gardens, where there is a 
deficiency in room, the following are select in colour 
and quality: Tubulosmn album, quilled white; superbum, 
superb white; discolor, large lilac; fiilvum, Spanish 
brown ; atropurpureum, early crimson ; involutum,, curled 
lilac ; fasciculdtum, superb cluster yellow ; scrothium, 
late pale purple; papyrdceum, paper white; Waraidh, 
yellow Waratah ; versicolor, two-coloured red ; stelldtum, 
starry purple; verecundum, early blush; and mutdbile^ 
changeable pale bufl". To grow these in perfection, 
they require rich light soil ; and about the end of this 
month the roots should be lifted, divided, and planted 
into fresh soil, either by giving them a new situation, 
or changing the earth they were in. Two or three 
stems together are quite sufficient. The flowers, by 
the above treatment, will be much larger, more double, 
and finer in colour; where they are wanted to grow 
low and bushy, top them in June, but not later than 
the first of July. Where the soil is rich, and the plant 
having only one stem, by topping it, makes a beautiful 
bush. They are in flower from the first of October 
until severe frost; thus beautifying our gardens at a 
season when they would be destitute of one single 
attraction. If the season is dry, to water them with 



18 



]38 FLOWER GARDEN— PERENNIALS. [March. 

liquid manure will add to their vigour. They are all 
natives of China, and greatly esteemed by the Chinese, 
who only allow a few blooms to come out on the top 
of each stem, thereby having the flowers much finer. 

Clematis^ Virgin's-bower. A few species are good her- 
baceous plants, of upright growth, and blue flowers, C. 
integrifolia ; C. anguslifolia; and C. erecta ; they grow 
best in light soil. 

Coreopsis, chiefly native plants, and free-flowering; 
colour principally yellow ; flowers rayed. C. tenuifolia, 

C. verticilldta, C. discolor, and C. tripterts, are the finest 
of the genus, and will grow in any common garden soil. 

Delphinums. There are some showy border flowers 
of these, of strong growth. The leaves are much di- 
vided ; the flowers in terminale spikes ; colour blue, 
purple, red, white and yellow, with various shades. D. 
grandijibnim, with its varieties, are the best of the genus. 

D. intermedium, and its varieties, D. eldtum, Bee Lark- 
spur, from the ringent part of the flower being very 
like a bee, and D. montdnum, are good varieties, and 
easily cultivated. When the plants become large, they 
ought to be divided, and planted in fresh soil. They 
are in bloom from May to September. 

Didnthus. Some of the species of this genus are the 
most prominent of the Flower-garden, not only for 
their beauty, but also their fragrance, which is pecu- 
liarly grateful, especially in the well known and cele- 
brated pink and carnation, with the Sweet-william, 
which was esteemed, in the days of old, " for its beauty 
to deck up the bosoms of the beautiful, and garlands 



March.] FLOWER-GARDEN— PERENNIALS. j 39 

and crowns for pleasure." The finest species are D. 
barbdtus, and D. barbdtus pleno, Sweet-william ; D. dis- 
color ; D. chinmsis ; D. alpinus, D. superbus ; D. caryo- 
phyllus, from which have originated the Picotee and the 
Carnation ; D. plumdrius^ from which originated the 
Double Pink; D.frdgrans and Z). superbus. Several of 
these, although they will stand the severest cold, have 
to be protected in frames during winter, to have them 
in the perfection of beauty. For the character of a 
Pink and Carnation, see May. 

Dictdmnus. Two species of this genus, D. fraxinel- 
la and D. dlbus, have been cultivated and esteemed up- 
wards of two hundred and forty years. A plant 
of the first of these species, when gently rubbed, emits 
an odour like that of lemon-peel ; and when bruised 
emits a balsamic scent, which is strongest in the pedi- 
cles of the flowers. They have glands of a. rusty 
colour, that exude a viscid juice, or resin, which ex- 
hales in vapour, and in a dark place may be seen to 
take fire. Its flowers are red, those of the other white, 
in loose terminale spikes; the flower has five petals, 
clawed and unequal, with glandular dots; in bloom 
from May to July ; delights in sandy loam. 

Dodecdtheon. This is a native genus, and commonly 
called American cowshp. The generic term, a name 
of the Romans, signifying twelve gods or divinities, is 
applied with great absurdity to a plant, a native of a 
world the Romans never saw nor had any idea of, 
neither resembling, in any particular, the poetical fancy 
of their writers. The most admired species is D. media; 
the flowers are in umbels, on a pedicle, from six to 



140 FLOWER-GARDEN— PERENNIALS. [March. 

twelve inches high; the corolla is rotata retlexa, colour 
light purple, bottom of petals lake and yellow ; bloom- 
ing in May. The white variety is very much esteemed, 
and surpasses the preceding. The ground is pure 
white, the bottom of the petals the same as the other. 
There is also a spotted variety found on the banks of 
the Missouri. They delight in brown loam, a half 
shady situation, inclining to moisture. The foliage 
soon decays after flowering. 

Digildlis, Fox-glove, about forty species of annuals 
and herbaceous plants. A few are cultivated in the 
flower borders, and are very showy. These are D. 
kucophcea, D.ferruginea, D. ochroleiica^ large yellow; and 
D.purpurdscens; and are good species. D. purpurea and 
D. dlba^ are very conspicuous biennials ; the flowers are 
solitary, and in long spikes ; the corolla of D. purpurea 
is campanulate, ventricose, and ringent; the interior is 
spotted, and is considered the finest of the genus. De- 
Hghts in poor soil, with a httle shade. 

Eupatoriums. These generally are native plants, 
not worthy of notice here, except for two species. E. 
cceksiinum has syngenesious flowers in flattened panicles, 
colour fine light blue, blooming from September to 
November, desirable for its beauty at that season. E. 
aromfiticum may be cultivated for its spicy odour; 
flowers white, in loose terminale panicles ; blooming 
from August to October. Either of them will grow in 
common soil. 

Gentidnas, a genus of very showy plants, and flower in 
great abundance. The flowers are tubular and inflat- 
ed ; colour generally blue. A few species are yellow, 



March.] FLOWER-GARDEN— PERENNIALS. 14| 

and some white ; flowers in whorls, terminale, or soli- 
tary. They grow best in a light rich soil. G. luiea, G. 
purpurea, G. septemfida. G. acaulis is a pretty dwarf 
growing species, and often used as edgings in flower 
compartments; the flower dark and light blue; interior 
of the corolla spotted; has a succession of flower from 
April to June. We have no doubt of it succeeding in 
our gardens, but not being plentiful, it has not been 
perfectly tried. A few years will exhibit it in abun- 
dance. G. imhricata and G. conferta. They are all 
fine exotics, but many of them may give place to our 
native species, such as G. Catesbcei ; G. ochrokiica ; G. 
incarndta; with several others, and G. crindta, which 
is a biennial, and finely fringed; colour hght blue. 

Geum. There are only two species that are worth 
cultivation, viz. G. quellyon, once G. coccineum; and 
G. hyhridum. G. urhdnwn is sometimes cultivated for 
its roots, which, when chewed, sweeten the breath. 
They are all of easy culture. G. quellyon flowers from 
May to October, and is a very desirable small plant for 
the borders, and much esteemed in Europe. 

Hemerocdllis, Day Lily; two species, H.fulva and H. 
graminea, flower well, and are remarkable among the 
border flowers for their large yellow or copper colour- 
ed corollas, some of them about six inches diameter; 
bloom from May to July, and will grow in almost any 
soil. There is a plant known in our gardens as H. 
cceriika, which is Funkia ccerulea, and has a campanu- 
late corolla, with a cylindrical tube; flowers in spikes; 
leaves ovate, accuminate. 

Hibiscus. There are several herbaceous species. 



142 FLOWER GARDEN— PERENNIALS. [March, 

very showy and handsome, H. palustris; H. roseits; H. 
militaris ; H. speciosus; H. grandiflorus ; and H. pun- 
gens. They grow best in moist situations, and where 
these are not to be had, give them plenty of water, 
and plant in sandy soil enriched with decayed leaves. 
The flowers are about six inches in diameter, flower- 
ing up the stem, either solitary or in small bunches. 
H. speciosus is the most splendid, and deserves a situa- 
tion in every garden. The roots in winter ought to 
be covered by litter, tan, or saw dust ; but a better me- 
thod is to lift; them, and put them in the cellar, covered 
with dry earth, and kept from the frost. All the above 
mentioned species are improved by being protected 
during winter. 

Iris, Flower-de-luce, has many fine species of various 
shades and colours, /. subijlora, I. nepalensis, I. Palldsii^ 
I. pallida, I. cristdla, L arendria, 1. furcdta, I. germdnica, 
I. Jlorentina, 1. verna, and /. susidna. The last is the 
finest of the herbaceous species; the flowers are striped, 
blue, brown, and spotted ; but we are not certain if it 
will stand the severity of our winters. The roots of/. 
jloreniina is the orrice root of the druggists. They are 
all of easy culture in any loamy soil inclining to mois- 
ture. The bulbous species will be treated of in Sep^ 
tember or October. Corolla six-petaled, three erect, 
and three reclined alternately; proceeding from spathes 
or sheaths with flowers in succession. 

Liatris is a genus of native plants, containing seve- 
ral fine species, L. squarrdsa, large purple heads of 
beautiful flowers; L. elegans ; L. paniculdta. L. macros- 
tachya, now L. spicdta, is a fine large growing species. 



March.] FLOWER GARDEN— PERENNIALS. J43 

They have syngenesious purple flowers in long close 
spikes, differing from other spiked flowering genera by 
blooming first at the extremity. They grow best in 
strong heavy soil. 

Lychnis. Three species are very desirable in the 
flower borders. L. chalcedonica has bright scarlet 
crowned flowers ; the double scarlet variety is splendid. 
There is also a double white variety, L. fidgens and L, 
flos-jbvis. They ought to be frequently lifted, and 
planted afresh, or they will dwindle to nothing. The 
best time is when they begin to grow. There is a 
plant known in our collections as Lychnis fios-cucida, 
which is now Agrostema fios-cuciila ', it is a fine and 
showy border plant with double red flowers. They de- 
light in a light sandy rich soil. 

Lythrums. A few species flower well, and have 
small pink blossoms in great profusion, L. aJdtum., L. 
virgdlum, L. difusum, and L. lanceolatum. They will 
grow in any common garden soil if not too much 
shaded; and flower from June to September. 

Mimuh/s, Monkey-flower. A few species may be 
cultivated. They will grow in any soil or situation. 
M. luteus and M. rivuldris are the best. M. moschdtus 
has a very strong musk scent, to many agreeable. We 
think it will prove hardy. The two former have large 
gaping flowers, of a gold yellow, and beautifully spot- 
ted with purple in the interior. 

Mondrdas, a fine native genus and showy. The foli- 
age of several of the species is aromatic, and resem- 
bles mint. M. didyma has long scarlet ringent flowers, 
in headed whorls; M. kalmiana, flowers very long, 



144 FLOWER GARDEN— PERENNIALS. [Mahch. 

and a beatiful crimson, with fragrant leaves. M. Rus- 
selUana has red and white flowers ; curious and hand- 
some. M. punctata has yellow and red flowers ; they 
grow in any common soil. 

Mathiola, is the generic of the Stock-gilly. None of 
them will survive severe winters ; yet many of them 
are indispensable in the Flower-garden. M. simpli- 
cicdulis, Brompton-stock and its varieties ; with M. inca- 
na, Queen-stock, and its varieties, require the protec- 
tion of a good frame in winter, and about the end of 
this month, or beginning of next, plant them in good 
light rich soil to flower, which they will do all summer, 
if attended to with frequent supplies of water. M. an- 
nua has about sixteen varieties, valuable for flowering 
the first year from seed, and are all annuals. They 
ought to be sown on a gentle hot-bed about the first of 
this month, and carefully pricked out so as they may 
be ready to transplant about the end of April or the 
first of May. Plant them in light rich soil, and they 
will flower profusely through the season ; if it is very 
dry, they must be watered to keep them growing. The 
scarlet, white, and purple varieties are the finest; but 
there are many intermediate sorts all handsome. J[I. 
glabra is the Wall-flower leaved stock, and requires the 
same treatment as the two former. There are about 
eight varieties of this, afl various in colour. In plant- 
ing any of these into the open ground, choose cloudy 
weather, except they have been in pots ; in such case, 
plant at any time in beds, keeping each kind separate. 

(Enotheras. The most of them are indigenous, and 
in Europe they afford a continual ornament to the 



Makch.] FLOWER-GARDEN— perennials. ]45 

Flower-garden from April to November, but m our 
gardens they are entirely neglected. By rejecting 
these and many others, our Flower-gardens are de- 
prived both of much beauty and interest they might 
easily possess. These plants delight in light rich soil. 
CE. odordta, sweet scented ; CE. macrocdrpa ; CE. media ; 
CE.' latijidra ; (Ei.Frazeri; (E. speciosa ; mid (K. pallida ; 
are all fine native herbaceous plants, mostly with large 
yellow four-petaled corollas; in bloom from April to 
September. There are several of them beautiful an- 
nual and biennial plants. For the finest, see list. 

Phlox, another American genus, and one of the 
most handsome in cultivation. It consists of elegant 
border flowers, valuable for flowering early, and more 
so for blossoming late in autumn. While the majority 
of plants blooming late in the season are generally 
syngenesious, with yellow flowers, these delight 
us with their lively colours of purple, red, and white. 
A collection of them properly attended to, would of 
themselves constitute a beautiful flower garden. It 
will be difficult to state which are the finest, but the 
following are select varieties : P. paniculdta ; P. acumi- 
nata ; P. intermedia; P. odordta; P. pyramiddlis ; with 
pyramidalis alba, which is splendid; P. suaveokns ; P. 
refiexa ; P. stolonifera ; P. pilosa; P. divaricdta ; P. niva- 
lis ; and P. subuldta. In the spring of 1831, an emi- 
nent British collector* exclaimed, on seeing a patch 
of P. subuldta in one of the pine barrens of New Jer- 
sey, "The beauty of that alone is worth coming to 
America to see, it is so splendid." Most of the spe- 

* Mr. Drummond. 
19 



146 FLOWER-GARDEN— PERENNIALS. [March. 

cies delight in a rich Hght sandy loam. When the 
plants become large, they ought to be divided, and 
planted in fresh ground. 

. Primulas^ Primrose. To this genus belong the cele- 
brated Coivslip, Oxlip^ Primrose^ and the esteemed 
Jluricula. The double varieties of Primrose have ori- 
ginated from P. vulgaris. These are such as carry 
their flowers on separate pedicles, rising from the root 
on a small stem. The double varieties are desirable 
for their beauty, but require the protection of a frame 
during winter. They are in colour red, white, yellow, 
lilac, purple, and crimson. P. elatior is the Oxlip, from 
which all the Polyanthuses have been grown. They are 
in variety innumerable, and are those whose flowers 
are in umbels, on a scape or flower-stalk, rising from 
three to nine inches. The rules for judging of their 
merits are wholly artificial, agreed on from time to 
time by Florists. The one that is the leading beauty 
this year would in a few years be far in the rear. The 
principal character is that the corolla is not notched 
or fringed ; the colours pure and distinct, not running 
into one another ; the tube small ; the eye round, and a 
httle prominent. Being surrounded with white, and 
the ground purple, is a fine character. P. auricula. 
From this the highly esteemed varieties have originat- 
ed. The cultivated auricula has many admirers, both 
for its exquisite beauty and fragrance. For the cri- 
terion of a fine flower see May. There are several 
other species worthy of a situation, such as P. cortu- 
sotdes, P. dentijldra, P. suaveolens, P. decora, with P. sco- 
tica and P. farinosa, both small neat species. A shady 



March.] FLOWER-GARDEN— PERENNIALS. 247 

situation agrees best with them; and they require 
loamy soil, free from any kind of manure, except it be 
fully decomposed. The leaves of P. veris are recom- 
mended for feeding silk worms. 

Potentillas. We mention this genus here as afford- 
ing several free flowering dwarf plants ; not as being 
certain that any of the most desired species will with- 
stand our winters, being natives of Nepaul; but, from 
the character of the plant, we think that they are 
adapted to bear severe cold. They are similar to the 
strawberry in habit and appearance. P. nepalensis, or 
formdsa, has rose-coloured flowers; P. atropurpurea ; 
P. Russellidna, scarlet; P. Hopwoodidna^ rose and scar- 
let ; and P. splendens^ yellow, with superb leaves. These 
are the finest of the genus, and flower from May to 
September. It will be well to protect them in a frame 
with the Carnations; they delight in light soil. 

Sapondria officindlis^ and S. O. plena, are fine free- 
flowering dwarf plants; the colour is pink in both dou- 
ble and single varieties. The roots run under ground, 
arid care should be taken to keep them within bounds: 
they flower from June till October. S. ccespiiosa is a neat 
growing species of a rose colour. They will grow in 
any soil. 

Silene. Several of this genus are popular annuals, 
but the herbaceous species are very indifferent. »S. 
viscosa and S. viscosa /lore plena, are frequently cultivated 
for their beauty; they will grow well if not too much 
shaded. 

, Saxifraga, above one hundred species. Many of 
them are beautiful plants for rock-work. They are re- 



148 FLOWER GARDEN— PERENNIALS. [March. 

gardless of cold, but will not generally withstand much 
moisture. A few of them are highly deserving a situa- 
tion in any garden, S. hirsutitm, and S. crassifblia^ are 

used in some countries for tanning. >S. irramddta mul- 
es o 

tiplex has fine double-white flowers, and is desirable. 
S. umbrosa^ London-pride, makes a beautiful edging 
for a flower border ; the flowers are small, but on close 
examination its colours are unrivalled. It is vulgarly 
called, " none so pretty." S. sarmentosa is kept in the 
Green-house, but is perfectly hardy, and makes a fine 
plant in a shaded situation. We have no doubt but it 
would make a good fancy edging. S. pulchella^ straw 
coloured, and S. pyramidalis ; these are all easily culti- 
vated ; and flower in spikes from May to July. 

Spirceas. A few species are showy plants, and con- 
tinue flowering from May to September. »S. ulmdria 
multiplex^ Meadow-sweet, has sweet scented white 
flowers, in long dense spikes. S, Filipendida multiplex^ 
Drop-wort, double white. S. lobdta is a native, and 
has fine rose coloured flowers, in June and July; these 
are the finest of the herbaceous species, and will grow 
in any common garden soil. 

Stdtice, Thrift. A genus containing many fine herba- 
ceous plants, only a few of them are common in collec- 
tions. The finest of them are scarce, and said to be 
" bad to cultivate." S. vulgaris^ once Armeria vulgaris^ 
is the most valuable plant for an edging, next to box, 
that the Flower-garden is possessed of, and does ex- 
tremely well in our climate, flowering in great profusion 
from May to July. When done flowering, the stems 
should be cut oflf. The foliage is an agreeable 



March.] FLOWER GARDEN— PERENNIALS, fee. J49 

evergreen; the plant increases rapidly, and in a few 
years may be planted to a great extent. S, specibsa has 
red flowers, crowded in spreading panicles. S. tatdrica 
has also very showy flowers, and is now given to the 
genus Taxdnthema. S. latifblia and S. maritima are the 
finest. T. latifblia ^and T. conspicua deserve attention. 
They should be lifl;ed every alternate year, and sunk 
deeper into the soil, because they incline to grow out, 
and are sometimes during summer killed by the drought. 
Hence they are said to be " bad to cultivate." 

Trollius europcBus, and T. asidticus, are fine border 
plants, with large yellow semi-double flowers; the petals 
are much cupped, which causes the flowers to have a 
globular appearance. They are easily grown in any 
loamy soil, and flower fi'om May to July. Few flowers 
have the curious globular character which these have. 

Veronica, Speed-well. This genus consists of about 
one hundred and twenty species of herbaceous plants, 
besides several varieties. The flowers are in long 
close spikes, either white, flesh coloured, or blue ; they 
are generally of the latter colour. Above sixty species 
are equally fine, and being generally of the same cha- 
racter, the Catalogue at the end of this work wifl con- 
tain the best selection that we can make. Very few 
of them are in the collections of the country, although 
they are very showy, and flower from June to August. 
They will grow in any soil, but will not flourish where 
they are much shaded. V. officinalis has been used in 
Germany and Sweden as a substitute for tea. Some 
prefer V. chamcedrys for the same purpose. 

Vakrianas. Several species are showy border plants, 



150 FLOWER-GARDEN— PERENNIALS. [March. 

with small flowers in large close flattened panicles. V. 
dioica is remarkable for having the stamens and pistils 
in separate flowers, situated on different plants ; the 
flowers are of a blush colour, and the roots when 
planted must be protected from the cats, for they are 
delighted with them, and scrape them up. V. phu, a 
large growing species with white flowers; and V. rubra, 
with its varieties, are the finest of the genus. They 
are now given to Centrdnthus. They are all of easy 
culture in common garden earth, but preferring moist 
shady situations. In flower from May to September. 

Viola, a genus consisting of upwards of eighty spe- 
cies, of low pretty plants, of great diversity of colour 
and foliage. Many of them are natives, and well worth 
a situation in our gardens. They mostly delight in 
sandy loam, and a little shade. A few of the species 
grow in moist situations. The most esteemed varie- 
ties for fragrance are, V. odordta purpurea plena, double 
purple, with V. odordta dlbaplena, double white. They 
flower very early, and make good edgings where they 
are kept in order ; flowering profusely from April to 
June, and flov/ering again in autumn. 

Yucca, Adam's-needle. This is a very showy and or- 
namental genus ; their character forming a picturesque 
contrast in the Flower-garden ; foliage long, narrow, 
lanceolate, and stiff*; with white companulate flowers, 
about two inches in diameter, in conical spikes from 
two to four feet long, arising from the centre of the 
plant, containing frequently from two to four hundred 
florets. They are principally native plants. Y. stricta 
is the freest flowerer. Y. superba ; Y. aloifolia ; Y. 



March.] FLOWER GARDEN— PERENNIALS. |gj 

angusiifdlia, Y. acuminata, Y. serrulata, and Y. Jilamentdsa, 
are all fine species, and will grow in any common soil. 
When in flower, if protected from the sun by an awn- 
ing, they will be of considerable duration. There are 
variegated varieties of Stricfa, Jlloifdlia, and Scrrulata, 
which look very handsome in foUage, but are at 
present very rare, and it will be a number of years be- 
fore they are plentiful. There ought at least to be one 
specimen of some of the free-flowering species in every 
garden. 

Having given the names and characters of a few 
herbaceous plants, all or most of them easily obtained, 
many of them extremely handsome, and such as 
agree best with transplanting at this season of the 
year; for several others, such as Pceonias, or any other 
strong fibrous or bulbous sorts, see September and Octo- 
ber. Where they are in pots, they can be planted at 
any time, the weather permitting, provided the ball of 
earth is not broken. But where they are only to be 
removed, the best time is just as vegetation commences. 
That herbaceous plants may look to the best advan- 
tage, and flower well, they must not be allowed to get 
into large stools ; but as soon as they are above one 
foot in diameter, they should be divided. 

Very frequently those who perform this operation, 
take the spade, and cut a piece off* all round, which to a 
degree improves the look of the plant ; but this is only 
half justice. It should be lifted entirely, fresh soil 
given, or removed a few feet, and planted a little deeper 
than it was before, as the plant tends apparently to 
grow out of the soil when allowed to stand long. If 



152 FLOWER-GARDEN— BULBOUS ROOTS- [March. 

the weather becomes dry shortly after transplanting, 
give them a few waterings, until they have taken fresh 
roots, which will be within two weeks. Colour should 
be diversified through the garden as much as practica- 
ble, and the highest growing sorts planted farthest from 
the walk, so as all may appear in view. At all times 
avoid crowding the plants together, 

BULBOUS ROOTS. 

About the middle of this month, let the covering of 
tan, saw-dust, or decayed leaves, be cleared from the 
bods of such as were directed to be covered in Novem- 
ber; afterwards carefully stirring the surface among 
them with a kind of wooden spatula, or wedge, break- 
ing the surface fine ; then dress all the alleys smooth 
and neat with the hoe and rake, clearing away every 
particle of litter. When the leaves of Tulips are ex- 
panding, they frequently become entangled so much, 
that the force of growth breaks the foliage: if there are 
any appearance of this at any time, they should be set 
right with the hand. In early seasons these roots will 
be far advanced, and perhaps one night of frost unex- 
pectedly might materially injure them. When there is 
any suspicion of cold weather, hoops should be spanned 
across the beds, so that the necessary mats or canvass 
could in a few minutes be placed over them, to ward 
oflf danger. Protect the finest sorts from heavy drench- 
ing rains, and give them small neat rods for support, 
as they grow up. If the rods and tyings are painted 
green, the effect will be improved. These directions 



March.] FLOWER-GARDEN— CARNATIONS, &c. ^ [53 

equally apply to JYarcissus, Jonquils, Iris, and all Hol- 
land bulbs. 



CARNATIONS, PINKS, PRIMROSES, &c. 

Which have been protected by frames through the 
winter, must have at all favourable Opportunities 
plenty of air admitted to them by lifting the sashes, 
and in fine mild days and nights, the sashes may be 
taken entirely off. Divest them of all decayed leaves, 
and stir up the earth on the surface of the pots ; 
those that are intended to be planted in the garden 
may be set to one side, while those that are to be kept 
in pots must be more strictly attended to. Of these the 
Pinks and Carnations should be repotted about the first 
of the month. Those that have been kept in four inch 
pots, should be put into pots of seven inches, and those 
that are in five inch pots may be put into eight inch. 
Give a gentle watering after repotting. Pinks do not 
require the pots so large, but the same treatment in 
every other respect. Where the extremity of the leaves 
are decayed, cut them off, with any other decayed 
leaves : the pots must be well drained with shivers or 
fine gravel. Give them plenty of air, otherwise they 
will be weak in growth. 

Primroses require only a little fresh earth on the top 
of the pots. Daisies may be planted out in shady 
situations ; the sun destroys them during summer if 
exposed. 

20 



154 FLOWER GARDEN— AURICULAS. [March. 

AURICULAS. 

These beautiful and highly interesting plants are, to 
a great degree, neglected in our collections. It cannot 
be from want of beauty or fragrance that they have 
not attracted our attention, for they are exquisite in 
both. We are rather inclined to think that those who 
have them do not give them the treatment they require 
yearly to perfect their bloom. They should now have 
the surface earth taken off about half an inch down, 
and fresh soil added, which will cause them to put out 
fresh fibres about the upper part of the roots, and 
greatly increase their growth. The frame in which 
they are placed should now face the east, as the sun 
will be too strong for them ; and about the end of the 
month turn it to the north. The glass of the frame 
may be white-washed, which will partially shade 
them from the sun, that being their delight. Give 
them water sparingly until they begin to grow, and 
never water them over the foliage previous to flower- 
ing, as water injures that fine mealy-like substance 
found on many of the sorts, and which so greatly 
improves their beauty. Defend them, therefore, 
from rain and high winds. To have them flower 
strongly, only one flower stem should be allowed to 
grow. The first one that shows is generally the best. 
At all events leave the strongest, and cut off all the 
others, or only nip off the flower pips, which answers 
the same end. Never keep the sash off during night, 
lest it should rain before morning. 



March.J flower garden— ranunculus, &c. j 55 

RANUNCULUS AND ANEMONE. 

The frames must have plenty of air, and give fre- 
quent sprinklings of water. The sashes or boards 
should be taken entirely off every mild day, and in fine 
nights leave them exposed to the dew; stir up the 
earth amongst them, breaking it fine, making all neat. 
They require liberal supplies of water after they begin 
to grow. 

ROSES. 

This is the most favourable month for planting all 
kinds of garden roses, which must be done as soon as 
the weather opens, and the ground in a proper state. 
The earlier in the month they flower the more perfect 
they will be. Never delay planting when there is an 
opportunity ; for if delayed until the leaves are expand- 
ing, the bloom will be much weakened, and the proba- 
bility is there will be no flowers, and the plants meet 
with a premature death, ft has been said, " there is a 
particular advantage in planting some every ten days, 
even to the middle of May ; for the flowering of them 
may be retarded in this way, and the bloom of these 
delightful shrubs continue for a much longer period." 
One moment's reflection will convince us, that nature, 
while in her own element, will not be retarded, sup- 
pose there was no danger of instantaneous death to 
the plants. The artificial means that might be judi- 
ciously adopted, with which we are acquainted, to keep 
back the blooming of hardy plants, is to lift them as 



156 FLOWER-GARDEN— ROSES. [March. 

soon in spring as is practicable, put them in boxes of 
earth, and then place them in the driest part of an ice- 
house until the desired time of planting, which may be 
delayed as long as the required time of flowering. 
This will be found a true method of retarding the 
flowering of roses especially, and not going counter to 
the rules and principles of nature. There are many 
beautiful varieties of the garden rose in cultivation, 
the names of the finest of which we will give in the 
Catalogue, but perhaps it may be proper to mention 
here a few of the most particular sorts. The finest 
unquestionably when in bloom, is the Moss and its va- 
rieties, but the flowering is of so limited duration, that it 
is in a great degree surpassed by others. There is 
said to be a striped variety of the Moss Rose, but we 
do not credit it. The Blush Moss, Clinton White Moss, 
and Mottled Moss, at present certainly are the most su- 
perb of that kind. Lee'^s Crimson Perpetual is a magnifi- 
cent rose, and flowers in profusion from June to Octo- 
ber. This is considered, and justly too, the finest of all 
the garden roses ; its fragrance is exquisite, and the 
plant highly valued. There is a striped Unique Rose, 
and a Rosa tricolor, which are much' thought of. We 
have mentioned these as the finest we have seen, but 
amongst two thousand cultivated varieties of the gar- 
den rose, there must be many of equal beauty. Of 
Rosa spinosissima there are above three hundred varie- 
ties ; R. gdllica; two hundred ; R. centifolia, one hundred 
and fifty; i?. damascene, above one hundred; R. alba, 
fifty ; R. rubiginosa, thirty ; and of various sorts above 
eleven hundred. In several individual collections of 



March.] FLOWER-GARDEN—ROSES. J57 

Europe, there are cultivated above fifteen hundred 
species, sub-species, and varieties. 

When planted, they are too frequently crowded in- 
discriminately amongst other shrubs, which prevents 
them having the effect they would have if planted singly 
or grouped. They vary in size in different sorts from 
one to ten feet. When planted in the latter method, they 
should be assimilated in size of leaves and manner of 
growth, with the greatest variation of flower ; or if 
planted in many small patches, giving each a distinct 
colour, which has a picturesque effect. An other desi- 
rable and fanciful method, is to plant them in figures, 
giving them edgings of wire, willow, or any other sub- 
stitute, in imitation of basket work, which is called 
" baskets of roses;" the ground enclosed in the basket 
margin to be made convex, which will present a greater 
surface to the eye ; the strong shoots to be layered, or 
kept down by pegs into the ground, having the 
points of the shoots only to appear above the 
soil, which should be covered with moss. With this 
treatment, in a few years the whole surface of the bas- 
ket will be covered with rose buds and leaves, of one 
or various sorts. If two or three of the larger growing 
sorts are taken, such as Moss or Provins, they may be 
trained so as to cover a surface of several square yards. 
One of these covered with Lee's Crimson Perpetual 
Rose, would be one of the greatest ornaments of the 
Flower-garden. 

A modern invention in the cultivation of the rose is, 
to grow them in shape of trees, by budding on strong 
growing kinds at different heights from the ground. 



158 FLOWER GARDEN— ROSES, [March. 

according to taste, and the purposes intended. They 
will form in a few years handsome round heads, which 
will flower more freely than by layers, or trained on 
their own stalk. They are particularly desirable 
amongst low shrubs. When planted, they should be 
well supported by strong rods, to prevent the wind 
from destroying them. If any of the roots have been 
bruised in lifting, cut off the bruised part with the 
knife, and likewise shorten the young shoots ; breaking 
the earth well about their roots when planting. This 
has been an esteemed shrub among all civihzed na- 
tions. The flowers are double, semi-double, and 
single ; the colours are pink, red, purple, white, yellow, 
and striped, with almost every shade and mixture ; the 
odour universally grateful. This plant is cultivated in 
every garden, from the humblest cottager to the 
loftiest prince, and by commercial gardeners in Eu- 
rope extensively, for distilhng rose water, and making 
the essential oil of roses. They delight in a rich 
loamy soil, and require plenty of moisture while in a 
growing state. Those sorts which throw up numerous 
suckers should be lifted every three or four years, re- 
duced, and then transplanted. When thus removing 
them, avoid as much as possible exposing their roots ; 
and when newly planted, mulching is of considerable 
advantage ; that is, putting half rotten stable-manure 
on the surface of the ground round their roots, which 
prevents evaporation, and keeps up a constant mois- 
ture. If this was done in general to our roses in dry 
seasons, it would greatly improve their flowering. 
For China roses see next month. 



March.] FLOWER-GARDEN— CLIMBING ROSES, &c. 159 

CLIMBING ROSES, 

This is the best time to prune ever-blooming cHmb- 
ing roses, such as Champney, Scarlet Cluster, Duchesse de 
Dino, JVotsette, Burgenville, &c. Many of these, when 
allowed to grow year after year without pruning, be- 
come unsightly; they never bear flowers on the old 
wood, that is, wood of three or four years. Having a 
tendency to throw out young shoots from the bottom 
of the stem, the old wood should be cut out, thus en- 
couraging the young wood, which the second year 
bears the most and finest flowers. In severe winters, 
the extremities of the shoots are frequently killed, and 
we have often seen all the wood black or brown, and 
apparently dead. When that is the case it is best to 
leave it until they begin to grow, which will show what 
is dead or alive, when they can be pruned to better ad- 
vantage. 

DECIDUOUS ORNAMENTAL FLOWERING SHRUBS. 

The earlier the planting of these shrubs is attended to 
in this month, the more will their growth and flowering 
be promoted, having all finished before the buds begin to 
expand. (For kinds recommended see List, end of the 
volume.) They should never be planted too thick, but 
leave space for them to grow as they respectively re- 
quire, and according as they are designed for open or 
close shrubberies, clumps, or thickets. Have all in 
readiness, that it may be done with as much expedition 
as possible, to prevent their roots from being dried 



1 60 FLOWER GARDEN— GRASS PLATS, &c. [March. 

by the sun and wind in time of planting. Make the 
holes intended for their reception round, capacious, 
and deep enough to hold their roots, without confining 
them in the least, ^and loosen the bottom well, put- 
ting new and fresh soil under their roots, breaking 
and pulverizing it during the operation, and frequent- 
ly shaking the plant as you progress in filling up. 
When done, make all firm with the foot, leaving 
a circular cavity to hold the water they will re- 
quire during dry weather. Give rods, and tie with 
bands all that need that support before they are left, 
lest they should be neglected. Cut off any of the 
bruised roots or irregular growths of the branches. 

GRASS PLATS AND WALKS. 

Rake and sweep off from these all litter and worm 
cast earth, and give an occasional rolling to settle the 
ground, and render the surface smooth, where the 
scythe is to be used. The grass will likewise grow 
better by rolling it where the frost has partially 
thrown it out, and add greatly to the beauty of the 
whole. Cut the edgings with an edging iron or spade, 
so that the whole will have a finished appearance. If 
any new turf is required to be laid down, this is a very 
good time to do it, before vegetation is strong ; as the 
turf that is now laid will have taken root before the 
dry season commences. Where a great extent is to 
be done, sowing might be adopted; but it will not have 
the effect of turf under three years, and during that 
time must be carefully cut, after the firt season, every 



March.] FLOWER GARDEN— GRASS PLATS, &c. Jg] 

three weeks, while growing, nor must it be walked 
upon. White clover and true perennial rye-grass are 
the seeds most proper for sowing. The ground must 
in the first place be all equally made up, and levelled 
with the spade and rake ; not " cart loads of soil laid 
down and leveled," which v\'Ould finally become very 
uneven, and would need to be lifted and relaid next 
year. The best turf is that of a close growing pasture 
or common, free from all kinds of weeds or strong roots, 
and the grass short. To cut it expeditiously, be pro- 
vided with a turfing-iron; but if that cannot be conve- 
niently had, a spade may do very well. Strain a line 
tight, cutting the turf lengthways, at equal distances, from 
twelve to eighteen inches. Next draw the line across, 
cutting from one and a half to two feet; then cut them 
up with the spade, about one and a half inch thick. In 
laying, join them close and alternately; when done, beat 
them firm with a level wooden beater, and roll with a 
heavy roller. 

Grass walks, in the last century, were very popular ; 
but time having put them to the test, they are found 
unfit for walking upon or using in any manner, 
almost for one half of the year; therefore not answering 
the purposes intended. They require great attention 
to keep them in order ; and if not always neat and 
clean, they are a disagreeable object in a garden ; but 
when they are well dressed, their effect is very enliven- 
ing. Where they are desired, prepare the ground as 
above directed ; making the walk a little higher than 
the adjoining borders, to prevent the earth from being 
washed on it by the rain. Allowing the walks to be 

21 



] 62 FLOWER GARDEN— GRAVEL WALKS. [March. 

six feet wide, make the centre five inches higher than the 
sides, or about seven-eighths of an inch to the foot what- 
ever the breadth may be, which will form a gentle decli- 
vity to throw off the rain. When laid, beat and roll it 
well; cutting the edge neat and even. Water frequently 
if the weather sets in dry. To keep grass walks or 
plats in order, they should be mown once every three 
or four weeks from May to September, and the grass 
each time swept clean off. When the grass is allowed 
to get long before being cut, the roots become tender ; 
and die when exposed to the sun ; at last the grass is 
all in spots, and in another year requires to be relaid. 

GRAVEL WALKS. 

A practice once existed of turning these into heaps 
or ridges during winter to destroy weeds, &c. But this 
has almost been given up as unnecessary, unsightly, 
inconvenient, and not doing any material service. 

Where the surface of these has become foul, irregu- 
lar, or mossy, they had better be turned over four or 
five inches deep where the gravel will admit of it ; but 
if not, hoe and rake them perfectly clean, give a new 
coat of gravel, and pick up any stones that you think 
too large ; then give them a good rolling, applying it 
frequently after showers of rain. When they are well 
attended to just now, they will look well all the season; 
but if neglected, they take more labour, and are never 
in such good condition. 

Fancy edgings of Thyme, Thrift, Gentiana, Lavender, 
and Violets — {Daisies may be used if the situation is 



March.] FLOWER-GARDEN— OF GRAFTING. ]Q3 

shaded.) The whole of these may be planted by the 
hne with the dibber except Thyme, which lay as direct- 
ed for Box. See this month, under that head. Any 
time in this or beginning of next month will answer to 
make edgings of these ; and if dry weather occurs be- 
fore they begin to grow after planting, they must have 
frequent waterings until they have taken fresh root. 
Thyme requires to be dressed twice during the season 
to keep it in order. 

OF GRAFTING. 

There are four methods of grafting. The one we 
will describe is whip or tongue grafting, which is the 
preferable and most expeditious plan with all deciduous 
shrubs or trees. The stock upon which it it performed 
must be slender, from two-thirds of an inch to any di- 
ameter suitable to the thickness of the graft. Having 
headed the stock at a clear smooth part, slope it on 
one side with a sharp knife at a very acute angle, make 
a slit on the lower side of the slope about an inch down- 
wards, to receive the tongue or wedge of the graft or 
scion. Secondly, having the prepared scions cut into 
lengths of 3, 4, or 5 eyes, take one which matches the 
stock in size, and slope the bottom of it so as to fit the 
stock, that the rinds of both may correspond exactly, 
especially on one side and at bottom ; make also a slit 
upward in the graft, like that in the slope of the stock, 
so as the one may be inserted in the other as evenly 
and completely as possible. Let the graft be carefully 
held in its due position, while a bandage is applied. 



164 ROOMS. [MxRCH. 

Take strands of Russian mat, and bind them in a neat 
manner several times round the stock and graft. Lastly, 
cover the joint with well worked clay, coat from half 
an inch below the bottom of the graft to an inch above 
the top of the stock, and to the thickness of half an 
inch all round, finish it in an oblong globular form, 
taking care to work it close, that no air may penetrate. 
If the clay is covered with moss, it will partially prevent 
it from cracking. 

The grafts will have taken when they begin to grow 
freely ; then the clay may be taken off, and the bandage 
loosened, and put on again, but not so tight ; give the 
grafts a stake for support, tying them thereto to pre- 
vent accidents from the wind. Allow no shoots to 
arise from the stock. 

Any of the rare deciduous trees may, by the above 
method, be grafted on one of its own family, that is 
more common, and in that respect is the finest species 
of propagation that is resorted to. 



2^oin0. 



MARCH. 



If the plants in these situations have been properly 
attended to by admitting air at all favourable times, and 



March.] ROOMS. 1^5 

when the apartment was below 36" a little fire heat ap- 
plied to counteract the cold, keeping the heat above 
that degree ; your attention will be rewarded by the 
healthy appearance of your plants. The weather by 
this time has generally become milder, so that air may 
be more freely admitted, especially from ten to three 
o'clock. Where the leaves are grown to one side, 
turn the plant with the dark side to the light. They 
will require a more liberal supply of water, but always 
avoid keeping them wet. Pick off all decayed leaves, 
and tie up any straggling shoots ; stir up the earth on 
the top of the pots, breaking it fine where it is harden- 
ed by the frequent waterings. This will allow the fresh 
air to act upon the roots, which is one of the principal 
assistants in vegetation. For those that require shift- 
ing or repotting, see Green-house, March; the plants 
enumerated there equally apply here, if they are in the 
collection, with this difference, that well kept rooms 
are about two weeks earlier than the Green-house. 
After the end of this month, where there is a conveni- 
ence, plants will do better in windows that look to the 
east, in which the direct rays of a hot sun are prevent- 
ed from falling upon them, and the morning sun is more 
congenial for plants in this country than the afternoon 
sun. Where there is any dust on the leaves of any of 
them, take a sponge and water, and make the whole 
clean, likewise divest them of all insects. The green- 
fly is perhaps on the roses; if there are no conveniences 
for fumigating, wash them off as previously directed. 
Where there are only a few plants, these pests could 
be very easily kept off by examining the plants every 



1 66 ROOMS— FLOWERING PLANTS. [March. 

day. For the scaly insect, see January. If they have not 
been cleared off, get it done directly ; for by the heat 
of the weather they will increase tenfold. 



FLOWERING PLANTS. 

Hyacinths, Tulips, JYarcissus, Jonquils, and Crocus, 
will be generally in flower. The former requires plenty 
of water, and the saucers under the pots should be 
constantly full until they are done blooming. The 
others need only be liberally suppHed at the surface of 
the pot. Give them neat green-painted rods to sup- 
port their flower stems, and keep them all near the 
light. The spring flowering Oxalis will not open ex- 
cept it is exposed to the full rays of the sun. The La- 
chenalia is greatly improved in colour with exposure to 
the sun, though when in flower its beauties are pre- 
served by keeping it a little in the shade. 

Primulas, or Primrose, both Chinese and European, 
delight in an airy exposure ; but the sun destroys the 
beauty of their flowers by making the colours fade. 

Camellias. Many of them will be in perfection. See 
Green-house this month for a description of the finest 
varieties. Do not let the sun shine upon the blooms. 
Those that are done flowering, will, in small pots, re- 
quire to be repotted. The Cdlla or iEthopian water-lily, 
when in flower, ought to stand in saucers with water. 

The Hyacinths that are in glasses must be regularly 
supplied with water. The roots will be very much re- 
duced by this method ; therefore, when the bloom is 
over, if possible plant them in the garden, or bury them 



March.] ROOMS— FLOWERING PLANTS. jg-y 

in pots of earth, to ripen and strengthen the bulbs. 
They will take two years with good encouragement, 
before they can satisfactorily be again flowered in 
glasses, and properly they ought not be allowed to 
bloom next year. Those that are done flowering in 
pots, can be set aside, and the usual waterings gradu- 
ally withdrawn. Treat all other Dutch bulbs in a simi- 
lar manner. 



168 



il^ot^^ount. 



APRIL. 

Where the Hot-house has been properly conducted, 
the plants generally will have a vigorous and healthful 
aspect. An error frequently arises in the conducting of 
these departments, by inexperienced operators being 
ambitious of outstripping their competitors. They keep 
the house in a very high temperature, and admit little 
or no air. Where such mode has been pursued, the 
plants will have got over their first growth, and the 
foliage look yellow and decaying, thus throwing the 
plants into a state of inactivity, when nature herself 
commences her most active movements. The tempe- 
rature should not be under 60° nor much above 75°, 
without admitting a little air by the top lights. It will 
not do yet to give air by the front sashes, the wind 
being cool, and a current in the house would be hurt- 
ful. The sun is not so powerful but the heat can be 
kept down by the air given from above. In very cold 
cutting winds, though the effects of sun heat be great, 
admitting of much air may be injurious. Whatever 
error may arise, let it be on the side of caution. How- 
ever, when high winds prevail, there is little danger of 
the house becoming overheated by the effect of the 
sun. Hot-house or tropical plants will not be hurt with 
110°, if they are not touching the glass. And if the 



April,] HOT-HOUSE. j 59 

plants are near the glass generally, the glass should 
have a coat of very thin white-wash (not lime), where 
the glass is thin and light in colour; but if it is thick 
and green, there need be no white-washing. 

The plants will need a liberal supply of water every 
day. We have so constantly cautioned the operator on 
administering this element, that a repetition here is un- 
necessary. Sprinkle them well with the syringe or en- 
gine in the evenings about sundown, four or five times 
a week, and strictly observe that none of them are 
omitted; for where there are such, it is probable they 
are attacked by the red spider. If any of these are 
detected, syringe them powerfully morning and evening. 
Water is most effectual in their destruction, and most 
congenial to the plants. Give regular fumigations to 
destroy the green-fly. Wherever there is dust or foul- 
ness contracted on the foliage, wash all clean with 
sponge and water ; for on these insects are harboured 
in such quantities that they, in a short time, would 
overrun all the plants in the house. Keeping the house 
constantly clean, the plants clear of decayed leaves 
and every thing of a corroding nature, and duly syring- 
ing them, is the surest method of not being much 
troubled with insects. 

For repotting plants, see next month ; except those 
that you are fostering to a great extent, such as 
jilstrcemerias, Calceolarias, or any herbaceous plants 
that require great encouragement to make them flower 
well. These should always be repotted, as soon as the 
roots come to be round the outside of the ball. 

22 



no 



(!5ittm:::fl^0mt. 



APRIL. 

Regarding the shifting or repotting of plants, the di- 
rections given last month may be followed. If the 
plants are not shifted that require it, get them done as 
soon as possible, for they will soon get into a luxuriant 
state of growth, and then it would not be advisable to 
shift them. Those that were repotted last month will 
have taken fresh root in the new soil, and the advan- 
tage will soon be perceptible. In order to strengthen 
the plants, and keep them from becoming drawn and 
spindly, admit large portions of air every mild day. In- 
deed there will be very few days in this month, that a 
little air may not be given, always observing to divide 
the quantity regularly over the house, in cool nights 
closing in time. About the end of the month an abun- 
dance of air is indispensable, leaving the sashes and 
doors open every mild night, that the plants may be 
inured to the open exposure they will have in a few 
weeks. 

WATERING. 

As the season advances and vegetation increases, 
the waterings will require to be more copious and more 
frequent. Look over all plants minutely every day, 
and with judicious care supply their wants. Those 
that are of a soft shrubby nature, and in a free-growing 



Apeil.] green-house— oranges, lemons, &c. 172 

state, will require a larger portion at one time than 
those of a hard texture, which may only want it every 
two or three days. The weather and situation 
in some instances may require a modification of 
these directions. Plants in general will not suffer 
so soon from being a little dry as from being over- 
watered. The health and beauty of the foliage of the 
plants may be much improved by syringing them freely 
three evenings in the week, except in moist weather, 
when it ought not to be done. The ravages of many 
insects also will be retarded, especially mildew and 
red spider, which will be entirely destroyed. If the 
red spider is on any of the plants, particularly take 
them aside evening and morning, and give them a good 
dashing with water through the syringe. Where there 
is mildew, after syringing the plant, dust it on the af- 
fected parts with flowers of sulphur, and set them for a 
few days where they will be sheltered from the wind, 
after which wash off the sulphur. If the cure is not 
complete, renew the dose. Always sweep out and dry 
up the water in the house when any is spilt. The suc- 
culent plants will be in want of a little water about 
once a week, but do not overwater them, as there is 
not heat enough to absorb much moisture. If the soil is 
damp, it is quite sufficient. 

ORANGES, LEMONS, &c. 

Will in many instances about the end of this month 
be showing flowers or flower buds. They must under 
these circumstances have plenty of air to prevent them 



172 GREEN-HOUSE— ORANGES, LEMONS, &c. [April. 

from falling off when entirely exposed. The reason 
that we see so much fine blossom falling to the ground 
where the trees are brought out of the house in May, 
is from the confinement they have had. Where there 
is a convenience of giving air from the back of the 
Green-house, it should always be given in mild days, 
especially in those houses that have a recess back from 
the top of the sashes, for even if the sashes are let down 
every day, still the house will not be properly ventilated. 
Any plants that are sickly and intended to be planted 
in the garden next month to renovate their growth, 
may be cut back, (if not already done,) as far as is re- 
quired to give the tree a handsome form, taking care 
not to cut below the graft or inoculation. Let the 
operation be done with a fine saw and sharp knife, 
smoothing the amputations that are made by the saw ; 
and if they are large, put a little well made clay over 
the wound, to prevent the air from mortifying the shoot. 
Turpentine is preferable to clay, not being subject to 
crack or fall off by the weather. 

If there are any Lager strcemias^ Pomegranate^ or Hy- 
drangeas in the cellar, they should be brought out about 
the first of the month, and planted in their respective 
situations. Give the Hydrangea a very shady spot. It 
does not require one ray of the sun, providing it has 
plenty of air, and do not plant it into soil that has been 
lately manured .A large plant must have great supplies 
of water in dry weather. If the plant is very thick, the 
oldest branches may be thinned out, but do not cut out 
any of the young shoots, as they contain the embryo of 
the flower. LagerstrcBmias will flower abundantly with- 



April.] GREEN-HOUSE— MYRTLES, &c. J73 

out pruning, but to have fine large spikes of flowers, 
cut in the wood of last year to about three eyes from 
the wood of the preceding year ; by this they will be 
much finer. Pomegranates will only require a little of 
the superfluous wood cut out. Perhaps some of them 
may be desired to flower in pots or tubs during sum- 
mer : the balls will admit of being much reduced, and 
by this a pot or tub very little larger will do for them. 
Do not give much water until they begin to grow. 

MYRTLES AND OLEANDERS. 

If any of these have grown irregularly, and are not 
headed down or otherwise pruned, as directed last 
month, they should now be done. Oleanders are very 
subject to the white scaly insect, and before the heat 
of summer begins, they should be completely cleansed. 
This insect is likewise found on Myrtles^ which are worse 
to clean, and ought to be minutely examined twice 
every year. We have observed mildew on these shrubs, 
which makes the foliage brown and unsightly. If it is 
detected in time, syringing is an effectual remedy. 

GERANIUMS. 

Some of the earHest blooming kinds of these will now 
begin to flower, and the sun will greatly deteriorate 
their rich colours where they are near the glass with a 
south aspect. The glass should be white-washed, 
which will cast a thin shade over them, and prolong the 
duration of the bloom, but if they are above five feet 



J 74 GREEN-HOUSE— HERBACEOUS PLANTS, &c. [Apbil. 

from the glass, white-washing is not requisite. The 
strong kinds will be growing very luxuriantly, and re- 
quire liberal supplies of water. When syringing, do 
not sprinkle the flowers, as it would make the colours 
intermingle with each other, and cause them to decay 
prematurely. If they have been properly attended to 
in that respect, it may be dispensed with after they 
have generally come in flower, which will not be until 
about the first of May. 

HERBACEOUS PLANTS AND BULBOUS ROOTS. 

If any of the herbaceous plants were neglected to be 
divided last month, do not omit it now. They will not 
flower so well if potted entire, and their growth by this 
time will be much hurt, if not carefully shaded from the 
sun. After dividing, sprinkle gently with water three 
times a day, until they have taken fresh root, when 
they can be put amongst the other plants. 

Cape Bulbs. Those that flowered late in autumn, as 
soon as the foliage begins to decay, may be set aside, 
and the water withheld by degrees. When the foli- 
age is entirely gone, and the roots dry, clear them from 
the earth, and after laying exposed in the shade for a 
few days to dry, pack them up in dry moss, with their 
respective names attached, until August, when they 
may be again potted. Treat those that are in flower 
the same as directed in last month. 

Dutch Roots. All the species and varieties of these 
that have been kept in the Green-house during winter, 
will now be done flowering ; the water should be with- 



apml.] green-house— flowering plants, &c. 175 

drawn gradually from them ,• and then the pots turned 
on their sides to ripen the bulbs. Or, a superior me- 
thod is, where there is the convenience of a garden, to 
select a bed not much exposed. Turn the balls out of 
the pots and plant them ; the roots will ripen better this 
way than any other. Have them correctly marked, 
that no error may take place. They can be Hfted with 
the other garden bulbs. 

FLOWERING PLANTS. 

The best situation for most plants while in flower, is 
where they are shaded from the sun, and fully exposed 
to the air. Primroses^ both European and Chinese, 
flower best, and the colours are finest when the plants 
are in the front of the house, and entirely shaded from 
the sun. The Chinese Azaleas and Rhododendrons re- 
quire, while in flower, a similar situation. Have all 
the shoots tied naturally to neat rods, and keep them 
clear from others by elevating them on empty pots, or 
any other substitute. See that there are no insect 
upon them ; for they make a miserable contrast with 
flowers. The Cdlla cethiopica should stand in water 
when in flower, and even before flowering they will be 
much strengthened by it. 

INSECTS. 

Insects will on some plants be very perplexing. The 
weather may admit of those that are infected to be 
taken out of doors, and put into a frame in any way 



176 GREEN-HOUSE— FLOWERING STOCKS. [April. 

that is most convenient. Fumigating them about half 
an hour, if the day is calm, will be sufficient; but 
if windy, they will take an hour. When done, syringe 
them well, and put them in their respective situations. 
By the above method, the house will not be made disa- 
greeable with the fumes of tobacco. 

Tie up neatly all the climbing plants. Keep those 
that are running up the rafters of the house close to the 
longitudinal wires. As previously observed, running 
plants should not be taken across the house, except in 
some instances where it can be done over the path- 
way, otherwise it shades the house too much. Clear 
off all decayed leaves, and all contracted foulness, that 
the house and plants may in this month have an enliven- 
ing aspect, as it is undoubtedly one of the most inter- 
esting seasons of the year in the Green-house. 

FLOWERING STOCKS. 

Those that have been kept in the Green-house, or in 
frames, should be planted into beds or the borders, 
where they will seed better than if kept in the pots. 
The method generally adopted is to select the plants 
that are intended for seed ; plant the different kinds 
distinctly and separately; then take a few double 
flowering plants of each kind, which plant round their re- 
spective single varieties that are to be kept for seed. 
Whenever any of the colours sport, that is, become 
spotted or striped with other colours, pull these up, and 
destroy them, for they will soon degenerate the whole, 
and ought never to be seen in collections that have any 



April.] FLOWER-GARDEN. I77 

pretensions to purity. Many have been the plans re- 
commended as the best for saving, and growing from 
seed the double varieties of German stock. In every 
method we have tried we have been successful and un- 
successful ; although we generally practise planting the 
double kinds beside the single, where they are intended 
for seed. We have no scientific reason for it; not see- 
ing what influence these monsters of flowers can have 
over a flower where the male and female organs are 
perfect; which in these are wanting. Some say that 
the semi-double sorts are best : we have likewise found 
them both abortive and fruitful in the desired results. 



jfUHitt QSiuttitn. 



APRIL. 

The ambition of every attentive gardener, during 
this month, is to be at the head of every department, 
and over every spot. The operator's activity in this 
month regulates the whole season. Every weed ought 
to be cut down as soon as it appears, and the prover- 
bial saying will be realized, " a garden that is well 
kept is easily kept." A wet day need cause no loss of 
time. Prepare rods, bands, and tallies, to be in readi- 
ness when required. Damp weather should always be 
23 



]78 FLOWER GARDEN— ANNUALS. [April, 

taken to prick out or transplant annuals, or stocks, but 
by no means go on the borders while they are wet. If 
it cannot be done by keeping on the walks, defer it un- 
til they are in a proper state. One day of laborious 
attention just now will save two in the heat of summer. 
Many in the height of bustle never finish properly as 
they proceed, which is the worst of practices. Every 
operation ought to be completely and properly finished 
before another is taken in hand, which will ultimately 
prove the quickest and best method to work upon. 

Let digging, pruning, hoeing, raking, &c. be done as 
expeditiously as strength will allow; that the time may 
be devoted for a few weeks to the beautifying of the 
garden by sowing and planting. 

ANNUALS. 

Those that are tender and were sown last month, 
according to directions, will be ready to prick out into 
another hght hot-bed, about two feet high, prepared as 
directed in February. Keep them a few inches apart 
to let the air circulate. Give them frequent sprinklings 
with water, and shade them with a mat for a few days 
until they have taken fresh root ; then give them plenty 
of air, and by the first of next month expose them night 
and day to harden the plants for the open ground. A 
few of the annual seeds of every description, and of 
every country and climate, may be sown any time after 
the middle of the month. If the season prove favoura- 
ble they will do well ; but reserving a part to sow about 
the 15th of May, will guard against every extreme. 



ApRiL-l FLOWER-GARDEN—BIENNIALS, &c. 179 

Those that have come above ground should be 
thinned out, the dwarf-growing kinds to two or three 
inches, and the large sorts to four or five inches apart; 
or they may be only separated about an inch, going 
over them again in a few weeks ; when a few might be 
taken of those that will bear removing, and plant them 
in vacant spaces that require filling up. All the varie- 
ties of French and African Marygold answer best when 
transplanted, likewise the species of Coreopsis that 
were sown in autumn. The varieties of Ten-week 
Stock, Balsams, Coxcombs, and other strong growing 
sorts, generally flower stronger when replanted. 

BIENNIALS AND PERENNIALS. 

Any biennials that are intended to be removed, and 
not done last month, must not be delayed longer. The 
roots of many of them will be very strong, and if possi- 
ble a cloudy day should be chosen for the operation. 
Give copious waterings in the evenings until they begin 
to grow. When the sun is strong, they must be shaded 
by a piece of board, shingle, or any similar substitute, 
for some days. When the seeds of these are sown, they 
should be distinctly marked. The initial B. is the most 
appropriate. 

Perennials. For a limited description of several 
genera and species, see last month. Those that have 
not been divided and replanted, where large, they should 
be done directly, if the weather is dry. They must be 
carefully watered, and shaded as above directed for 
Biennials. 



1 80 FLOWER-GARDEN— DAHLIAS. [Aprii-. 



DAHLIAS. 

Dahlia superflua^ or what is now called Georglana va- 
riabilis, is one of the most fashionable and popular 
hardy herbaceous plants of the present day. The va- 
rieties of the present species are almost endless. The 
double kinds only are cultivated, the single varieties 
having been thrown aside. Several collections in Eu- 
rope contain upwards of three hundred double varieties, 
of every colour and taste, occupying more than two acres 
of ground. It will be difficult to specify the finest ; but 
in this country the dwarf-growing sorts are preferred. 
To make them flower freely, they should be planted in 
poor heavy soil. From the end of this month to the 
middle of May, take the roots from their winter quar- 
ters to the garden, and with a spade make a hole suffi- 
ciently wide and deep to receive the crowns of the 
roots one inch deeper than the surface of the ground, 
cutting ofi" with a sharp knife the old stumps close to 
the eyes. They have the finest effect in rows ; plant 
them four feet apart in the row, and the rows six feet 
asunder. Individual plants of a dwarf nature look ex- 
tremely well. The best one for this is the Dwarf Globe 
Crimson, and is perhaps the finest that is known, being 
prolific, compact, beautiful, and very dwarf, never ex- 
ceeding three feet: if properly grown, Pulla electa, Fa- 
mma, and Zend, are also fine dwarf sorts; as tall 
growing kinds Etna ; Imperiosa ; Cicero ; Cocdde ; Cam- 
bridge Surprise ; Dutchess of Wellington ; Countess of Li- 
verpool; Barrefs William Fourth; True Mountain of Snow; 



April.] FLOWER-GARDEN— DAHLIAS. jgl 

Diana; Crimson Bonnet; and Eximia^ are all superb, 
and at present the highest in estimation. For the 
names of more of the finest varieties, with their colour, 
see Catalogue at the end of the work. 

When the roots become very large, they ought to be 
divided, and in dry seasons they require to be liberally 
supplied with water to keep them growing. If their growth 
is obstructed, the flowering will be imperfect. Where 
they are grown to any extent, it would be advisable to 
put up a large hot-bed about the end of March, and 
plant them close together therein, about the beginning 
of April, which would immediately cause them to grow. 
Give plenty of air, and about the middle of May plant 
them in the borders, beds, or rows, which will in cool 
seasons cause them to flower earlier. 

The flowers are from three to eight inches in diame- 
ter. ■ There ought to be a few of the most distinct and 
superb varieties, in every garden. Some individuals 
consider the Anemone-flowered varieties the finest ; but 
those who never saw a Dahlia flower of any charac- 
ter, would, in our opinion, chose the large petaled 
flowers. The Anemone-flowered sorts . likewise are not 
so large in flower as the other varieties. 

The foliage has no particular attraction about it; 
the stems look strong, but are soft in substance. If seeds 
are sown on a hot-bed in March, most of them will 
flov/er the same year, by transplanting in the garden 
about the end of May; but the fine double kinds seldom 
produce seeds. 



182 FLOWER-GARDEN— CHINA ROSES. [April. 



CHINA ROSES. 

From the first to the middle of this month is the best 
time to plant the varieties of Chinese roses. If they 
are to be removed out of the ground, the earlier in the 
month the better; but where they are in pots, the pre- 
cise time is not so material. There are about seventy 
varieties, including the species of these in cultivation ; 
all of them do extremely well in this country, growing 
freely, and flowering abundantly in the open air. A 
few of them require protection during winter. The 
List at the end of the work will contain all the finest 
varieties ; but as they are not generally known, and the 
greater part of them highly deserving a situation in 
every garden, a few limited specific observations is ob- 
viously desirable to those who are not acquainted with 
their beauty and fragrance. 

No. 1. Rosa indica, common China or daily. From 
the last name an error has taken place, that it blooms 
every day. In one sense of the word it does. Plants 
that are young, and in good ground, will grow and 
flower constantly from the end of April until the buds 
are killed with frost ; but they will never flower when 
not growing; the bloom being produced on the young 
wood. The flower is about three inches in diameter, 
of a dark blush or rose colour, petals large, and loose, 
between a semi-double and double, and perfectly 
hardy. 

No. 2. *Rose Animated^ daily, is a very fine rose, and its 

* Those marked thus * we have grown from seed. 



Apkil.] flower-garden— china ROSES. 1 33 

merits are appreciated by those who have it in their 
collections. It is more double, and better formed than 
No. 1, and partakes of the fragrance of No. 8, is per- 
fectly hardy, colour a fine blush, grows freely, and 
flowers abundantly ; and is coming into great repute. 

No. 3. Rosa Indica minor, is the smallest of the China 
roses that we are familiar with; about the end of April or 
beginning of May it is completely covered with pretty 
little flowers, and much admired for its diminutiveness: 
colour same as No. 1. 

No. 4. Rosa Bengal elongdta, named from the foliage 
being more elongate than the other common roses. It 
grows and flowers freely, petals large, colour light red, 
very distinguishable from any of the other sorts. 

No. 5. Rosa belle Chinese, is a beautiful French rose, 
and blooms in great abundance; flowers large and dou- 
ble, colour when first expanded pink, and changes to 
crimson, making a striking appearance, and greatly 
admired. 

No. 6. Rosa laienderejaponica^mi erect growing rose, 
of a handsome purple colour, with large petals ; much 
like the garden velvet rose. 

No. 7. Rosa belle vibert, does not produce so large 
flowers as the three last mentioned ; but they are very 
double, blooming abundantly in the latter part of sum- 
mer ; colour very dark, and by some called the Black 
China Rose. 

No. 8. Rosa odordta, or Tea-rose, celebrated in this 
country for itsTragrance being similar to fine Hyson tea. 
It justly deserves the preference of all the China roses, 
for the delicacy of its flavour. The flowers are a 



184 FLOWER-GARDEN— CHINA ROSES. [April. 

cream coloured blush, the petals round and full, form- 
ing a very large rose j when full blown, it is pendulous. 
It will withstand the winter of the middle states with a 
little protection, such as straw, box, or barrel ; requires 
very rich light soil. 

No. 9. Rosa Florence^ or Scarlet-tea. This rose par- 
takes of the fragrance of No. 8, is perfectly hardy, grows 
freely, and flowers profusely. The flower is well form- 
ed, very double, and a distinct variety from any that 
we know. The flower is lightest when first expanded. 

No. 10. Rose, Purple-tea. We have not found how this 
name has originated : but when the plant known in our 
collections under that name is compared, there is no 
difference between it and No. 9. 

No. 11. Rosa odorata alba, or White-tea, is not so odo- 
rous as No. 8, but blooms more profusely, and grows 
more freely. The beautiful and neat appearance of the 
buds, when half expanded, is not surpassed; and when full 
blown, they are a fine dehcate white. The bush in 
that state is showy, much admired, and scarce; we are 
not positive of its being hardy. 

No. 12. Rosa Bengal, or Yellow-tea, is a very free 
flowerer, the shape of the flower is more like No. 8. 
than any of the others ; the petals are large and grace- 
fully set, having a peculiar scent or flavour, and is of a 
sulphur colour. We cannot say as to its being hardy, 
but suppose it as much so as No. 8. 

No. 1 3. Rosa Venella, or Venella Scented-tea, is un- 
doubtedly a handsome rose, and has many admirers ; 
colour a bloody velvet ; flowers large and very double, 
rising in the centre more than any of the others; bloom- 



April.] FLOWER GARDEN— CHINA ROSES. 135 

ing freely, and of pleasant flavour ; rendering it alto- 
gether a desirable rose. 

No. 14. Rosa belle de monza. The flower of this 
rose is flatter than any of the other sorts; the petals are 
regularly laid over each other, making it very compact; 
it is about four inches in diameter when well grown ; 
the plant is of quick growth, free in flowering, darker 
in colour than No. 1, equally as hardy, and ought to 
have a situation in every garden where roses are 
grown.. 

No. 1 5. Rosa amardnihe, is a showy brilliant scarlet 
rose, flower compact, and of a moderate size. 

No. 1 6. *Rosa Clintonia, is a good rose, and in a favour- 
able situation will produce abundantly large, round, and 
compact flowers, differing in shape from any of the 
others ; colour similar to the provins rose. 

No. 17. Rosa semperjldrens pleno, or sanguinea, is a cele- 
brated rose, the foliage small, and of a reddish appear- 
ance. The flower is well shaped, and of a blood co- 
lour; wood of a slender growth, requires some protec- 
tion in winter, or it will die to the surface of the ground; 
delights in sandy soil. This rose is frequently called 
anemone-flowered, though in no respects similar to the 
character of an anemone-flower. The Otaheite rose is 
of the same colour, but very inferior. 

No. 18. * Rosa purple sanguinea, is of a purple colour, 
same in shape as No. 17, but in size larger ; is a good 
flowerer, making a fine variety. We do not know any 
similar to it. 

No. 19. Rosa grandvdl, is a magnificent rose; flower full 
and large, petals closely set, colour dark crimson. The 

24 



186 FLOWER GARDEN— CHINA ROSES. [April. 

wood and leaves are like the Hamilton rose, but it grows 
and flowers more freely. It is scarce. 

No. 20. Rosa Indica alba pleno, or white China, is a rose 
of free growth, abundant in flower, and pure white, 
which renders it very desirable; is larger than No. 1, 
is greatly admired, and rare ; requires rich light soil. 

No. 21. Rosa Magnifier, magnijicent, or magnljica. It is 
known under all these names. The general appearance 
of the plant resembles No. 19, but the flowers in shape 
and colour are similar to the garden Provins rose, and 
nearly as large. 

No. 22. *Rosa florahunda multiplex. This rose is very 
correctly named, although the plant is of a moderate 
stature. The whole is covered with immense clusters 
of various coloured flowers, changing from pink to dark 
crimson ; the flowers very double, and greatly admired. 

No. 23. * Rosa Jlamaza, has a very striking appearance, 
is of a flame colour, and distinct from any other of the 
China roses; blooms freely, and is a little fragrant, 
which makes it desirable. 

No. 24. *Rosa Hibbertia, is a superb rose of a light red 
colour; flower of a common size, double and compact, 
very fragrant, and abundant in bloom. The buds are 
of a particular shape, being flat at the extremity where 
others are pointed. It is highly deserving of a situa- 
tion, and universally admired. 

No. 25. *Rosa Jacksonia, is deep red, large, and very 
double, of luxuriant growth; is more spiny and elastic 
than any of the China roses that have come under our 
observation. The plant altogether is unique in its 
character, and flowers profusely. 



Apiiii,.] FLOWER GARDEN— CHINA ROSES. j87 

No. 26. R. .y^t/amsd/i/a, is dwarf growing; has flowers 
of a beautiful purple velvet colour, inclining to black ; 
and is much admired. When well grown, it will bloom 
freely. 

No. 27. *Rosa Webesteria.'f None of the China roses ap- 
proaches this, except Hortensia, and it is much inferior. 
The rose is very double, and particularly well formed ; 
colour similar to No. 8, with a beautiful rich blush in 
the centre, flowing to the extremity of the petals. It 
blooms profusely, and grows freely in light rich soil. 

No. 28. Rosa gigdntea. Without exception, this is the 
handsomest shaped China rose that has come under 
our observation, the colour dark crimson, with a few 
shades through it. The centre is full set ; petals regu- 
lar and large, the flower very double, plant strong, 
growing and free blooming — it is scarce. 

No. 27. Rosa Washington^X is a very good and dis- 
tinct variety ; the foHage is pale green with red nerves; 
flower full and compact, the extremity of the petals dark 
red, the bottom white; showing, when the flower is full 
expanded, a white centre, and is frequently a little 
striped; grows well, and blooms freely, in light sandy 
soil. 

No. 30. *Rosa cdyxifblia. The calyx of this rose has 
large leaflets attached to it. It blooms very early, and 
is of a deep crimson colour, with recurved petals, which 
give it a singular and beautiful appearance. The young 

t Named in honour of D. Webster, Esq. whose productions deserve a place in 
every library ; and this plant a spot in every garden. 

X Originated on the substantial establishment of D. & C. Landreth, and called 
by them " Scarlet and White." 



1 88 FLOWER-GARDEN— CHINA ROSES. [April. 

shoots and leaves are of a purple hue. It grows and 
flowers freely, and is quite characteristic, and surpasses 
any we know for flowering early in the Green-house or 
Rooms. 

No. 31. Rosa Montezuma (Mexican-rose.) This is 
an esteemed variety, with large double flowers of a red 
colour, and when the flowers begin to fade they become 
darker; it is of a strong growing and hardy nature, 
much admired, and scarce. 

No. 32. Rosa hortensia. The buds of this rose are 
very beautiful before expansion, and when fully ex- 
panded, are of a fine colour, assimilated to No. 8; 
flowers large in proportion to the growth of the plant. 

These roses are all of a shrubby nature, and the 
finest flowering varieties that have come under our ob- 
servation and culture. The China roses generally are 
not completely double, though going under the name 
of double flowers, and having the appearance of such. 
Those that are mentioned above as double and very dou- 
ble are those that are more double than No. 1, which 
is a rose that is generally known. The whole of them 
are much admired, and being now of great variety in 
colour, shade and aspect, constitute a valuable addition 
to the Flower-garden. A bed of varieties planted 
therein in good light rich soil, and well dressed by hoe- 
ing deep, raking, &c. during the early stage of their 
growth every season, will form an ornament varied in 
colour, unrivalled, and as yet not found in our Flower- 
gardens. Their nature agrees so well with our summer 
seasons, that it will not surprise us to see, in a few 



April.] FLOWER-GARDEN— CLIMBING ROSES. ] §9 

years, selections of them planted in rows or hedges, 
dividing the compartments in our gardens. 

They are all hardy, but of those that are not perfect- 
ly so, we have mentioned the required protection. Any 
of them that have not been proved hardy in your 
collections, it would be extremely injudicious to leave 
them exposed the first winter after planting out. Cau- 
tion is necessary on every unknown point ; therefore, 
we would recommend to give them shght protection, by 
a covering of straw, mats, boxes, &c. and if they ap- 
pear to withstand the winter in perfect safety, they will 
not need again to be covered. 

The best season of the year for pruning them is 
about the first of this month. In doing so it is not ad- 
visable to shorten any of the young shoots, except in 
cutting off" the injured parts, that being the wood most 
productive of bloom; but where there is old stinted wood, 
it should be cut out as close to the surface of the 
ground as the other parts of the bush will permit, with 
any other of the oldest wood that is too crowded. If 
the plants have been long established, dig in amongst 
their roots a little well decomposed manure, and stir 
and hoe them frequently during the summer. 

CLIMBING ROSES. 

No. 1. Rosa Champneydna. This celebrated rose has 
a situation in almost every garden in our city, and forms 
a great ornament, flowering very profusely in immense 
clusters from May to November. Many of these hav- 



190 FLOWER GARDEN— CLIMBING ROSES. [April. 

ing more than thirty buds upon them of a light pink 
colour, it is sometimes called " Pink Cluster." It is of 
rapid growth, and does well for covering arbours, 
fences, or any unsightly object. The foliage is of a 
lucid green, and the wood very strong in growth. This 
rose is at present one of the most abundant in flower, 
the easiest of cultivation, (growing in any exposure,) 
and in every respect is highly deserving of attention. 

No. 2. Rosa blush JVoisettid is very similar to No. 1. 
in habit ; the flowers are lighter in colour, and a little 
larger; but the plant does not flower so profusely dur- 
ing the heat of the season. There is a variety of JYoi- 
settia in our gardens, known from this by the bud being 
more rounded, and another under the name of Char- 
les lOth, which has fine large flowers of a dark blush 
colour. 

No. 3. Rosa red JVoisettid, or what we consider more 
properly Scarlet cluster. It is very distinct from any other 
of the Noisettias in habit. It is an excellent variety, 
and blooms abundantly ; of a scarlet colour; forming a 
fine contrast with the two last, which are light in co- 
lour, and though not generally known is very desirable. 

No. 4. Rosa mo5c/ia/a, musk-scented, or white cluster, 
is an esteemed rose both for profusion of flower and 
agreeableness in fragrance. It is not of so rapid growth 
as the three previous, and may be kept as a bush; 
though it will grow to a considerable height if protect- 
ed by a wall or close fence, being tacked thereto. 
Where kept as a bush, in very severe winters, it is the 
better of a slight covering, and is the latest flowering 



April.] FLOWER GARDEN— CLLMBING ROSES. j^j 

rose in the garden. The flowers are frequently on the 
same bush single, semi-double, and double, but mostly 
semi-double. 

No. 5. Rosa moschdla superba, or superb white cluster. 
This in habit and appearance is the same as No. 4, 
only the roses are double, and never vary ; which makes 
it a very superior rose. It is highly esteemed and 
scarce. 

No. 6. Rosa Aralie JYotsettid. This has been called 
by some Purple JYoisetlid, (which is a very different rose, 
and not generally known.) In growth it is similar to No. 
4, and could be kept in the same manner. The flowers 
are of a dark pink colour, very prolific, but not so large 
as No. 2. 

These are all what are termed with us ever-bloom- 
ing roses, being in flower from May until the buds are 
destroyed by frost. They should be pruned about the 
first of this month. The young wood is most produc- 
tive of bloom; where the branches are too crowded, 
cut out the oldest wood as close to the ground as is 
practicable, and any of the dead branches. The shoots 
when tied to the trellis, arbour, wall, or fence, should 
be about six inches clear. The branches when made 
fast to their support ought to be in direct lines, which 
must at all times be strictly observed. It is very un- 
sightly to see shoots trained crooked, or over each 
other, and, unsightly or unscientifical as it may be, it 
is too prevalent in every garden. 

No. 7. R. Bourbon is a double rose of brilliant red 
colour, petals large, stiff", and neatly set ; the flower 



192 FLOWER-GARDEN— CLIMBING ROSES. [April. 

about the size of a common Provins rose, and finely 
scented ; grows freely. The wood is strong, and un- 
doubtedly it is the finest climbing rose that has come 
under our observation, and is highly admired. 

No. 8. R. Boursault. This rose is much thought of 
in Europe. It is of a purple colour (and once called 
Purpurea)^ has a little fragrance, flower nearly the size 
of No. 7 ; wood more slender, and of very rapid growth, 
and capable of covering a large space. When in flower 
it is very showy. The old wood is of a purple colour. 
There is a white variety of it. 

No. 9. R. Lisle^ is of a light pink colour, about the 
shape and size of No. 8, grows freely, and flowers 
abundantly. This and No. 8. are the hardiest chmb- 
ing roses that we know. 

No. 10. R. microphylla. This rose is unique in every 
character, resembling No. 21. more than any other. 
The foliage is very small and neat, and the calyx thick 
and bristly. The flowers are produced at the extremity 
of the young shoots in twos or threes, according to the 
strength of the plant ; they are large and double ; the 
exterior petals large and full ,• those of the interior are 
very short and thick set ; the colour in the centre is 
dark, shading lighter towards the exterior ; the spines 
are in pairs on each side of the compound leaves. It 
is perfectly hardy, and greatly esteemed, and not so 
subject to be attacked by insects as other roses. 

No. 1 1. R. Franklinia, or Cluster-tea, generally flowers 
well in May and June, but during the remainder of the 
season the heat appears to be too strong for it, the 



April.] FLOWER-GARDEN— CLIMBING ROSES. 193 

buds dropping off before expansion. The flower bud 
is larger than that of the Tea-rose; the petals large but 
loose, colour light blush. 

No. 12. R. Bdnksice, or Lady Banks' rose, is a free 
growing kind, and has a lucid green foliage ; flowers 
small white clusters with pink centre, very double, and 
sweet scented ; in bloom during May. From what we 
have seen of it, the spring months appear too change- 
able for perfecting all its bloom, many falling off from 
the chilliness of the nights. The plant naturally is an 
evergreen, but in our city is deciduous ; grows best in 
sandy soil, and should be protected by mats during 
winter. 

No. 13. R. BdnksicB luteapleno. The habit and fo- 
hage of this are the same as No. 12, and whether hardy 
or not we have not proved. In Europe it is considered 
more hardy than the preceding variety. The flowers 
are larger, of a fine gold yellow, very double, and neat- 
ly set. It is considered very pretty. 

No. 14. R. mulliflora, was amongst the first chmbing 
roses that was planted in this city, and was so highly 
admired, that twenty dollars were given for one plant. 
It bears its flowers in close clusters on the wood of 
last year; the colour is a deep blush; petals thickly set, 
making it a close and compact smallrose; blooming in 
June. It is losing its celebrity, and giving place to 
Champney, JVoisettia, Grevillii, &c. 

No. 15. R. white muUiflora. In all respects same 
as No. 14, except in flower, which is much fighter, but 
not a pure white. 

25 



194 FLOWER-GARDEN— CLIMBING ROSES. [April. 

No. 16. R. scarlet multifiora^ is darker in colour than 
No. J 4, but is not properly a scarlet flower. 

No. 17. K. purple mnltifidra. We suspect that there 
is some confusion in this plant being confounded either 
with Scarlet multijlbra or with Grevillii. Plants import- 
ed as such have proved to be the latter. 

No. 18. R. Grevillii^ is a very curious rose, flowered 
the first time with us in June 1830. It is of the variety 
of No. J 4, and of China origin ; growth free and luxu- 
riant ; leaves large and deeply nerved ; flowers in large 
clusters, almost every eye of the wood of last year pro- 
ducing one cluster, having on it from eight to twenty 
roses, according to the state of the plant, each rose 
expandingdifilerently in colour or shade. Many suppose 
that they expand all of the same colour, and change 
afterwards. This is not the case. We have seen them 
white, pink, red, purple, and various other shades when 
the bloom expanded; and on two clusters we have ob- 
served twenty-two distinct shades of colour. In fact, 
it is a complete nondescript, having roses, single, semi- 
double, and double, large and small, and every colour 
between white and purple, forming, in every garden 
where it is planted, a wonder of the vegetable world. 
It is very hardy ; an eastern aspect will answer it best, 
preserving the flowers from the direct rays of the sun, 
which will keep the colours purer. We readily recom- 
mend it to every lover of Flora. 

No. 19. R. arvensis scdndens multiplex, or double Ayr- 
shire. We imported this rose last year, as being a very 
double blush, sweet-scented variety. It is highly 



April.] FLOWER-GARDEN— CLIMBING ROSES, J95 

valued, and said to be more rapid in growth than any 
other variety, and likewise a profuse flowerer. As far 
as we know it remains to be proved how it will agree 
with our climate, and have its high characters sub- 
stantiated ; although we have no reason to doubt the 
authority we received it from. 

No. 20. R. sempervirens pleno. This is a most hand- 
some double white rose. The strong shoots of last 
year will produce a large cluster of flowers from almost 
every eye, and as a profuse flowering double white 
climbing rose we have seen none to surpass it. It 
grows freely, the foliage and wood pure green, leaves 
much nerved. 

No. 21. R. bracteata pleno, double Macartney, is a 
very fine large double white variety, with strongly mark- 
ed red edged petals ; blooming from May to July. It 
is very scarce, and grows best in sandy soil. 

The best time for pruning those roses which only 
bloom once in the season, and are of a climbing habit, 
is immediately after flowering, cutting out all the old 
wood that has produced flowers, thereby invigorating 
the young wood that is to bear the flowers the ensuing 
year; and the stronger the wood of this year can be 
made to grow, the finer and more profuse will be the 
flowers. The plants of Nos. 12, 14, 18, and the inter- 
mediate varieties, have been pruned on a wrong system. 
In place of giving them a general dressing in spring, 
they ought to have it immediately after flowering ; the 
old wood cut out, leaving only the young and such as 
is of a healthy nature. Avoid crowding them together, 
and tie them all straight and regular. Never top the 



J 96 FLOWER-GARDEN— CLIMBING PLANTS. [April. 

shoots except where there is a supply of wood wanted. 
In spring the only dressing requisite is to cut off the 
injured shoots or branches, making good the tyings 
that have given way. 

Trellises for these roses are generally made too 
wide ; the shoots cannot be neatly kept to them. They 
ought never to exceed nine inches between each spar 
or rod. 

There are several species and varieties of climbing 
roses of high standing in character, but not being per- 
fectly known to us in regard to hardiness, &c. we for- 
bear making any remarks upon them, knowing that 
much exaggeration exists. 

CLIMBING PLANTS. 

As shade is much required in this country, and plants 
suitable for covering arbours, &c. eagerly sought for, 
we will make a few remarks on those which are prefer- 
red for their beauty, growth, hardiness, &c. 

Jltragene alphia, is a free growing deciduous shrub, 
with large blush-coloured flowers, which continue 
blooming from May to July ; has small pinnated foliage* 

Clematis viticella j^uichella, or double purple virgin's 
bower, is an esteemed climbing plant; of rapid growth, 
with large flowers in great profusion from June to Sep- 
tember. There are several varieties of the above, two 
of them single, and it is said that there is likewise a 
double red. 

C. fldmmula^ sweet scented virgin's bower, is of very 
rapid growth. Established plants will grow from twenty 



April.] FLOWER GARDEN— CLIMBING PLANTS. 197 

to forty feet in one season, producing at the axils of the 
young shoots large panicles of small white flowers of 
exquisite fragrance ; the leaves are compound pinnate; 
in bloom from June to November, but in June, July, 
September, and October, the flowers are in great pro- 
fusion, perfuming the whole garden. This is one of 
the best climbing hardy plants that we know, and it 
ought to have a situation in every garden. 

C. Virgidna, is of rapid growth, and weU adapted for 
arbours ; flowers small white in axillary panicles, dioe- 
cious, leaves ternate, segments cordate, acute, coarsely 
toothed and lobed, in bloom from June to August. A 
native, and a little fragrant. 

C. fldndaplend, is a fine free flowering plant, though 
generally considered a shrub, is more herbaceous than 
shrubby ; the flowers are large double white ; in growth 
will not exceed ten feet in one season. 

Glycine frutescens, a beautiful native climbing shrub, 
known in our gardens under that name, but is properly 
Wisteria frutescens. It has large pendulous branches of 
blue (leguminose) flowers, blooming from May to Au- 
gust ; pinnated leaves with nine ovate downy leaflets ; 
grows freely. 

Glycine chinensis, is given to Wisteria, and is the finest 
climbing shrub of the phaseolious tribe. The flowers 
are light blue, iii long nodding many-flowered racemose 
spikes, blooming from May to August profusely ; leaves 
pinnated, with eleven ovate lanceolate silky leaflets, 
and is of a very rapid growth. We are not certain if 
it will withstand our winters without protection. 

Bignonia crucigera, is an evergreen which is very de- 



198 FLOWER-GARDEN— CLIMBING PLANTS. [April. 

sirable in many situations, being likewise of luxuriant 
growth. It will cover in a few years an area of fifty 
feet; flowers, of an orange scarlet colour, blooming from 
May to August. 

B. grandijlora, now given to Tecoma, has large orange 
coloured flowers, blooming from June to August, and 
grows very fast. We are not positive that it will stand 
our winters without protection. 

B. rddicans, is likewise given to Tecoma, and is a na- 
tive plant. When in flower it is highly ornamental, but 
it requires great attention to keep it in regular order, 
being of a strong rough nature; in bloom from June to 
August. 

Peripldca grceca, is a climber of extraordinary growth. 
Well established plants grow thirty or forty feet in one 
season; flowers in clusters from May to July, of a brown- 
ish yellow colour, and hairy inside ; leaves smooth, 
ovate, lanceolate, wood slender, twining, and elastic. 

Hedera Helix, Irish Ivy, is a valuable evergreen for 
covering naked walls, or any other unsightly object. 
The foliage is of a lively green, leaves from three to 
five angled. There are several varieties of it^ all valua- 
ble for growing in confined shady situations where no 
other plant will thrive. 

Ampelopsis hederdcea. This plant is commonly em- 
ployed for covering walls, for which the rapidity of its 
growth, and the largeness of the leaves, render it ex- 
tremely appropriate. There are several species of the 
genus, all resembling the Vine in habit and in flower. 

It is called by some Cissus hederdcea, which is certainly 



April.] FLOWER-GARDEN— DECIDUOUS SHRUBS, &c. 199 

improper, this belonging to Tetandria, and the former to 
Pentandria. 

There are several other plants of a climbing habit, 
both curious and ornamental ; but our limits will not 
admit of a detail. 



DECIDUOUS SHRUBS. 

Finish planting all deciduous shrubs in the early part 
of the month. These plants are generally delayed too 
long, the leaves in many instances are beginning to ex- 
pand, thereby giving a check to the ascending sap, 
which we may safely assert causes the death of one 
third of the plants, when perhaps the operator or some 
individual more distantly concerned is blamed. 

These shrubs, if properly removed and planted at 
the exact starting of vegetation, pressing the earth 
close to their roots when planting, (previously taking 
care that the small fibres have not become dry by ex- 
posure,) will not, by these simple attentions, one out of 
fifty fail. Those that are late planted should have fre- 
quent waterings, and if large, firmly supported, that the 
wind may have no effect in disturbing the young and 
tender fibrous roots. 

OF PLANTING EVERGREEN SHRUBS. 

Now is the season to plant all kinds of evergreen 
trees and shrubs. In most seasons the middle of the 
month is the most proper time, the weather then being 
mild and moist ; or if a late season, defer it to the end 



200 FLOWER GARDEN— EVERGREEN SHRUBS. [April. 

of the month. When planted earher, they will remain 
dormant until this time, and their tender fibrous roots 
in that case frequently perish from their liability to 
injury from frost or frosty winds, being more susceptible 
of such injury than fibres of deciduous plants. They 
now begin to vegetate, which is the grand criterion for 
transplanting any plant. The buds begin to swell, the 
roots to push, and if they can be quickly lifted and re- 
planted, they will hardly receive a check. At all events 
care must be taken that they are not long out of the 
ground and exposed to the air, which greatly assists 
the success in planting. It may be observed that ever- 
greens in general succeed the better the smaller they 
are, although we have seen plants, trees, and evergreens, 
successfully lifted upwards of thirteen feet high and 
fifteen in diameter, and carried several miles. By the 
second year there was no appearance that such opera- 
tion had taken place. In preparing a hole for the re- 
ception of these plants, make it larger than the roots, 
breaking the bottom thereof fine, and putting in some 
fresh soil. Place the plant upright in the centre, put- 
ting in the earth and breaking it fine, and give the plant 
a few gentle shakes. When the roots are more than 
half covered, put in a pot or pail full of water, allowing it 
to subside, then cover all the roots, give a second or 
third pail full, and when subsided the earth will be close 
to all the roots. Cover with more earth, pressing all 
firm with the foot. Put more soil loosely on, which 
will give it a finished appearance, and prevent it from 
becoming dry, and not requiring mulching, which has 
an unsightly appearance. All that the wind will have 



April,] FLOWER-GARDEN— CARE OF CHOICE BULBS. 201 

any hurtful effect upon, must be firmly supported, espe- 
cially large plants. If the weather sets in dry and hot, 
they should be watered as often as necessity shall direct. 

Those that are established, it will be necessary to 
go over them (if not already done) to cut off all wood 
killed in winter, and also to thin them if too thick and 
crowded. 

When the above is done, let every part of the shrub- 
bery be dressed off as directed in March. Shrubs of 
all kinds will now begin to look gay and lively, which 
may be very much heightened or depreciated, accord- 
ing to the state in which the ground and contiguous 
walks are kept. Always keep in view that weeds are 
no objects of beauty. 

CARE OF CHOICE BULBS. 

Hyacinths of the earliest sorts will begin to expand 
and show their colours; of which we can boast of a 
few as fine sorts in the vicinity of Philadelphia, as in 
any garden of Europe ; but even these very superior 
sorts, when in bloom, are too frequently neglected, 
being allowed to stand without rods, stakes, or any 
means of support, likewise equally exposed to drench- 
ing rains and scorching suns; and the finest collections 
may be seen after heavy rains prostrate on the ground, 
whereas a few hours' trouble would give them the re- 
quisite support, thereby preserving their beauty much 
longer, and giving more gratification. As soon as the 
stems advance taany height, they should be supported by 
wires, rods, &c. and tied slightly thereto with threads 
26 



202 FLOWER-GARDEN— CARE OF CHOICE BULBS. [April. 

of matting, or any other substitute, repeat the tying as 
they advance, avoid tying amongst the florets, because 
they grow by extension, and are hable to be broken off 
by so doing. The sun deteriorates the colours very 
much, especially the red, blue, and yellow sorts; where- 
as if they were simply protected from the sun by an 
awning of thin canvass, the colours would be preserved 
and the beauty protracted. If there are stakes drove 
into the ground on each side of the beds, about three 
feet high, with others in the centre about eight feet, 
having laths or hoops from the side to the centre, 
formed similar to the roof of a house, so that people 
may walk or sit under it, the canvass or awning being 
thin to admit of the light freely, the effect in the time of 
sunshine from the brilliancy of the colours is peculiarly 
gratifying. Where an awning is thus erected, it re- 
quires to be kept on only from nine to three o'clock in 
sunshine days, and during nights or time of rain, al- 
lowing the awning on the most northern side to come 
close to the ground when necessary, to shelter them 
from cold cutting winds. 

Tulips in every respect should have the same care 
and protection, never neglecting to have the beds with 
a smooth clean surface, and the stems neatly tied up, 
although they are not in so much danger as Hyacinths. 

The properties of a good Hyacinth are, viz. — the 
stem strong and erect, the florets or bells occupying 
one half of the stem, each floret suspended by a short 
strong footstalk, longest at the bottom, the uppermost 
floret quite erect, so that the whole may form a pyra- 
mid. Each floret well filled with petals rising towards 



April.] FLOWER GARDEN— ANEMONES, &c. 203 

the centre, that it may appear to the eye a little convex. 
Regarding colour, fancy does not agree, and the most 
scrupulous cultivators differ materially. However the 
more pure and bright the finer, or a white with a pink 
centre, or the centre of the petals with a paler or deeper 
colour appearing striped, which is considered to have 
a good effect. 

Those of a good Tulip are — the stem strong, elastic, 
and erect, about two feet high, the flower large and 
composed of six petals, proceeding a httle horizontally 
at first, and then turning upwards, forming a flat-bot- 
tomed cup, rather widest at the top ; the three exterior 
petals should be larger then the three interior ones, 
and broader at their base ; the edges of the petals en- 
tire, free from notch or ruggedness ; the top of each 
well rounded ; the colour of the flower at the bottom 
of the cup ought to be pure, white, or yellow, and the 
rich coloured stripes which are the principal ornament 
should be pure, bold, regular, and distinct on the mar- 
gin, and terminate in fine points elegantly pencilled. 
The centre of each petal should have one bold stripe, 
or blotch of rich colouring. The ground colours that 
are most esteemed are white, the purer the finer ; or, 
on the other hand, the dark grounds, and of course the 
darker the better; but these vary in estimation, accord- 
ing to the prevailing taste of amateurs. 

ANEMONES AND RANUNCULUS. 

Moist weather and frequent showers are highly es- 
sential to the perfecting of these flowers, and if these 
should fail at this season of the year, artificial means 



204 FLOWER GARDEN— AURICULAS, &c. tAPRH. 

must be used to supply the deficiency. Take a water- 
ing-pot without the rose, and run the water (river or 
rain water is best) gently between the [rows, taking 
care not to make holes in the ground. When they 
have got a good watering at root, take the syringe and 
give them a gentle sprinkHng in fine evenings, observ- 
ing not to use force for fear of breaking the flower 
stems. In dry weather the result of a deficiency of 
water would be that the stems and flowers of the 
strongest roots will be weak, and make no progress, 
and many of them will not bloom; the foliage of a 
sickly, yellow appearance, from which they would 
not recover; and the roots when taken up of little 
use for farther transplanting. 

A good plan in dry seasons is to cover the ground 
between the rows with cow manure, which will prevent 
the moisture from evaporating, and the rain or water 
passing through it greatly enriches the soil, and 
strengthens the roots. 

AURICULAS. 

Having under this head last month given ample di- 
rections for the treatment of these plants previous to 
flowering, we refer to that head to avoid repetition. 

CARNATIONS, PINKS, &c. 

If any of these were omitted to be shifted last month, 
or planted out according to directions therein given, let 
it be done forthwith. Where they are still protected 



April.] FLOWER GARDEN— POLIANTHUS, &c. 205 

with frames, give them plenty of air, keeping the sashes 
entirely off during the day, keep the pots perfectly free 
from weeds, and give the foliage frequent sprinklings 
with water. 

Polyanthus and Primroses will be exhibiting their 
beautiful flowers. They require the same treatment, 
and delight in moisture and a shaded situation. Do 
not sprinkle them while in flower, and keep them clear 
of weeds or decayed leaves, never exposing them to the 
sun. They are very hardy, and where required may be 
planted in very shady situations, for they will suffer 
more from the influence of the sun's rays than from 
frost. Those plants in pots in general that have been 
protected in frames, and are destined for the borders, 
should now as soon as possible be planted in their des- 
tined situations, having nothing to fear from chilling 
winds or frosts after the middle of this month, except 
in uncommon seasons. Those that are to be kept in 
pots, if not repotted, do it immediately, and give regular 
supphes of water. 

POLIANTHUS TUBEROSA FLORE PLENO. 

This very popular bulb, generally known as l\berose, 
has been cultivated in England upwards of two centu- 
ries, whence we no doubt have received it, and now 
can return those of our production to supply their de- 
mand. The flowers are many and highly odoriferous, 
and of the purest white, and on a flower stem from three 
to five feet high. To have them in the greatest per- 
fection, they should be planted in a lively hot-bed. 



206 FLOWER GARDEN— POLIANTHUS, &c. [April. 

about the first of this month in six inch pots filled with 
light rich earth, giving very little water until they begin 
to grow, when they ought to be liberally supplied with 
plenty of air, and about the end of next month they 
may be planted in the borders, providing a spot for 
them that is or has been well worked, and enriched 
with well decomposed manure. Secure their flower 
stems to proper rods. Previous to planting the roots, 
all the off-sets should be taken off and planted sepa- 
rately ; keep the crown of the bulb level with the surface 
of the pot, and when they are replanted in the open 
ground, put them two inches deeper. 

But when the convenience of a hot-bed cannot be 
obtained, they will succeed very well if planted about 
the end of this month or first of next in the garden, in a 
bed of earth prepared for their reception. Let it be 
dug deep, and make the soil light and rich, by giving it 
a good supply of manure two years old, well broken 
and incorporated with the earth, adding a little sand 
where the soil is heavy. The black earth from the 
woods produced from decayed leaves is equally as good 
without sand. Having the ground in proper order, 
draw drills about two and a half inches deep, and eight- 
een inches apart ; plant the bulbs (after divesting them 
of their off-sets,) nine inches apart in the row, cover- 
ing the crown of the bulb about an inch and a half. 
When done, carefully rake and finish off the beds. 
When they shoot up their flower stems, give them neat 
rods for their support. Plant the off-sets in closer rows 
to produce flowering roots for next year, because they 
seldom flower the second time. 



April.] FLOWER GARDEN— JACOBEA LILY. 207 

AMARYLLIS FORMOSISSIMA, OR JACOBEA LILY. 

About the end of this or beginning of next month, is 
the most proper time for planting out these bulbs. 
This flower is of the most beautiful and rich crimson 
velvet colour. The bulb generally produces two stems, 
the one after the other, about the end of May or first 
of June. The stem is from nine inches to one foot 
high, surmounted by a single flower, composed of six 
petals, three hanging down, three erect and recurved ; 
the stamens droop on the centre of the under petals. 
The flower thus appears nodding on one side of the stem, 
and has a most graceful and charming appearance. 
If planted in a bed, prepare the ground as before direct- 
ed for Tuberoses. Keep the rows one foot asunder, and 
the bulbs six inches apart in the rows, covering them 
two inches over their crowns. This plant is now call- 
ed Spreikelia formosissima, and we think properly too, 
for its habit differs from Amaryllis. 

We have not the smallest doubt that in a few years, 
not only this superb South American bulb will adorn 
our flower gardens, but many of the rich bulbs of Brazil 
and South America generally will yearly exhibit to us 
the beauty of their colours and the beautiful construc- 
tion of their flowers and foliage, of which we are now 
generally deprived, perhaps because we have not the 
conveniency of a proper hot-house for their protection 
during winter. But it will be found, in many instances, 
that these bulbs will do perfectly well to be kept dry in 
a warm room from October to May, when the heat of 
our summer is sufficient for the perfection of their 



208 FLOWER-GARDEN— TIGER FLOWER. [April. 

flowers, and many species will ripen their seeds. The 
bulb that is known as Amaryllis Belladonna^ now called 
Belladonna purpurdscens, is hardy. 



TIGER FLOWER. 

Tigridia, a genus of Mexican bulbs belonging to 
Monadelphia Tridndria, and produce the most beautiful 
flowers of the natural order of Iridece. T. pavdnia is 
of the brightest scarlet, tinged and spotted with pure 
yellow. T. conchiijlbra^ colour rich yellow, tinged and 
spotted with bright crimson. The colours are very 
rich, and purely contrasted. The corolla is about four 
inches in diameter, composed of six petals ; the outer 
are reflexed, the flower of the largest, though splendid 
in beauty, exists only one day ; but to compensate for 
that, a plant will produce flowers for several weeks ; 
and where a bed of them can be collected, they will 
bloom in profusion from July to September. They 
like a light rich free soil. Lift the bulbs in October, 
and preserve them as directed in that month for Tu- 
beroses. Be sure that they be kept dry, and secure 
from frost. A bed of these should be in every garden. 
A writer says, " it is the most beautiful flower that is 
cultivated." Plant them about the end of this or first 
of next month ; if in beds keep them one foot apart 
each way. 



April.] FLOWER GARDEN— WALKS. 209 



WALKS. 

The walks in general should be put in the neatest 
order during this month. Little requires to be added 
to the observations of last month, but if these have not 
been executed, fail not to have it done the first opportu- 
nity, choosing dry weather for the operation oUurning the 
old or adding new gravel to them, levelling, raking, and 
rolling neatly as you proceed. Always after rain give 
the whole of the gravel walks a good rolling. This 
being frequently done during the early part of the 
season, will be a saving of much labour and time 
through the summer. The walks having a firm surface, 
the growth of weeds will be retarded, and the heavy rains 
will not be so apt to injure them. Where there are 
any pretensions to keeping these in order, they ought to 
be picked of weeds and litter once a week, and gone 
over with the roller at least once every two weeks 
during the season. 

Sweep and divest the grass walks of all worm casts, 
litter, &c. cutting the edgings neatly. Mow the grass 
every two weeks from this time to October, sweeping 
off the grass clean each time, and give frequent roll- 
ings to keep the surface smooth. If any require to be 
laid with turf, delay it no longer. For directions see 
last month. The above observations on walks in gene- 
ral, will apply through the season ; therefore we will 
not repeat this subject until October. 



27 



210 FLOWER-GARDEN— EVERGREEN HEDGES. [April. 



EVERGREEN HEDGES. 

We have previously observed, under the head Ever- 
greens, that this is the best season for their replanting. 
We cannot pass over the observations of this month, 
without having reference to evergreen hedges, so much 
neglected amongst us, and yet so important to the di- 
versity of aspect, and especially to soften a little the 
gloomy appearance of our winters. There are three 
indigenous shrubs, and at least one exotic, that are 
well adapted for the purpose, viz. Plrms canadensis, 
Hemlock-spruce ; Thuja occidentalism American arbor- 
vitse ; and Juniperis virginidna, Red-cedar. These are 
natives, and the two former are admirably adapted for 
the purpose. Where there is to be a hedge of any of 
these planted, select plants about two feet high ; lift 
them carefully, preserving the roots as much as possi- 
ble. Dig a trench from one and a half to two feet 
wide, and from one to one foot and a half deep. This 
will admit the soil about the roots to be well broken, 
which must be done in planting. Keep the plants in 
the centre of the trench, mixing the shortest and the 
tallest, that it may be of one height, putting the earth 
close about their roots as you proceed, and make it firm 
with the foot ; fill up, and water as directed for ever- 
greens in this month. If the season is very dry, give it 
frequent copious waterings. 

None of them should be topped for a few seasons, 
except such as are much above the others in height, 
keeping the sides regular and even by clipping or 



April.] FLOWER-GARDEN— BOX EDGINGS. 211 

shearing once a year, either in this month or at the 
end of August. It is better to keep the top (when they 
have got to the desired height) pointed, than broad. 
The latter method retains a heavy weight of snow, 
which frequently breaks down, or otherwise deforms, 
that which has cost much labour to put into shape. 



BOX EDGINGS. 

Where these have not been laid, this month is the 
proper time. Do not delay the planting of such any 
later. For ample directions see March under this head. 
Clipping of these should be done about the middle of 
this month. There will then be no danger of frosts to 
brown the cut leaves, and the young foliage will not be 
expanded. To keep these edgings in order, they must 
be cut once a year, and never be allowed to get above 
four inches high, and two inches wide. What we 
consider the neatest edging is three inches high, two 
inches wide at the bottom, tapering to a thin edge at 
the top. It is very unsightly to see large bushy edgings, 
especially to narrow walks. 

The use of edgings is to keep the soil from the 
gravel, and the larger they are allowed to grow the 
more ineffectual they become ; growing more open be- 
low as they advance in height. The operation may be 
done very expeditiously by clipping the tops level, going 
longitudinally along with shears for the purpose, called 
" box shears." Strain a line along the centre of the 
edgings, cutting perpendicularly from the line to the 
bottom on each side, leaving only the breadth of the 



212 FLOWER-GARDEN— GRASS PLATS, &c. [April. 

line at top. Edgings, cut in this manner, every spring 
will always look well, and the trouble, comparatively, 
is a mere trifle. 



GRASS PLATS, &c. 

If these have not been laid down where wanted, de- 
lay it no longer, for which see directions in March ; 
and where these are desired to be kept in order, they 
should be mown every two or three weeks at farthest: 
from this month to October when cut, the grass should 
be clean swept off, and the edgings, if out of order, ad- 
justed. To mention this subject again will be only a 
repetition, therefore we will let this suffice. 

GENERAL CARE OF PLANTS COMING INTO FLOWER. 

Every part of the flower ground should be put into 
neat order, giving such plants about the borders as are 
shooting up their flower stems, and are tender, and in 
danger of being hurt or broken by the wind, proper 
sticks or rods for their support. In doing this, endea- 
vour to conceal the rods, &c. as much as possible, by 
dressing the stems and leaves in a natural looking 
manner over them. Let the stakes be in proportion to 
the heighth and growth of the plants. It looks very 
unsightly to see strong stakes to short and weak grow- 
ing plants. The tyings likewise should be propor- 
tionate. 

Examine all the beds and patches of seedling flowers 
now coming up, and let them be refreshed with water 



April.] ROOMS. 213 

as it may be necessary, and pick out the weeds as they 
appear. 

We cannot leave this department at this season of 
the year, without enforcing the benefit and beauty that 
will result from keeping the weeds down during this 
and next month. Therefore strictly observe that there 
are none running to seed in any part of the garden ; in 
fact, they ought not to be allowed to rear their heads 
above one day in sight. 



3^oom0. 



APRIL. 



We remarked last month, that about this season, 
where it is convenient, an eastern window is more con- 
genial to plants than a southern. The sun becomes 
too powerful, and the morning sun is preferable to that 
of the afternoon. West is also preferable to south. 
Some keep their plants in excellent order at a north 
window. But the weather is so mild after this, that 
there is no difficulty in protecting and growing plants 
in rooms. They generally suffer most from want of air 
and water ; the window must be up a few inches, or al- 
together, according to the mildness of the day. And 
as plants are more hable to get covered with dust in 



214 ROOMS— DIRECTIONS FOR PLANTS, &c. [April. 

rooms than in any other department, and not so conve- 
nient to be syringed or otherwise cleaned, take the first 
opportunity of a mild day to carry them to a shady si- 
tuation, and syringe such as are not in flower well with 
water ; or for want of a syringe take a watering-pot 
with a rose upon it ; allowing them to stand until they 
drip, when they may be put into their respective situa- 
tions. 



DIRECTIONS FOR PLANTS BROUGHT -FROxM THE GREEN-HOUSE. 

Any plants that are brought from the Green-house 
during the spring months ought to be as little exposed 
to the direct rays of the sun as possible. Keep them 
in airy situations, with plenty of light, giving frequent 
and liberal supplies of water. Plants may be often ob- 
served through our city during this month fully exposed 
in the outside of a south window, with the blaze of a 
mid-day sun upon them, and these too just come 
from the temperate and damp atmosphere of a well 
regulated Green-house. Being thus placed in an arid 
situation, scorched between the glass and the sun 
whose heat is too powerful for them to withstand, the 
transition being so sudden, that, however great their 
beauties may have appeared, they in a few days become 
brown, the flowers tarnished or decayed, and the faflure 
generally attributed to individuals not at all concerned. 
From this and similar causes many have drawn the 
unjust conclusion, viz. that " plants from Green-houses 
are of too delicate a nature to be exposed in rooms or 
windows at this early season." But every year gives 



April.] ROOMS— FLOWERING PLANTS. £15 

more and more proof to the contrary. There are ladies 
in Philadelphia, and that not a few, whose rooms and 
windows at this period vie with the finest of our Green- 
houses, with respect to the health, beauty, and order of 
their plants, and we might almost say in variety. Some 
of them have got above eight kinds of Camellias in 
their collections, which afford a continual beauty 
through the winter, with many other desirable and 
equally valuable plants. Exposure to the sun, and 
want of water, are the general cause of failures at this 
period. We have spoken so minutely and so frequent- 
ly on these two subjects, that we think more repetition 
unnecessary. The plants generally are growing pretty 
freely by this time, and are not so liable to suffer from 
liberal supplies of water, observing never to give it un- 
til the soil in the pot is inclining to become dry, and 
administering it always in the evenings. 

FLOWERING PLANTS. 

Our directions last month under this head will equal- 
ly apply now. The China roses that are now coming 
plentifully in flower should be kept near the light, and 
in airy exposures, to brighten their colours, otherwise 
they will be very pale and sickly. Geraniums too ought 
to have the like treatment. 

BRINGING PLANTS OUT OF THE CELLAR, &c. 

All or most of the plants that have been in the cel- 
lar during winter, such as Pomegranates, Lagerstrcemias, 



216 ROOMS— PLANTS FROM THE CELLAR, &c. [April. 

Hydrangeas, Oleanders, Sweet-bay, &c. may be brought 
out to the open air any time about the middle of the 
month. If any of them stand in need of larger pots or 
tubs, have them turned out, the balls reduced, and put 
them in others a little larger; or where convenient they 
may be planted in the ground, except Oleanders, which 
do best to be a little confined. Be sure to keep the 
Hydrangeas in shady situations. It will not be advisa- 
ble to expose entirely the Orange and Lemon trees, 
until the end of this or first of next month. Where 
there are any scale or foulness of any kind collected 
on the foliage or wood, have them cleaned directly be- 
fore the heat increases the one, and to get clear of the 
disagreeable appearance of the other. 



217 



fj^oUJ^omt. 



MAY. 

Very few directions for this department remain to be 
given; except for shifting plants, and a few observa- 
tions on those that are most desirable for the Hot- 
house ; which we will do in this month, considering 
May and June the best months of the year for that 
operation. 

The days and nights will be very mild by this time, 
and the sashes in every favourable day should be open- 
ed both in front and top, so that the plants may be 
enured to the open air, which they will be exposed to 
by the end of the month. Leave in the beginning of 
the month the top sashes a little open every mild night, 
and gradually as the heat increases leave the front 
sashes and doors open. Continue to syringe them at 
least every alternate night, and if possible every night ; 
and give them all, according to their respective wants, 
liberal supphes of water every day. Absorption amongst 
Hot-house plants is as great during this month as in 
any period of the year. 

OF REPOTTING PLANTS, &c. 

It is our candid opinion that this and next month are 
the best periods for shifting or repotting all or most of 
Hot-house plants. The end of August being the time 
28 



218 HOT-HOUSE— OF REPOTTING, &c. [May. 

always adopted around Philadelphia for that operation 
(and then they are done indiscriminately,) we will as- 
sign a few reasons for our practice. 

Firsts that it is not congenial to the nature, of these 
plants to have their roots surrounded with fresh soil, 
when they are becoming inactive ; secondly^ that there 
is not a sufficiency of heat naturally to quicken them to 
an active state when they are encouraged ; and thirdly^ 
being thus in new soil while dormant, they have a yellow 
and sickly aspect until they begin to grow ; and the 
foliage thus deprived of its natural vigour will not ap- 
pear so healthful again. Whereas, it they are shifted 
or repotted in this or next month, at which season they 
are between two stages of growth, they immediately, 
on receiving fresh assistance, and by the increasing 
heat of the summer, make new growths, are perfectly 
ripened before the approach of winter, and never loose 
that verdureal appearance they have attained. These 
are our reasons, acquired froip a close practice and ob- 
servation, and are not influenced by the doings of 
others which are so much aside. No practical opera- 
tor especially, nor in fact any individual, ought to be 
governed by custom in regard to the treatment of plants, 
without having an idea as to^ why and wherefore, 
founded on the principles of nature, and governed by 
her unerring results. 

As many are desirous of having a knowledge of plants? 
before they order them, and likewise which are the 
finest flowerers and their general character, especially 
those who are at a great distance, and seldom have 
the privilege of seeing what is most desirable, our de- 



May.] HOT-HOUSE— of repotting, &c. 219 

scriptions will be limited, and simply such as are given 
for the Green-house in March. 

Acacias. Several of these are desirable in the Hot- 
house, for the grandeur of their foliage, beauty of 
flower, and a few of them as specimens of valuable 
medicinal plants. A. Houstoni, now Jlnnesleia Houston^ is 
one of the most magnificent of the Mimosa tribe, bloom- 
ing from August to November in large terminale spikes, 
of a crimson colour, stamens very long, and beautiful ; 
leaves bipinnated in pairs. Ji. grandifldra, likewise gi- 
ven to Annesleia, and similar to the former in colour; 
has very large compound bipinnate leaves, with from 
twenty to forty pairs. A. Catechu, flowers yellow, wood 
spiny, leaves bipinnated, about ten pairs. The inner 
wood of this tree is of a brown colour, from which the 
Catechu used in medicine is prepared. It is disputed 
whether A. Vera or A. Ardbica produces the gum Ara- 
bic. We are inclined to think it is the latter, which 
grows principally on the Atlas mountains. The gum 
exudes spontaneously from the bark of the tree in a 
soft half fluid state. There are many others of this 
genus belonging to the Hot-house, but being shy in 
flowering, are not generally esteemed. Most of the 
flowers have the appearance of yellow balls of down, 
and are hermaphrodite. The pots should all be well 
drained. 

Aloe. These grotesque looking succulent plants, 
are principally natives of the Cape of Good Hope, and 
consequently will do well in the warmest part of the 
Green-house, although, when convenient, they frequent- 
ly get a situation in the Hot-house. It is not requisite. 



220 HOT-HOUSE— OF REPOTTING, &c. [May. 

except for A. vulgaris known, as A. barbaclensis ; which 
has orange yellow flowers ; A. obliqua, now called Gas- 
teria obliqua ; A. dichotoma ; and A. linedla^ which is per- 
haps the finest of the genus. The leaves are beauti- 
fully striped, with red spines, flowers scarlet and green. 
These are the only ones that actually need heat during 
winter. They ought to have very little water, once a 
month is sufficient. They would grow without it, and 
several of them would also grow by being suspended 
in the House, without earth or any substitute about 
their roots, by being frequently sprinkled with water. 
Few of them are admired for the beauty of their 
flowers, but the whole are considered curious. They 
flower from May to September. 

Ardisias, about eighteen species. Plants highly es- 
teemed for the beauty of their foliage, flowers, and 
berries. The most popular in our collections is A. 
crenuldta. It has rose coloured star-like flowers, in ter- 
minale panicles, and produces beautiful small red ber- 
ries, which continue until other berries are produced 
the following year, and frequently there may be seen 
on one plant, the berries of three successive years, thus 
being a very ornamental plant and very desirable. It is 
vulgarly called the Dwarf ever-bearing cherry. It will 
keep in a good Green-house, but not grow freely. A. so- 
landcea has large oblong leaves, narrowed at each end, 
and bears purple berries; A. elegans has entire, oblong', 
shining leaves ; A. nmbelldta, once A. littordlis, is the 
finest of the genus for abundance of flower and beauty 
of foliage. The flowers are pink, in large decompound 
panicles, the leaves the largest of all the species, oblong, 



May.] HOT-HOUSE— of repotting, &c. 221 

wedge shaped, nearly sessile, entire, smooth, and re- 
flexed. They are all evergreens, and the pots should 
be well drained. They are natives of the East Indies, 
and delight in a high temperature. 

Aristolochias^ Birth-wort. There are several of these 
belonging to the Hot-house, but none of them deserv- 
ing particular observation, except A. lahidsa. The 
leaves are reniform, roundish, cordate, and amplexi- 
caule ; the flower or corolla is of a curious construc- 
tion, being incurved, and at the base swelled or saccate, 
with a large lip, and all beautifully spotted ; colour 
greenish brown. It is a climbing plant, and requires a 
strong heat. 

AstrapcPMs^ three species. A. Wallichii is a celebrated 
plant in Europe, and a few specimens of it are in this 
country. It has scarlet umbellated flowers, with an 
involucre, has twenty-five stamens united into a tube, 
bearing the corolla with five petals ; leaves roundish, 
cordate, accuminate, very large, with persistent, ovate 
wavy stipules. The plant is of easy culture, and grows 
freely, wood very strong. 

Areca, Cabbage-tree, ten species. They are a kind 
of palms, with large pinnated leaves, or properly fronds. 
In their indigenous state they are from six to forty feet 
high, but in the Hot-house they seldom exceed twenty 
feet. A. catechu is used in medicine. A. okrdcea is 
cultivated extensively in the West Indies, and the ten- 
der part of the top is eaten by the natives. A. montand 
is most frequent in collections. There is no particular 
beauty in the flowers. They are all easily grown, if 
plenty of heat be given. 



222 HOT-HOUSE— OF REPOTTING, &c. [May. 

Brunsvigias are all large bulbs from the Cape of 
Good Hope, and will keep in the Green-house during 
winter, but are better where they can obtain a situation 
in the Hot-house. It is a splendid genus, containing 
about ten species. Some of the bulbs grow to an 
enormous size, and all of them while growing require 
a liberal supply of water; but when dormant it must be 
wholly withheld, and they should have large pots to 
make them grow and flower in perfection. B. mulli- 
flora, flowers scarlet and green ; the leaves lay on the 
surface of the pot. B. laticoma, flowers pale purple. 
B. Josephince has splendid rose coloured flowers, and 
the most admired species of the genus ; the foliage 
spreading, half erect, and glacous ; flowers numerous, 
and in large umbels, on a stem two feet high, bloom- 
ing successively; there is a variety that has striped 
flowers. 

Several other species have been given to different 
genera. B. falcdia is now jSmmocharisf alcdia ; B. mar- 
ginata, now Imhofia ; and B. cillidris, is now Buphone 
cillidris. They all flower in umbels, on stems from six 
inches to two feet; flowers lily-like with six petals. 

Bambusas, Bamboo-cane, two species. Plants of 
very strong growth, and are used in the East Indies, 
where they are indigenous, for every purpose in the 
construction of huts, for furniture both domestic and 
rural, for fences, boats, boxes, paper, &:c. It is frequent- 
ly used as pipes to convey water. The species thus 
useful, is B. arundindcea, which grows to a great height. 
We do not mention it as interesting in beauty, but as a 



Mat.} HOT-HOUSE— of REPOTTING, &c. 223 

valuable plant, for the many useful purposes to which 
it is applied. It requires to be kept wet. 

Banisterias, a genus of about fourteen climbing ever- 
green plants. Three of them are esteemed, B.fulgens, 
yellow flowers in racemose spikes, leaves subovate, and 
downy beneath. B. chrisophylla has beautiful foliage, as 
if covered with a shining gold coloured dust; leaves 
large, oblong, acute, B. splendens, flowers in spikes of 
a yellow colour ; foliage large and silvery like ; the pots 
should be well drained. 

Barringtonias, two species. B. speciosa has produced 
a great excitement amongst cultivators, and is one of 
the handsomest plants produced within the tropics. 
The leaves are large, oblong, acute, shining, with 
fleshy nerves, tinged with red ; the flowers are large, 
full of stamens with four petals, opens in the evening 
and fades at sunrise ; colour purple and white ; grows 
freely in strong heat. 

Browneas, five species of splendid plants, but scarce 
in collections. B. coccinea has scarlet flowers in pen- 
dulous bunches, corolla semi-double, fohage bipinnate, 
in three pairs. B. rdsa, mountain rose of Trinidad. 
B.grandiceps is the finest of the genus, leaves bipinnat- 
ed ; leaflets cordate, accuminate, downy, and pendu- 
lous, flowers rose colour, in large close heads. Drain 
the pots well. 

Calathea zebrina^ frequently known as Mardnta zebrtna, 
and now Phrynum zebrinum^ is a plant unique in its ap- 
pearance. The large elongated ovate leaves are beau- 
tifully striped with green and dark purple, and called 



224 HOT-HOUSE— OF REPOTTING, &c. [May. 

Zebra plant. It has light blue, flowers in ovate spikes, 
about the size of large pine cones. It is a herbaceous 
plant ; but in the warmest part of the Hot-house re- 
tains its splendid foliage ; requires a very liberal supply 
of water, and ought to be in every collection. 

Cdnnas, about thirty species, several of them deserv- 
ing cultivation both for flower and foliage ; they are 
principally natives of the West Indies, and might all be 
easily obtained. The finest are C. gigdntea, has large 
leaves and orange flowers; C. limbdta, flowers scarlet and 
yellow ; C. discolor, has large cordate, accuminate leaves 
of a crimson colour, the flowers are scarlet ; C. iridijidra, 
has large crimson nodding flowers, very different from 
any of the others, and the finest of the genus. They 
all, while in a growing state, require a liberal supply of 
water ; and being herbaceous plants watering ought to 
be given up about the first of November, and renewed 
about the first of January, thus giving them a cessation 
which they require to flower, freely ; but when water is 
constantly given, which is the general plan in our col- 
lections, they continue to push weak shoots and few 
flowers. 

Cdctus. This extensive genus is curious, grotesque, 
interesting, and varied in character and habit ; is now 
divided into six distinct genera according to their na- 
tural appearance and habit. We will describe a few 
of each genus, none of which going under the name of 
Cdctus, we will give them the six following. 

Mamilldrias, above twenty species, and are those 
which are covered with roundish bearded tubercles, 
and with small red and white flowers. M. coccinea ; M. 



May.] HOT-HOUSE— of REPOTTING. 225 

simplex; M. pusilla, and M. conica, are good species, 
and will do well with water five or six times during 
summer. 

Melocdctus^ seven species, and are those that are 
roundish with deep and many angles, with spines in 
clusters on the top of the angle. M. communis, is the 
Turk's cap, named from having an ovate conate crown 
upon the top, from which proceed the small red flowers. 
M. macrdnthus, has large spines; M. pyramiddlis, is a 
conical growing species. These require the same 
treatment as the last. 

Echinocdctus^ about twenty species ; are those that 
have many deep angles, and have a remarkable swell- 
ing, with each parcel of spines ; E. gihbbsus ; E. crispd- 
tus ; E. recurvus ; are curious in appearance, with small 
white and purple flowers. These three genera in most 
collections are not well known specifically, but it is 
easy to discriminate which genus they are connected 
with. 

Cereus. This is the most magnificent genus with 
regard to the magnitude and beauty of the flowers, but 
not so closely allied. It takes in all those of a trailing 
or erect growing habit, having spines in clusters, soli- 
tary, or spineless. C. peruvidnus and C. heptagonus, 
grow very erect, and to the height of thirty or forty feet 
in Peru and Mexico, where they plant them close to- 
gether as fences, and they are in a few years impene- 
trable. C Jlagelliformus is a well known creeping free 
flowering species, has ten angles ; will keep in a good 
Green-house, and produce in May and June a great 
number of blooms. The petals arc of a fine pink and 
29 



226 HOT-HOUSE— OF REPOTTING. [May. 

red colour ; the tube of the flower is long, and will 
stand a few days in perfection, when others come out 
successively for the space of two months, and during 
their continuance make a brilliant appearance. C. 
grandiflorus is the celebrated " Night-blooming Cereus." 
The flowers are very large, beautiful, and sweet-scent- 
ed. They begin to open about sun-down, and are 
fully expanded about eleven o'clock. The corolla, or 
rather calyx, is from seven to ten inches in diameter, the 
outside of which is a brown, and the inside a fine straw 
yellow colour ; the petals are of the purest white, with 
the stamens surrounding the stile in the centre of the 
flower, which add to its lustre, and make it appear like 
a bright star. Its scent is agreeable, and perfumes 
the air to a considerable distance ; but these beauties 
are of momentary duration. By sunrise they fade, and 
hang down quite decayed, and never open again.* One 
of these ought to be in every collection, and if trained 
up a naked wall will not occupy much room, and grow 
and flower profusely. They need very little water. C. 
speciosissimus has most beautiful large flowers, about six 
inches diameter ; the outside petals are a bright scar- 
let, those of the inside a fine light purple. One flower 
lasts a few days, and a large plant will produce every 
year from ten to twenty flowers, blooming from May 
to August. It has flowered in some of our collections, 
and is highly esteemed. C. triangularis has the largest 

* They may be preserved if cut off when in perfection, and put in spirits of 
wine, in a chrystal vase, made air tight. A plant flowered in our collection in 
May 1830, at 12 o'clock at noon — the only instance of the kind we ever heard 
of. 



Ma Y.J HOT-HOUSE— OF REPOTTING. 227 

flower of the C«c^ece family ; the bloom is of a cream 
colour, and about one foot in diameter. In its indige- 
nous state, it produces a fine fruit called " Strawberry 
Pear," and is much esteemed in the West Indies as 
being slightly acid, and at the same time sweet, plea- 
sant, and cooling. It seldom flowers. C. phyllnthoides, 
once Cactus speciosus, is one of the most profuse in 
flowering ; the branches are ensate, compressed, and 
obovate, without spines; flowers of a pink colour, about 
four inches in diameter ; the stamens as long as the 
corolla, with white anthers. It will keep well in a 
Green-house or Room. If in either of the two latter, 
give water only a few times during winter. This is 
becoming a very popular plant. C. Jenkinsbni is a 
magnificent hybrid from C. speciosissimus. The flowers 
are equally as large, and of a brilliant scarlet colour, 
with a profusion of pure white anthers ; is greatly ad- 
mired, and is only in a few collections. C. Ackermmni 
is very similar to C. phyllanthoides, flowering equally as 
profusely, the colour a bright scarlet, and the scar- 
cest species of the genus that is worthy of notice. C. 
truncdtus, branches truncated, flowers deep scarlet and 
tubular, from two to three inches in diameter ; the sta- 
mens protrude from the corolla; the plant is of a dwarf 
growth and branched ; when in flower it is quite a pic- 
ture. It is said that there are free and shy flowering 
varieties of this species, but we doubt it; perhaps it is 
owing to the cultivation and soil. 

Opiinlias, about forty species, and are those whose 
branches are in joints flatly oblong, or ovate, spines 
solitary, or in clusters. The plants are not so desirable 



228 HOT-HOUSE— OF REPOTTING. [May. 

for beauty of flower as the species of the former genus, 
but many of them are remarkable for their strong gro- 
tesque and spiny appearance; besides several of the spe- 
cies are extensively cultivated for the Cochineal insect. 
The one most valued for that purpose, is 0. cochinillifera, 
which has only small clusters of bristles upon the ob- 
long ovate joints, and produces small red flowers ; C. 
Jlcus indica, is also used, but is very spiny. 

Pereskias. About four species, and those that are of 
a shrubby nature producing leaves ; P. acidedta bears 
a fi'uit called " Barbadoes-gooseberry." The flowers 
are very small and simple, spines about half an inch 
long, leaves fleshy and elliptical. 

The whole of the plants in the family of Cactece re- 
quire very little water, and delight in a dry warm situa- 
tion. They do not agree with frequent repotting; once 
in two or three years to young plants, and in five or six 
to those that are established, with the exception of the 
large, free flowering species, which should be repotted 
once in two years. 

Coffea Ardhica. It produces the celebrated coffee, and 
is a plant universally known in our collections, and of 
easy culture. The leaves are opposite, oblong, wavy 
and shining, the flowers white, of a grateful odour, but 
of short duration. There is a plant known as C. occi- 
dentalism which is now Tetramerium odoratissimiim. It 
requires a great heat to grow well, therefore should 
be kept in the warmest part of the Hot-house. The 
flowers are white, in panicles, and larger than the com- 
mon jasmine, and is very sweet-scented; leaves oblong, 
lanceolate, accuminate. 



May.] HOT-HOUSE— of REPOTTING. 229 

Callicdrpas. About twelve species, and are generally 
admitted into collections, though of no particular inte- 
rest or beauty, except in the bright purple berries they 
produce, which is rarely. The foliage is of a rugose, 
hoary appearance. 

Carolinem. About six species of tender plants, with 
large digitate leaves, and of handsome growth. The 
flowers have numerous filaments, and are large and 
singular. C. insignis has the largest and compactest 
blossoms ; C. alba is the only one of the genus that has 
white flowers, all the others being red ; C. pnnceps and 
C. robusta are noble looking species, and are much es- 
teemed. They require a good heat, with which they 
will grow freely. 

Caryolas. A genus of palms. C.urens is an admired 
species, produces flowers in long pendulous spikes, 
which are succeeded by strings of succulent globular 
berries. In its native state it produces a sweet liquor 
in large quantities, and no stronger than water. 

Coccolobas, Sea-side grape. This genus is admired 
for its beautiful large foliage, which is oblong ovate, 
and cordate ovate ; C. pubescens and C. latifolia are 
the finest species. They bear berries in clusters like 
the grape, but never come to perfection in artificial 
cultivation. 

Cuphea Melvilla, is the only species of the genus that 
is particularly deserving of a situation, has lanceolate 
scabrous leaves, narrowed at each end, flowers tubular 
in a terminale whorl, colour scarlet and green. The 
plant must be well drained. It will flower from May to 
September. 



230 HOT-HOUSE— OF REPOTTING. ' [May. 

Crotons. About twenty-eight species, few of them 
deserving cultivation; but the genus is celebrated for its 
beautiful C. plctus, leaves oblong-lanceolate, variegated 
with yellow, and stained with red, flowers small green, 
on axillary spikes. C. varidgatus, variety latifdlia, is 
finer than the original variagdtus, the nerves in the 
leaves are yellow, and the leaves lanceolate, entire and 
smooth. To make them grow freely, give the warmest 
part of the Hot-house, and drain the pots well. 

Cerberas. About twelve species of strong growing 
trees, full of poisonous juice. C. thevetia is an elegant 
plant, with accuminate leaves, and large, nodding, yel- 
low, solitary, fragrant flowers, proceeding from the 
axil; C. ahoiiai produces a nut which is deadly poison. 
C. oddllam, once C. mdnghas, has large star-hke flowers, 
white, shaded with red. They are principally East 
India plants, and require great heat. 

Cycas, four species, generally called Sago palm, as 
an English name. The plant that Sago is extracted 
from, belongs to another genus, (see Sdgus.) C. revo- 
liita is a well known palm, and will keep perfectly well 
in the Green-house. We have seen a beautiful spe- 
cimen of it which is kept every winter in the cellar, but 
those that are kept so cool in winter only grow every 
alternate year, while those that are kept in the Hot- 
house grow every year, which shows that heat is their 
element. C. circindlis is a large growing species ; the 
fronds are much longer, but not so close and thick. C. 
glauca is a fine species; the foliage is slightly glaucous. 
They require plenty of pot room, are much infested 
with the small white scaly insect, and ought to be fre- 



Mat.] HOT-HOUSE— of REPOTTING. 231 

quently examined and carefully washed as prescribed 
in January. 

Combretums. Nine species of beautiful flowering 
climbing plants, standing in very high estimation. The 
leaves of the principal part of them are ovate, acute, 
flowers small but on large branches, the flowers all 
coming out on one side of the branch. They have a 
magnificent effect. C. elegans^ red ; C.formdsum, red and 
yellow ; C. pukhellum, scarlet ; C. comosum has crimson 
flowers in tufts ; C. purpureum is the most splendid of 
the genus. It was first cultivated in 1818, and so much 
admired, that the whole of the species as soon as in- 
troduced, was extravagantly bought up, and none of 
them has retained their character, except C purpureum, 
which is now called Poivrea coccinea. The flowers are 
bright scarlet, in large branches, blooming profusely 
from April to September, and flower best in a pot. 
When planted in the ground it grows too much to 
wood, carrying few flowers. This plant ought to be 
in every Hot-house. 

Crdssula. This genus has no plants in it attractive 
in beauty. Several beautiful plants in our collections 
belong to Rochea and Kalosdnthm. There is a strong 
growing succulent plant, known in our collections as 
C./a/ca^a, which is i?./a/ctito. It seldom flowers; the 
minor variety blooms profusely every year from May to 
August, and has showy scarlet flowers in terminale 
panicles. The plants known as C. coccinea and C. ver- 
sicolor are now given to the genus Kalosdnthus. The 
flowers of the former are like scarlet wax, terminale 
and sessile; K. odoratissima has yellow terminale sweet- 



232 HOT-HOUSE— OF REPOTTING. [May. 

scented flowers. They require very little water, only 
a few times in winter, and about twice a week in sum- 
mer ; they are all desirable plants. 

Coryphas^ (Large fan Palm,) five species of the most 
noble and magnificent of palms. C. ambraculifera, the 
fronds or leaves are palmate ; in Ceylon, where the 
tree is indigenous, they are frequently found fifteen 
feet wide and twenty feet long. Knox says they will 
cover from fifteen to twenty men, and when dried will 
fold up in the shape of a rod, and can be easily carried 
about, and serve to protect them from the scorching 
sun. C. taliera, now Taliera bengalensis, being stronger, 
is of great utility for covering houses. They do not 
grow to such immense extent in artificial cultivation, 
but require large houses to grow them. 

Crmums, about one hundred species, chiefly stove 
bulbs, many of them beautiful. Those that are of 
great celebrity are C. crvenlum, colour red ; C. scahrum^ 
crimson and white ; C. amdbile, purple and white ; the 
neck of the bulb of the latter is long and easily distin- 
guished from its purplish colour, and is considered the 
finest of the genus. Several specimens of it are in 
our collections. Their flowers are in umbels, on a 
stalk from one to three feet high; corolla funnel shaped ; 
petals recurved. They require large pots to make 
them flower well, and when growing to be liberally 
supplied with water. 

Cyrtdnthus, a genus of Cape bulbs, containing nine 
species, and will do very well in the Green-house, but 
we find the assistance of the Hot-house a great ad- 
vantage. They are closely allied to Crinum. The 



Mai.] HOT-HOUSE— of REPOTTING, &c. 233 

tubes of the flowers are long and round, with various 
shades^ of orange, yellow, red, and green. C. odorus, 
C. stridhis, C. obliquus, and C. vittdhis, are the finest. 
When the bulbs are dormant, which will be from Oc- 
tober to January, they should not get any water ; be- 
fore they begin to grow, turn the bulb out of the old 
earth, repotting it immediately. At this time they 
should be potted with the balls of earth entire, which 
will cause them to flower stronger. 

Caryophyllus aromdticus, is the only species, and the 
tree that produces cloves. The whole plant is aro- 
matic, and closely allied to Myrtus ; the flowers are in 
loose panicles, the leaves oblong, accuminate, entire. 
It is a fine evergreen. Pots must be well drained. 

Dillenias, three species of fine plants, with beautiful 
foliage. D. speciosa has produced considerable ex- 
citement in our collections. The leaves are elliptic, 
oblong, simply serrated, nerves deep ; the flower is 
white, with five bold petals, centre filled with barren 
anthers; it has not been known to flower in America. 
D. scdndens has ovate, simply serrated leaves, but is not 
known as to flower ; it is a fine climber. 

Drac(Enas, Dragon-tree, about twelve species of Asia- 
tic plants, varied in character. D. ferrea is plentiful in 
our collections, and will keep in the Green-house ; but 
the foliage is not so well retained as when kept in the 
Hot-house; the leaves are lanceolate, acute, of a dark 
purple colour. D.frdgrans, when in bloom, will scent 
the air for a considerable distance, leaves green and 
lanceolate. D. margindta is rare, yet it is to be seen in 



30 



234 HOT-HOUSE— OF REPOTTING, &c. [May. 

a few of our collections. D. strictais now Charlwoodia* 
stricta, flowers blush and in loose panicles. D. Draco 
is admired, and the most conspicuous of the genus. 

Erdnthemums^ about ten species. E. pulchellum and 
E. bicolor are the finest of the genus ; the former is in 
our collections, but miserably treated. The soil in 
which it is grown is too stiff and loamy, and it seldom 
gets enough of heat. The latter is indispensable to 
make it flower in perfection ; therefore it should have 
the warmest part of the house, and it will produce 
flowers of a fine blue colour from January to Septem- 
ber. The flowers of the latter are white and dark pur- 
ple, with a few brown spots in the white ; blooms from 
April to August. Drain the pots well, and give the 
plants little sun during summer. 

Eugenias, about thirty species, esteemed for their 
handsome evergreen foliage. This genus once con- 
tained a few celebrated species, which have been divid- 
ed. (See Jambdsa.) The Allspice tree, known as 
Myrtus Pimenta, is now E. Pimenta ; the leaves are 
ovate, lanceolate, and when broken have an agreeable 
scent. There are several varieties all of the same 
spicy fragrance. The plant is in very few of our col- 
lections. E.frdgrans is sweet scented ; the flowers are 
on axillary peduncles ; leaves ovate, obtuse. 

Euphorbia (spurg), a genus of plants disseminated 
over every quarter of the globe ; a few are beautiful, 
many grotesque, and several the most worthless weeds 

* In honour of Mr. Charlwood, an extensive seedsman of London, who has 
made several botanical excursions on this continent. 



May.J HOT-HOUSE— of REPOTTING, «&c. 235 

on the earth. There are about two hundred species, and 
from all of them, when probed, a thick milky fluid ex- 
udes. Those of the tropics are the most curious, and 
very similar in appearance to Cactus^ but easily detect- 
ed by the above perforation. There is a magnificent 
species in our collections, which was lately introduced 
from Mexico.* It goes under the name of E. hetero- 
phylla. The flowers of the whole genus are apetalous, 
and the beauty is in the bractese ; of the species alluded 
to the bracteae is bright crimson, very persistent, and 
above six inches in diameter, when well grown. The 
plant requires a strong heat, or the foliage will become 
yellow and fall off". We question whether this species is 
nondescript or as above. It is a brilliant ornament to the 
Hot-house three fourths of the year, and always during 
winter, and should have a situation in every tropical 
collection. 

Erytknnas (Coral tree), a genus containing about 
thirty species of leguminose, scarlet-flowering plants. 
Several species are greatly esteemed for their beauty 
and profusion of flowers, which in well established 
plants are produced in long spikes at the end of the 
stems and branches. E. Corallodendrum blooms magni- 
ficently in the West Indies, but in our collections has 
never flowered. Perhaps if it was kept dry during its 
dormant season, which is from November to January, 
and when growing greatly encouraged, it might pro- 
duce flowers. E. speciosa is a splendid flowerer, leaves 
large, ternated, and prickly beneath ; stem prickly. E. 
pubescens is valued for its large peculiar brown pubes- 
cent leaves. 

* By Poinsett the American Consul for Mexico in 1828. 



236 HOT-HOUSE— OF REPOTTING, &c. [May. 

In regard to E. herbdcea, which is a native of the Caro- 
Hnas, and frequently treated as a Hot-house plant, it is 
our opinion that it would be more perfectly grown if 
planted about the first of this month in the garden; and 
when growing, if wejl supplied with water, it would 
flower from July to September. About the first of No- 
vember lift the roots and preserve them in half dry earth, 
in the same place with the Dahlias. E. laurifblia and E. 
crista-gdlli arelikev^^ise often treated as Hot- house plants, 
and in such situations they cast prematurely their first 
flowers, by the confined state of the air. They will keep 
in perfect preservation during winter in a dry cellar, half 
covered with earth, or entirely covered with half dry 
earth; consequently, the best and easiest method of 
treatment, is to plant them in the garden about the 
first of May, and when growing, if the ground becomes 
dry, give them frequent waterings. They will flower 
profusely three or four times in the course of summer. 

We freely recommend the last species to all our pa- 
trons, confident that it will give ample satisfaction, both 
in profusion of flower and beauty of colour. The soil 
they are to be planted into should be according to 
that prescribed in the list ; or if they are kept in pots, 
they must be enlarged three or four times, when they 
are in a growing state, to make them flower perfectly; 
otherwise they will be diminutive. 

Ficus^ Fig-tree, a genus containing above fifty Hot- 
house species, besides several that belong to the Green- 
house; greatly admired for the beauty of their fohage. 
A few of them are deciduous, and all of the easiest cul- 
ture. We have seen plants of F. eldstica hung in the 
back of the Hot-house, without the smallest particle of 



May.] HOT-HOUSE— of repotting, &c. 237 

earth, their only support being sprinklings of water 
every day. F. Brdssii is the finest looking species tlmt 
has come under our observation ; the leaves are very 
large, shining," cordate, accuminate; nerves strong and 
white. As the beauty of these plants is entirely in the 
foliage and habit, we will select the best of them in the. 
list to which we refer. 

Gcertnera racemosa^ is a large climbing woody shrub, 
with pinnated leaves, leaflets ovate, lanceolate, flowers 
white, five petaled, beautifully fringed ; blooms in dense 
panicles. When the plants are allowed to climb, they 
do not flower freely ; but if closely cut in, they will 
flower every year in great profusion, after the plants 
are well established. It is now called Hiptdge Mada- 
blbta. 

Geissomeria longijidra. This is a new genus, and 
closely allied to Ruellia. The species alluded to, is a 
free flowerer, blooming from May to August, in close 
spikes of a scarlet colour; leaves opposite, ovate, elon- 
gate, and shining; the plants must be well drained, and 
in summer kept from the direct influence of the sun. 

Gardenias^ a genus containing about seventeen spe- 
cies, several of them very popular in our collections, 
going under the name of Cap6 Jasmine^ which do well 
in the Green-house, (see May.) The species requiring 
this department, and deserving attention, are G. cam- 
pamddta, of a soft woody nature, with ovate, accuminate 
leaves ; flowers of a straw colour, and solitary ; G. 
amcena, the flowers are white, tinged with crimson, ter- 
minale and solitary ; G. costdfa, admired for its beauti- 
ful ribbed foliage, G. lucida has a handsome, ovate, 



238 HOT-HOUSE— OF REPOTTING, &c. [May. 

accuminate, shining foliage; flowers white and solitary. 
They require to have the pots well drained. 

Heritiera littoralis, Looking-glass plant. This plant 
is unisexual, has beautiful large, ovate, veiny leaves ; 
the flowers are small, red, with male and female on the 
same plant, but different flowers. It requires a strong 
heat, and plenty of pot room. How the Enghsh name 
becomes apphcable to it, we are not acquainted. 

Hibiscus. This genus affords many fine species and 
varieties of plants for the Hot-house, besides others 
for every department of the garden. The most popu- 
lar in our collections for the Hot-house, is H. Rosa si- 
nensis, with its varieties, which are magnificent, and 
flower profusely from April to September. The single 
or original species is seldom seen in cultivation ; the 
varieties are H. Rosa sinensis riibro pleniis, double red; 
H. R. S. cdrnea plenus, double salmon ; H. R. S. 
variegdtus, double striped; H. R. S.fldvo-plenus, double 
buff; H. R. S. liitea plenus, double yellow, or rather 
sulphur. The plants grow freely, and produce their 
flowers three or four inches of diameter, from the 
young wood ; the leaves are ovate, accuminate, smooth, 
entire at the base, and coarsely toothed at the end. All 
the varieties are of the same character, and highly de- 
serving of a situation in every collection. There is 
said to be a double white variety, which we doubt ; 
it is not in artificial cultivation. H. mutdbilis fibre plena 
is a splendid plant of strong growth, and will, when well 
established, flower abundantly, if the wood of last year 
is cut to within a few eyes of the wood of the previous 
year ; the flowers are produced on the young wood, and 



May.] HOT-HOUSE— of REPOTTING. &c. 239 

come out a pale colour, and change to bright red, and 
about the size of a garden Provins rose ; leaves downy, 
cordate, angular, five-lobed, accuminate, and slightly 
toothed. H. Ulliifldrus, is a new highly esteemed spe- 
cies; the flowers are various in colour, being pink, 
blush, red, purple, and striped. We have not seen it 
in flower, but had its character verbally, from a re- 
spectable cultivator. The leaves vary in character, 
but are generally cordate, crenate, accuminate ; the 
petioles are brown, and the whole sHghtly hirsute ; is 
deciduous,*and requires to be kept in the warmest part 
of the house. 

Hoyas^ Wax-plant, seven species. All of them are 
climbing succulents, requiring plenty of heat and little 
water. H. carndsa is the finest flowering species of the 
genus, and known in our collections as the wax plant; 
the leaves are green and fleshy ; the flowers are melli- 
fluous, five parted, and in pendulous bunches, slightly 
bearded, and have every appearance of a composition 
of the finest wax ; of a blush colour. H. crassifolia has 
the best looking foliage, and the flowers are white. 
The former will keep in the Green-house, but will not 
flower so profusely. 

Herndndias^ Jack-in-a-box. The species are rare, 
except H. sonora^ which is an elegant looking plant, 
when well grown ; the leaves are peltate, cordate, accu- 
minate, smooth ; flowers white, and in panicles ; the 
fruit a nut. The Enghsh name is said to have been 
given, in allusion to the small flowers and large leaves 
of the plant. A great heat is required to grow it 
well. 



240 HOT-HOUSE— OF REPOTTING, &c. [May. 

Ipomceas, a genus of tropical climbing plants, nearly- 
allied to Convolvulus, but of greater beauty. /. panicu- 
lata has large purple flowers in panicles, with large 
palmated smooth leaves. /. Jdlapa is the true jalap of 
the druggists, but not worthy of any other remark. /. 
grandijlora, large white flowers, with acute petals; leaves 
large, cordate, ovate. /. pulcMlla has" flowers of a hand- 
some violet colour. They are all easily cultivated. It 
is said that /. tuberosa is much used in the West Indies 
to cover arbours, and will grow three hundred feet in 
one season-; the flowers are purple striped with yellow, 
leaves palmated. We are not certain but the roots of 
this kind may be kept like the sweet potato, and be- 
come a useful ornament to our gardens. 

horas, a genus of fine flowering plants, and does ex- 
tremely well in our collections in comparison to the 
state they are grown in England. The genus specifi- 
cally is much confused amongst us, either from error 
originating with those who packed them for this coun- 
try, or after they have arrived. /. purpurea, leaves ob- 
long, ovate, blunt ; flowers crimson ; it is now called 
/. obovdta. I. crocdta, leaves oval, lanceolate, narrowing 
towards the stem, smooth, underside of the leaf the 
nerves are very perceptible ; flowers saffron coloured. 
/. rosea, leaves large, regular, oblong, a little acute, 
very distant on the wood, centre nerve strong ; flowers 
rose coloured in large corymbs, branching : /. Band- 
hiica, leaves very close to the stem, ovate, accuminate; 
nerves straight, middle nerve stronger than any other of 
the genus ; flowers scarlet, corymbs crowded. /. Blnn- 
da, leaves small, lanceolate, ovate ; flowers blush, cymes 



May.] HOT-HOUSE— of REPOTTING, &c. £4 1 

branching in three. /. dichotima, leaves largest of the 
genus, ovate, accuminate, undulate, footstalk | of an inch 
long; whereas none of the leaves of the other species has 
footstalks of any length. It is now called /. widuldta^ 
flowers are white. /. grandifibra^ leaves ovate, elongate, 
sessile ; flowers in crowded corymbs, and scarlet ; is 
called/, coccinea in the Botanical Magazine, by which it 
is known in our collections, and is the same as /. stricta. 
I. jldmmea and /. speciosa^ leaves oblong, subsessile ; 
flowers scarlet, in round spreading dense corymbs. 
I.fulgens, same as /. longifblia and /. lanceoldta ; foliage 
glossy; flowers scarlet. /. Pavetta, the flowers are white, 
and said to be sweet-scented, the leaves of all the species 
are opposite ; there are a few other species that we are 
not thoroughly acquainted with, but have been thus ex- 
plicit to prevent error as far as possible in this beautiful 
genus. They are all evergreen, low growing shrubs; 
the plants grow best in Jersey black sandy earth, but 
flower most abundantly with half loam. 

Jacardndas, a genus of beautiful shrubs, containing 
five species, with Btgndnia-Vike blue or purple flowers. 
/. mimosifolia and /. filicifolia are the finest. The for- 
mer has blue, and the latter purple flowers; in loose 
branching panicles. They are evergreen, and easy of 
culture. 

Jamhosas, about twelve species, which have been prin- 
cipally taken from Eugenia, and contain its finest plants, 
and is a splendid genus of evergreen shrubs. E. Jdmbos 
is now Jambosa vulgaris, which flowers and fruits freely in 
our Hot-houses. The fruit is about an inch in diameter, 
31 



242 HOT-HOUSE— OF REPOTTING, &c. [Mat. 

eatable, and smelling like a rose, hence called " Rose 
Apple." The petals of all the species are simple, and 
may rather be considered the calyx; the beauty of the 
flowers is in the many erect spreading stamens, either 
straw, white, rose, or green colour. J. malaccensis, 
Malay Apple, is greatly esteemed for the delightful fra- 
grance of its fruit. We frequently see /. pwpurdscens, 
which is a native of the West Indies, going under J. m. 
which is an Asiatic species, with white flowers and en- 
tire oblong leaves ; whereas the leaves oU.p. are small, 
ovate, accuminate, young shoots and leaves purple. J. 
macrophylla, white, and J. amplexicaulis, green, have very 
large oblong, lanceolate leaves, and is of a strong woody 
habit. They are all easy of culture. 

Jasminum, Jasmine, is a favourite genus of shrubs, for 
the exquisite fragrance of its flowers, of which none are 
more delightful than J. Sdmbac or Arabian Jasmine. 
There are two other varieties of it, J. S. multiplex, semi- 
double ; and /. S. trifoliatum, Double Tuscan Jasmine. 
The latter requires a great heat to make it grow and 
flower freely. We suspect there is another variety in 
cultivation. /. hirsutum has cordate downy leaves; 
flowers many, in terminale, sessile umbels. J. pamculd- 
tum, white, flowering in terminale panicles from March 
to November; leaves smooth, oval, obtusely accuminate; 
plant scarce. J. simplicifblium is in our collections under 
the name of J. lucidum; plant spreading ; leaves oblong 
and shining. There are several other species, all with 
white flowers, and generally easy of culture. 

Jdtropha, Physic-nut, is a genus of six strong growing 
shrubs, natives of the West Indies. J. multiMa and /. 



May.] HOT-HOUSE— of REPOTTING, &c. 243 

pandurmfolia have the handsomest foliage, and both 
have scarlet flowers; the appearance of the foliage of 
this genus is the only object; the flowers are small, in 
coarse disfigured panicles, and several of the species 
have not been known to flower in artificial cultivation. 
The seeds of/, curcas are often received from the West 
Indies ; the leaves are cordate, angular, and smooth. J. 
manihoty now Manihot cannabina, is the Cassada root, 
the juice of which, when expressed, is a strong poison. 
They are all easy of culture : want of strong heat in 
winter will make them cast their leaves, but do them 
no other injury. 

Justicia. A few species of this genus are fine showy 
hot-house plants. J. coccmea has large terminale spikes 
ofscarlet flowers, blooming from December to March, 
and a very desirable plant, of easy culture, and should 
be in every collection ; it is apt to grow spindly, if not 
kept near the glass. Lpicta, with its varieties ; /. luci- 
da and I.formosa^ are fine shrubby species. /. speciosa 
is a beautiful purple flowering herbaceous plant. 

KcBmpferia^ an Asiatic genus of tuberose rooted 
plants; none of them in our collections, except K. ro- 
tunda; the flowers come up a few inches above the pot, 
without the leaves, in April and May and frequently 
sooner ; they are purple and hght blue, partially streak- 
ed and spotted ; leaves large, oblong, purplish coloured 
beneath. The roots when dormant ought to be kept 
in the pot without watering, otherwise they will not 
flower freely. No bulbs or strong tuberose rooted plants, 
will flower in perfection if kept moist when they are 
not growing. 



244 HOT-HOUSE— OF REPOTTING, &c. [Mat. 

Lantdna, a genus of twenty species, all free flowering 
shrubs ; the flowers are small, in round heads blooming 
from the axils, in yellow, orange, pink, white, and chan- 
geable colours ; the plants are of such a rough strag- 
gling growth, that they are not esteemed. There are 
four or five species in our collections. They will not bear 
a strong fumigation ; therefore, when the Hot-house is 
under that operation, they must be set down in the 
pathway, or other low part in the house. 

Latdnias. This genus contains three species of 
handsome palms. L. borhonica is one of the finest of 
the PalmcB, not growing to great magnitude; the leaves 
or fronds are plaited flabelhform, leaflets smooth at 
the edge, footstalk spiny, and the plant spreading. L. 
rubra, fronds same as the former, but leaflets more 
divided and serrulate ; footstalk unarmed ; foliage red- 
dish. L. glaucophylla, same as L. rubra, only the foliage 
glaucous. They are all valuable plants, and are ob- 
tained by seed from the East Indies. They require 
plenty of pot room. 

Laurus. This genus, though of no beauty in flower, 
is generally admired in collections for its fine evergreen 
foliage, and aromatic or spicy flavour, and several 
trees are important in medicine. The most esteemed 
are given to a genus named Cinnamomum, as has been 
observed in the Green-house, (see March.') L. Chloroxy- 
lon is the Cogwood of Jamaica. L. Persea is now 
Persea gratissima. Alligator-pear, a fruit about the size 
of a large pear, and greatly esteemed in the West 
Indies. The plant is generally known in our collec- 
tions. C. verum is the true Cinnamon of commerce. 



May.] HOT-HOUSE— of repotting, &c. 245 

The part taken is the inside of the bark when the tree 
is from five to eighteen years old. The leaves are 
three-nerved, ovate, oblong; nerves vanishing towards 
the point, bright green above, pale beneath, with whit- 
ish veins. This plant ought to be kept in the warmest 
part of the Hot-house. C. cassia, is frequently given 
under the former name, but when compared may be 
easily detected by the leaves being more lanceolate, 
and a little pubescent. They both make handsome 
plants, but require great heat. Drain the pots well of 
the dehcate sorts. 

Magmfera, Mango tree. There are two species. 
JU. mdica is in our collections, and bears a fruit which 
is so highly esteemed in the East Indies, as to be con- 
sidered preferable to any other except very fine pine 
apples. The leaves are lanceolate, and from six to 
eight inches long, and two or more broad. The 
flowers are produced in loose bunches at the end of 
the branches, but of no beauty, and have to be artifi- 
cially impregnated, or it will scarcely produce fruit. 
The shell is kidney-shaped, and of a leathery, crusta- 
ceous substance. They contain one seed, and in their 
indigenous state are more juicy than an apple. Drain 
the pots well, as the roots are apt to get sodden from 
moisture. The other species goes under the name of 
oppositifolia, but we question if it is not only a variety, 
for it has every character of the one just described. 

Meldstoma, was once an extensive genus, on which 
the natural order Melastomacece is founded; but is now 
much divided into other genera contained in the natural 
tribe Micomece. There are about thirteen species re- 



246 HOT-HOUSE— OF REPOTTING, &c. [Mat. 

maining in the genus. They now display great unity 
of character, and many of them may be considered 
very ornamental. The finest are M. malabalhrica, 
rose-coloured ; M. sanguinea, lilac ; M. decemjida, 
purple; M. pulverulenta, red; and M. dspera, rose. 
There is a plant in several of our collections known 
as M. purpurea and M.- ietragona, which is Osscea pur- 
purdscens; leaves ovate, lanceolate, accuminate, five- 
nerved, pilose ; the footstalk and nerves underside of 
the leaf covered with brown hairs ; stem four-sided ; 
flowers purple. All the species are easy of culture. 
M. nepaUnsis is a Green-house plant. 

Malpighia, (Barbadoes-cherry,) about eighteen spe- 
cies, all beautiful evergreen trees or shrubs. They 
are easily distinguished by having bristles on the under 
side of the leaves. These bristles are fixed by the 
centre, so that either end of it will sting. We are not 
aware of any other plant being defended in the man- 
ner. M. urens has oblong ovate leaves with decum- 
bent stiff bristles ; flowers pink. M. aquifblia has lan- 
ceolate, stiff, spiny leaves, and we think the most 
beautiful foliage of the genus. M.fucdta has elhptical 
shining leaves, with lilac flowers. M. glabra^ leaves 
ovate, entire, smooth ; flowers purple. They all have 
five rounded clawed petals. The last species is cul- 
tivated in the West Indies for its fruit. The pots must 
be well drained. 

Mdrica, a genus of Hot-house plants, closely allied 
to Iris, between which there is no distinction in the 
leaves. The flowers of M. ccerulea are beautifully spot- 
ted with light and dark blue, the scape many flowered. 



Mat.] HOT-HOUSE— of REPOTTING, &c. 247 

M. Sablni has flowers similar, but not so dark in colour. 
M. JVorthidna has splendid white and brown spotted 
flowers, spathe two flowered. These plants when 
growing require a liberal supply of water, and to be 
greatly encouraged by frequent potting to flower well. 

Miisa (Plantain-tree), contains eight species, and is 
greatly esteemed in the East and West Indies for the 
luscious sweet flavour of its fruit, which can be convert- 
ed into every delicacy in the domestic cookery of the 
country. M. paradisicea is the true plantain tree, has a 
soft herbaceous stalk, 15 or 20 feet high, with leaves 
from 5 to 7 feet long, and about 2 feet wide. M. sapi- 
entum is the true Banana-tree; habit and character 
same as the former, except it has a spotted stem, and 
the male flowers are deciduous. The pulp of the fruit 
is softer, and the taste more luscious. M. rosacea^ M. 
coccinea, and M. chinensis, are most esteemed in arti- 
ficial cultivation for their flowers, and being smaller in 
growth. They all require a very liberal supply of wa- 
ter when growing. They do best to be planted in the 
soil, where there can be a small corner of the Hot- 
house set apart for the purpose. They will be orna- 
mental, but if kept in pots they will never attain any 
degree of perfection. 

Nepenthes (Pitcher plant). There are two species 
of this plant. JV. distillatbria is an esteemed and valu- 
able plant in European collections. The leaves are 
lanceolate and sessile; from their extremity there is a 
spiral, attached to which are lublar inflated appendages 
that are generally filled with water, which appears to 
be confined within them by a hd, with which the ap- 



248 HOT-HOUSE— OF REPOTTING, &c. [May. 

pendages are surmounted ; hence the name of pitcher 
plant. We have never observed these lids close again 
when once open. Writers have called it a herbaceous 
plant, but it is properly a shrub, never dying to the 
ground, having a continuation of extension. The pot 
in which it grows should be covered with moss, and the 
roots liberally supplied with water every day. It de- 
hghts to be in a marshy state. The flowers are small 
and in long spikes. 

Pancratium is a genus of Hot-house bulbs, and now 
only contains five species. They are all free-flowering. 
Several of them are handsome and fragrant. P. Mari- 
iimum and P. verecundum are the finest; the flowers 
are white, in large umbels ; petals long, recurved, and 
undulate. P. Uttordlis^ P. speciosum, and P. caribcBum^ 
are now given to the genus Hymenocdllis^ and are fine 
flowering species. Care must be taken not to give 
them much water while dormant. The soil ought at 
that time to be in a half dry state. They are in flower 
from May to August. 

Polyspbra axillaris, once called Camellia axillaris, 
though in appearance it has no characteristic of a 
Camellia, and has been frequently killed in the Green- 
house by being too cold for its nature ; leaves oblong, 
obovate, towards the extremity serrulate. The leaves 
on the young wood are entire. Flowers white ; petals 
a little notched. It is worthy of a situation in every 
collection. 

Passifiora, " Passion-Flower, so named on account 
of its being supposed to represent in the appendages 
of its flower the Passion of Jesus Christ." There are 



May.] HOT-HOUSE— of REPOTTING, Sec. 249 

about fifty species, all climbing plants, that belong to 
the Hot-house. Many are of no ordinary beauty; a 
few species are odoriferous ; others bear edible fruits, 
though not rich in flavour. P. aldta is in our collections, 
and greatly admired; the flowers are red, blue, and white, 
beautifully contrasted, and flower profusely in pots. P. 
racemosa, has red flowers, and one of the most profuse 
in flowering. P. cceruko-racemosa^ purple and red, 
and by many thought to be the finest of the genus. P. 
quadranguldris has beautiful red and white flowers. 
The plant is in several collections, but has seldom 
flowered ; it requires to be planted in the ground to 
make it flower freely, and it will also produce fruit. P. 
filamentosa is white and blue, and a good flowerer. P. 
picfurdta is a scarce and beautiful variously coloured 
species. There are many other fine species, but these 
are the most esteemed sorts ; and when well establish- 
ed will flower profusely from May to August. They 
are desirable in every collection, and will take only a 
small space to hold them, by training the vines up the 
rafters of the Hot-house. 

Panddnus, Screw Pine. There are above twenty 
species in this genus, several of them very interesting, 
but hone so greatly admired as P. odoratissimus. The 
leaves in established plants are from four to six feet 
long, on the back and edges spiny ; are spreading, im- 
bricated, and embracing the stem, and placed in three 
spiral rows upon it. The top soon becomes heavy 
when the plant throws out prongs one, two, or three 
feet up the stem in an oblique descending direction, 
which take root in the ground, and thus become per- 
32 



250 HOT-HOUSE— OF REPOTTING, &c. [May. 

fectly supported. It is cultivated in Japan for its de- 
lightful fragrance, and it is said, " of all the perfumes, 
it is by far the richest and most powerful." P. iitilis^ 
red spined. We question this species, and are inclined 
to believe that it is the former, only when the plants 
are newly raised from seed, the spines and leaves are 
red, changing to green as they become advanced in 
age. The plants are easy of culture, and will grow 
almost in any soil. 

Pterospermum, five species of plants that have very 
curiously constructed flowers, of a white colour, and 
fragrant ; the foliage is of a brown rusty nature, and 
before expansion silvery-like. P. suberifdlium is in seve- 
ral of our collections, and esteemed. P. semisagittatum 
has fringed bractsea ; leaves oblong, accuminate, entire, 
sagittate on one side. 

Plumerias, above twenty species. Plants of a slow 
growth, robust nature, and are deciduous. The foli- 
age is greatly admired. The plants are shy to flower, 
but are brilliant in colour. P. acuminata, has lanceo- 
late, acute leaves; flowers corymbose and terminale. 
P. tricolor has oblong, acute, veiny leaves ; corolla red, 
yellow;, and white. This and P. mbra are the finest of 
the genus. They ought not to get any water while 
not in a growing state. 

Phcenix, Date-palm, about eight species, principally 
Asiatic plants. The foliage is not so attractive as 
many others of the palm family, but it is rendered in- 
teresting by producing a well known fruit called Date. 
P. dactylifera will do very well in a common Green- 
house. In Arabia, Upper Egypt, and Barbary, it is 



May.] HOT-HOUSE— of REPOTTING, &c. 251 

much used in domestic economy. F.paludosa has the 
most beautiful foHage, and the best habit. The flowers 
are dicecious. 

Roscbea. A genus of about five species, all pretty, 
but not much known. R. purpurea has been introduc- 
ed into our collections, and is the finest of the genus. 
The flowers are light purple, large, and in terminale 
sheaths at the top of the stem. R. spicdta and R. eapi- 
tdta are both fine species, with blue flowers. They are 
all herbaceous, with strong half tuberous roots, requir- 
ing little water while dormant, and a liberal supply 
when growing. 

Ruellia. There are a few species, very pretty free 
flowering plants, of easy culture. R. formbsa^ flowers 
long, of a fine scarlet colour ; plant half shrubby. R. 
fulgida has bright scarlet flowers on axillary long stalk- 
ed fascicles. R. persicifolia, with unequal leaves, and 
light blue flowers, is now called R. anisophylla ; and 
the true one has oblong, wavy, leaves, deeply nerv- 
ed, petioles long; flowers yellow, sessile, in axillary 
and terminale heads, stem erect. One healthy plant 
will be frequently in flower from January to June. 
This species ought to be in every collection, both for 
its beauty of flower and foliage. 

Rhdpis, a genus of palms, that will grow very freely 
with heat, and room at the roots. R. flabdliformis \s 
an erect growing palm, with a spreading head. It is a 
native of China. 

Thunbergia, a genus containing six cliitibing plants, 
of a half shrubby nature. Some of them have a fra- 
grant odour. T, coccinea^ red; T. grandiflora^ blue ; T, 



252 HOT-HOUSE— OF REPOTTING, &c. [May, 

fragrans^ sweet-scented ; T. aldta, has pretty buff and 
purple flowers, which are in great profusion. We are 
not certain but the latter will make a beautiful annual 
in the Flower-garden. It seeds freely, and from the 
time of sowing until flowering is about two months, if 
the heat is brisk. If sown in May, they will bloom from 
July until killed by frost. 

Sdgus, Sago-palm. We are of opinion that the true 
palm from which the sago of the shops is produced, 
has not been introduced into our collections. It is 
very rare in the most extensive collections of Europe, 
but is not so fine as the one we have under the Sago, 
which is placed in the natural order of Cycadece; and 
Sagus is in that of Palmce. The finest of this genus 
is S. vinifera and S. Rumphii. They grow to a great 
height ; even in artificial cultivation they may be seen 
from ten to twenty-five feet. We have not introduced 
them here for their beauty, but to prevent error. 

Soldndra, a genus of four species, remarkable for the 
extraordinary size of their flowers, and are considered 
beautiful. S. grandiflora and/S. viridijldra are the two best. 
The plants will bloom best if they are restricted in pot 
room, and are only introduced as being worthy of cul- 
tivation. If they are repotted once in two or three 
years, it is sufficient, except where the plants are small 
and want encouragement. 

Strophdnthus^ a small genus of beautiful tropical 
shrubs. The segments of the corolla are curiously 
twisted before expansion. S. divergens is a neat spread- 
ing shrub, with yellow flowers, a little tinged with red; 
the petals are about four inches long, undulate, lanceo- 



May.J HOT-HOUSE— of repotting, &c. 253 

late. S. dichotomus is rose coloured, corolla funnel 
shaped. The plants will flower freely in a strong 
moist heat. Drain the pots well. 

Swietenia (mahogany-tree), the wood of which is ce- 
lebrated in cabinet-work. S. Mahogoni, common. This 
tree varies much in general appearance according to 
soil and situation. The leaves are pinnated in four 
pairs ; leaflets ovate, lanceolate ; flowers small, white, 
in axillary panicles. S. fubrtfiiga, leaves pinnated, in 
four pairs ; leaflets elliptical ; flowers white, in termi- 
nale panicles. The wood of the last is the most durable 
of any in the East Indies. They are fine plants, and 
require heat and pot room to produce flowers. 

Tecbma, a genus of plants closely allied to Bignonia, 
and are free-flowering ; several of them much esteem- 
ed. T. mollis,, T. digitdta,, and T. splendida, are the most 
beautiful of those that belong to the Hot-house. They 
have large orange coloured, tubular, inflated, ringent 
flowers, in loose panicles. There is a plant known in 
our collections as Bignbnia ^Maz^, which is now T.stans; 
has pinnated leaves, with oblong, lanceolate, serrated, 
leaflets ; flowers in simple terminale, raceme, and of 
a yellow colour, and sometimes known by Ash-leaved 
Bignonia. It will always have a sickly aspect, if not 
well encouraged in light rich soil. Drain the pots well, 
as much moisture disfigures the foliage. 

Taber?mmontdna., a genus of little beauty, except for 
one or two species. A plant known in some collections 
as JYerium corondrium, is now, and properly, T. corond- 
ria. The variety,/dre j^/e/jo, is the one most deserving 
of culture, and will flower profusely from May to August; 



254 HOT-HOUSE—OF REPOTTING, &c. [May. 

the flowers are double white, fragrant, and divaricating. 
The plant will lose its foliage if not kept in a strong 
heat ; therefore place it in the warmest part of the Hot- 
house. T. densifldra is a fine species, but very rare. 
Drain all the plants well, and keep them in the shade 
during summer. 

Thrinax parvijlora, is a fine dwarf palm of the West 
Indies, with palmated fronds, plaited with stiff, lanceo- 
late segments. The plant is of easy cultivation, and 
will grow in any soil. 

Zdmia, a genus of plants in the natural order of Cy- 
cadece. Several species of them are admired. Z. media, 
Z. furfurdcea, Z. tenuis, Z. integrifblia, are the most 
showy that belong to the Hot-house. The whole genus 
is frequently kept in this department. They are all 
plants of a slow growth, and the beauty is entirely in 
the pinnated fronds, with from ten to forty pairs of leaf- 
lets. The pots must be well drained. 

Those genera of plants which we have enumerated 
under the head of repotting in this or next month, are 
composed of the finest Hot-house plants that have 
come under our observation. There are perhaps a 
few of them that are not to be found in the United 
States, or even on our continent ; but the great object, 
in a choice collection of plants, is to have the finest 
from all parts of the known world. There are many 
plants whose nature does not require much support 
from soil, which is frequently observed in those that are 
mentioned. And there are many hundreds of plants de- 
sirable for beauty, ornament, and curiosity, which are 
not specified, our limits not permitting such an extend- 



May.] HOT-HOUSE— bringing OUT PLANTS, &c. 255 

ed detail. Those whose nature agrees better with re- 
potting at other periods, shall be noticed, especially 
those that are in the collections of the country. We 
have previously observed, that plants ought not to be 
flooded with water when newly potted, as it saturates 
the soil before the roots have taken hold of it ; and 
that the best draining for pots is small gravel or pot- 
shreds broken fine. We wish it to be understood that 
when plants are repotted, any irregular branch or shoot 
should be lopped off, that cannot be tied in to advan- 
tage. And repotting may take place either before or 
after the plants are exposed to the open air, according 
to convenience. 

OF BRINGING OUT THE HOT-HOUSE PLANTS. 

Where the Hot-house is very crowded with plants, 
the best method to have them exposed without danger 
is, to take out those of the hardiest nature first, that 
have no tender shoots upon them, thereby thinning the 
house gradually. This may be done from the 16th to 
the 20th of the month, which will admit of a free cir- 
culation of air amongst those that remain. All may 
be exposed from the 24th to the 28th of the month. 
This is a general rule, though in some seasons there 
maybe exceptions. Having previously given all the 
air possible to the house, that no sudden transition 
take place, which would make the foliage brown, and 
otherwise materially injure the plants, choose calm 
days for the removing of them. 

There are few plants while in pots that agree with 



256 " HOT-HOUSE— BRINGING OUT PLANTS, &c. [Mat. 

the full sun upon them; or if the plants receive the sun, 
the pots and roots ought not. The best situation for 
them is on the north side of a fence, wall, house, or 
other building, where they are excluded from the mid- 
day sun, and they should stand on boards or gravel, 
with the tallest at the back, firmly tied to a rail or some 
other security, to prevent them from being overturned 
by high winds. A stage erected, where it is practica>r 
ble, for the reception of the smaller plants, and they 
set thinly and regularly thereon, is preferable to crowd- 
ing them with the taller sorts. And it may be desired 
to have some of the plants plunged in the garden 
through the flower borders. Of those that are so 
treated, the pots must be plunged to the brim, and re- 
gularly turned round every two weeks, to prevent the 
roots from running into the earth. If the roots were 
allowed to do so, it might for the present strengthen 
the plant, but ultimately would prove injurious. 

Where a sufiiciency of shade cannot be obtained, it 
would be advisable to go to the expense of a very thin 
awning, that would not exclude the light, but merely 
the powerful rays of the sun, attending to roll it up 
every evening. Plants will keep in beautiful order by 
the above method, which amply repays for the trouble 
or expense. Avoid putting plants under trees ; com- 
paratively few thrive in such situations. 

When they are thus all exposed to the open air, it 
will be very little trouble to give them a gentle syring- 
ing every evening when there is no rain, and continue 
your usual examinations for insects : when they appear 
resort to the prescribed remedies. Green-fly will not 



May.] GREEN-HOUSE. 257 

aftect them, but perhaps the thrips. Give regular sup- 
pUes of water to their roots every evening, and some 
will require it in the morning, especially small pots. 



SUCCULENTS, 

These plants are habituated to exposed dry, hot, 
situations in their indigenous state; and an aspect, 
where they would have the full influence of the sun, 
is the best, giving them water two or three times a 
week. 



QStttn:^fi^(^mt. 



MAY. 

About the first of the month, all the small half hardy 
plants may be taken out of the green house, and those 
that are left will be more benefited by a freer circula- 
tion of air, which will enure them to exposure. The 
Geraniums ought to stand perfectly clear of other plants, 
while in flower and growing, or they will be much drawn 
and spindly. 
33 



258 GREEN-HOUSE— WATERING, &c. [Mat. 

WATERING. 

We have advanced so much on this subject, another 
observation is not necessary ; except as to succulents, 
which are frequently overwatered about this period. 
Before they begin to grow, once a week is sufficient. 

OF BRINGING OUT THE GREEN-HOUSE PLANTS. 

Those trees or plants of Orange^ Lemon, Myrtle, JVe- 
rium, &c. that were headed down with the intention of 
planting them into the garden, to renovate their growth, 
should be brought out and planted in the situations in- 
tended for them. A good hght rich soil will do for either, 
and the balls of earth might be a little reduced, that 
when they are lifted they might go into the same pot 
or tub, or perhaps a less one. This being done, the 
plants, generally in a calm day from the 12th to the 18th 
of the month, should be taken out, carrying them di- 
rectly to a situation shaded from the sun, and protected 
from the wind. In regard to a situation best adapted 
for them during summer, see Hot-house this month,which 
will equally apply to Green-house plants, except Daphne 
odora, Daphne hybrida, and the Green- house spe- 
cies of Coronilla, which must be shaded from every ray 
of the sun, and even from dry parching winds. All 
Primroses and Polyanthus delight in shade. The reason 
of so many plants of the D. odbra* dying is from the 
effects of the sun and water. 

* On examining these plants, when the first appearance of decay affected them, 
tlie decayed part was without exception at the surface of the soil, which was com- 



May.] GREEN-HOUSE— repotting PLANTS. 259 

The large trees may be fancifully set either in a 
spot for the purpose, or through the garden. Put 
bricks or pieces of wood under the tubs to prevent 
them, from rotting, and strew a little litter of any de- 
scription over the surface of the soil to prevent eva- 
poration, or about one inch of well decayed manure, 
which will from the waterings help to enrich the soil. 
A liberal supply of water twice or three times a week 
is sufficient. A large tree will take at one time from 
two to four gallons. We make this observation, for 
many trees evidently have too limited a supply. Con- 
tinue to syringe the plants through the dry season every 
evening, or at least three times per week. All the tall 
plants must be tied to some firm support, because the 
squalls of wind frequently overturn them, and do much 
harm by breaking, &c. Keep those that are in flower 
as much in the shade as will preserve them from the 
direct influence of the sun. 

REPOTTING PLANTS. 

After the following mentioned plants, or any assimi- 
lated to them, are brought out of the house, and before 
they are put in their respective stations, repot them 
where they are required to grow well. Moes. These 
plants so varied in character, have been divided into 
several genera. These are Gasteria, Pachidendron, 

pletely mortified, while the top and roots were apparently fresh. This led us to 
conclude that the cause was the effect of sun and water on the stem. We have 
since kept the earth in a conical form round the stem, thereby throwing the water 
to the sides of the pot, and kept them in the shade. Previous to doing this, we 
had quantities died every year, and now no plants thus treated die with us. 



260 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING PLANTS, &c. [May. 

Riphidodendron, Howdrthia, and Jpicra. Of these there 
are above two hundred species and varieties. To enter 
into any specific detail, would be beyond our limits ; but 
the catalogue at the end of the work will contain the 
finest species. 

Amaryllis. This is a genus of splendid flowering bulbs 
containing about eighty species, and one hundred and 
forty varieties. They are natives of South America, 
but more than one half of them are hybrids grown from 
seed by cultivators. They are generally kept in the 
Hot-house, but in our climate will do perfectly well in 
the Green-house ; and we have no doubt that in a few 
years many of them will be so acclimated, as to keep 
as garden bulbs, planting about the end of April, and 
lifting them in October. As the beauty of these plants 
is in the flowers, it will be proper to give a small de- 
scription of a few of them. A. striatifdlia, has a stripe 
of pure white in the centre of each leaf, the flowers are 
purple and white, an esteemed species. A. Johnsoni, 
the flowers are a deep scarlet, with a white streak in 
the centre of each petal, four bloom on a stem of about 
two feet, each flower about six inches diameter; a bulb 
well estabhshed has two stems. A. regina, Mexican 
Lily, has large scarlet pendant flowers, tube of the 
flower fringed-like, with three or four on the stem. A. 
vittdta is an admired species with scarlet flowers, striped 
with a greenish white. There are two or three varieties 
of it; corolla campanulate, three or four on the stem, about 
five inches diameter; petals a little undulate. A.fulgida, 
flower scarlet, large tube striped, petals acute, two flow- 
ers on the stem. A. dulica is one of the most magnificent, 



May.] GREEN-HOUSE— repotting plants, &c. 261 

has four flowers about seven inches diameter, erect oh a 
stem about two and a half feet high ; six petals, strongly 
united to the capsule, bottom of the petals green, con- 
nect ed with spots of dark crimson, which spread into 
fine transparent red, covered with rich tints, nerves very 
perceptible, anthers bold. It is called crowned Ama- 
ryllis. A, psittdcina, Parrot Amaryllis, is scarlet striped 
with green, two flowers on the stem, each about five 
inches diameter. There are several varieties of it ; the 
best that we have seen are coivhergia and pulverulenta. 
A bulb known in our collections as A. purpurea is Ballota 
purpurea^ has beautiful erect scarlet flowers, three or 
four on the stem, each about five inches in diameter. 
There are three varieties of it, diflering only in habit. 
A. longifblia is now Crinum capense, and is perfectly hardy; 
flowers pink, inclining to white, in large umbels, leaves 
long, glaucous, and is a desirable garden bulb. 

There are many other superb Amaryllis,especially the 
hybrid sorts ; from Johnsoni there are above twenty cul- 
tivated varieties; from formosa above twelve; and from 
Griffini about ten, all of them esteemed. Where they 
have been kept in the earth in which they were grown 
last year, the ball ought at this repotting to be reduced ; 
when the bulbs are done flowering, they ought to have 
little water, so that they may be perfectly ripened, which 
will cause them to produce their flowers more freely. 

Araucdria. This noble genus contains four species, 
which arc without exception the handsomest plants we 
are acquainted with, for the beauty of their foliage, and 
symmetry of their growth, that belong to the Green- 
house. A. earceZya, Norfolk Island Pine, has leaves closely 



262 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING PLANTS, &c. [Mat. 

imbricated as if with a coat of mail, and are imperish- 
able. A. imbricdta, Chile Pine, is one of the grandest of 
trees, and is the hardiest of the genus; the leaves are 
also closely imbricated. The other two species are 
rarely seen even in European collections. The foliage 
of either of the species will adhere to the wood many 
years after the plant is dead. They are all highly valued, 
the pots must be well drained; for if the plants get much 
water while dormant, the fohage becomes yellow, and 
never attains its beautiful green colour again ; other- 
wise they are easily grown. 

Chamcerops. There are about seven species of these 
palms : four of them belong to this department, and are 
the finest of those that will keep in the Green-house. 
They all have large palmated fronds, and require large 
pots or tubs to make them grow freely, and are tena- 
cious of life if kept from frost. 

Gardenia. This is an esteemed genus of plants, espe- 
cially for the double flowering varieties,which are highly 
odoriferous, and have an evergreen shining foliage. G. 
florida flore-pleno^ Cape Jasmine, is a plant universally 
known in our collections, and trees of it are frequently 
seen above seven feet high and five feet in diameter, 
blooming from June to October. G. rddicans, dwarf 
Cape Jasmine, G. longifolia, and G. latifdlia, are also in 
several collections, but not so generally known; the 
flowers are double, and all equally fragrant. We are 
inclined to think they are only varieties of G. florida. 
Any of the above will keep in the coldest part of the 
Green-house, and even under the stage is a good situa- 
tion for them, where the house is otherwise crowded 



Mat.] green-house— repotting PLANTS, &c. 263 

during winter. They must be sparingly watered from 
November to March. Much water while they are dor- 
mant, gives the foliage a sickly tinge, a state in which 
they are too frequently seen. G. Rothmdnnia and G. 
Thunbergia are fine plants, but flower sparingly ; the 
flowers of the former are spotted, and are most fragrant 
during night. 

Mesembrydnihemum. A very extensive genus, contain- 
ing upwards of four hundred and fifty species, and vari- 
eties, with few exceptions natives of the Cape of Good 
Hope. They are all singular, many of them beautiful, 
and some splendid; yet they have never been popular 
plants in our collections. The leaves are almost of 
every shape and form ; their habits vary in appearance. 
Some of them are straggling, others insignificant, and 
a few grotesque. When they are well grown, they 
flower in great profusion ; the colours are brilliant, and 
through the genus are found of every shade ; yellow and 
white are most prevalent. Each species continues a 
considerable time in flower. The flowers are either 
solitary, axillary, extra axillary, but most frequently ter- 
minale ; leaves mostly opposite, thick, or succulent, and 
of various forms. They are sometimes kept in the 
Hot-house, but undoubtedly the Green-house is the best 
situation for them. They must not get water above 
once a month during winter, but while they are in flower 
and through the summer, they require a more liberal 
supply, and they seldom need to be repotted ; once in 
two years is sufficient. 

Strelitzia, a most superb genus of evergreen perennial 
plants. They are greatly esteemed and highly valued 



264 GREEN-HOUSE— OF REPOTTING PLANTS, &,c. [Mat. 

in our collections. The finest flowering species are S. 
regince and *S. ovdta; the former is the strongest of the 
two, but in respect to the beauty of their flowers there 
is no diflerence. The scape arises about three feet, 
headed with a sheath which lies horizontal before the 
flowers burst forth. The sheath contains three, four, 
or five flowers, according to the strength of the plants. 
These arise erect, and pass in a few days to the bottom 
of the sheath, the one before the other. S. humilis is an- 
other fine species, but the most rare are S. agusta, 
which has a leaf nearly like the plantain ; S. juncea, S. 
parvifoUa, and S.farinoso. The flowers of all these are 
yellow and blue, except those of S. agusfa, which are 
white, and it flowers sparingly. A few species of these 
plants ought to be in every Green-house : they are vul- 
garly called Queen plant. While in flower they should 
be hberally supplied with water, but while dormant 
very sparingly. They will suffer sooner from the ef- 
fects of too much, than too little water. The roots are 
strong tubers, and require plenty of pot room, and will 
thrive exceedingly where they can be planted in the 
soil. 

CAMELLIAS. 

These plants, when they are brought from the Green- 
house, ought to be set in a situation by themselves, 
that they may be the more strictly attended to in water- 
ing and syringing. An airy situation where the sun has 
no effect upon them is the best. They should be sy- 
ringed every evening when there has been no rain 



May.] flower-garden. 265 

through the day. After heavy rains examine the pots, 
and where water is found, turn the plant on its side 
for a few hours to let the water pass off, and then exa- 
mine the draining in the bottom of the pots, which must 
be defective. 



CAPE BULBS. 

As soon as these are done flowering, and the foHage 
begins to decay, cease watering, and turn the pots on 
their sides, until the soil is perfectly dry; then take out 
the bulbs and preserve them dry until the time of plant- 
ing, which will be about the end of August or first of 
September. 



iFlo^et &uvXfm. 



MAY. 

It is highly desirable to have all the scientific opera- 
tions as much advanced in the beginning of this month 
as is practicable, that at all times immediate attention 
may be given to the destroying of weeds wherever they 
appear. 

34 



266 FLOWER-GARDEN— ANNUALS, &c, [May. 



ANNUALS, HARDY AND TENDER. 

By the first of the month finish sowing all hardy An- 
nuals and Biennials; and about the middle of the 
month all those that are tropical. The weather being 
now warm, they will vegetate in a few days or weeks. 
Attend to thinning of those that are too thick, giving 
gentle waterings to such as are weak in dry weather. 
Those that have been protected in frames should be 
fully exposed therein night and day ; take the first op- 
portunity of damp cloudy days to have them transplant- 
ed into the borders or beds, after the 10th, lifting them 
out of the frame with as much earth as will adhere to 
their roots. 

CARE OF HYACINTHS, TULIPS, &c. 

For the treatment of these while in bloom, see last 
month. The best time to take them out of the ground 
is about five weeks after they are done flowering, or 
when the stem appears, what may be termed half de- 
cayed. The best method to dry them is to place the 
roots in rows, with bulb to bulb, the stems laying north 
and south, or east or west. Give the bulbs a very thin 
covering of earth, merely to exclude the sun, so that 
they may not dry too rapidly, being thereby liable to 
become soft. When they have thoroughly dried in 
this situation, which will be in eight or ten days in dry 
weather, (and if it rains cover them with boards,) take 
them to an airy dry loft or shade, clearing off" the fibres 



May.] FLOWER-GARDEN— anemones, &c. 267 

or stems, and in a few weeks put them in close drawers, 
or cover them with sand perfectly dry, until the time of 
planting, for which see October. 

It is not advisable to allow any of the bulbs of either 
Hyacinths or Tulips to seed, as it retards their ripen- 
ing, and weakens the root, except where there are a 
few desired for new varieties. The small offsets must 
be carefully kept in dry sand, or immediately planted. 

ANEMONES AND RANUNCULUS. 

These while in bloom should be carefully shaded 
from the sun by hoops and thin canvass, or an erect 
temporary awning; and as soon as they are done 
flowering, they must be fully exposed, and the waterings 
given up. 

DAHLIAS, TUBEROSES, AND AMARYLLIS, 

That are not planted, should now be done. For full 
directions see last month. In many seasons, any time 
before the twelfth is quite soon enough ; but nothing 
ought to be delayed when the season will permit it to be 
done. It is necessary to have them properly labeled. 

AURICULAS, POLYANTHUS, AND PRIMROSES. 

They will now be done flowering, but still must be 
carefully kept in a cool, shady situation, and all decay- 
ed leaves cut off" as soon as they appear. Examine 
them carefully and frequently, in case slugs of any de- 



268 FLOWER GARDEN— DOUBLE WALL-FLOWERS. [May. 

scription be preying upon them. A dusting of hot lime 
will kill them, or they may be otherwise destroyed. 
Some have recommended to repot and slip those plants 
when done flowering, "or they will contract a destruc- 
tive disease ;" which disease is a loss of verdure, and is 
induced by too much heat and drought, and a few other 
causes from inattention ; but if attended to as above 
until September, when they should be fresh potted, they 
will have time to be sufficiently established before win- 
ter, which is the most judicious time to take off* slips, 
for two reasons, viz. — they do not need so much nur- 
sing through the most precarious season of the year 
(summer) for these plants, and they begin to grow, 
and will root afresh sooner. 



DOUBLE WALL-FLOWERS. 

As these are very seldom grown from seed, and are 
semi-biennials, art has to be used to preserve or renew 
them. About the end of this month take shoots of this 
year about three inches long, cutting them carefully 
off", and smoothing the cut end with a sharp knife; 
from this cut the lower leaves off" about one inch and 
a half, and then put it in the ground ; choose a 
very shady spot, mixing the soil with a little sand and 
earth of decayed leaves. Sprinkle them three times a 
day until they have taken root, which will be in a few 
weeks. Keep the cuttings about four inches apart. 



May.] rooms. 269 

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

We do not consider that it is essential every month 
to repeat the necessity of tying up plants, saving seeds 
when ripe, cutting down weeds, raking, &c. with many 
other similar observations. We have already been full 
on these subjects, and expect these to be remembered 
through the season. Particular care, however, is re- 
quired to carnations, pinks, or any plants that have heavy 
heads and slender stems. If carnations are desired to 
flower strongly, cut off all the buds except three, leav- 
ing the uppermost and any other two of the largest. 
All climbing plants should have timely support, and 
tied securely every week while they are growing. 



moom0. 



MAY. 

All the plants will be able to withstand exposure, in 
the general state of the seasons, about the J 0th of the 
month. Begin about the first to take out the hardiest, 
such as Laurestinus, Hydrangeas, Roses, Primroses, Poly- 
anthus, &LC. and thus allow the others to stand more 
free, and become hardened to exposure. The reason 
that plants are so often seen brown, stunted, and almost 



270 ROOMS— CAPE BULBS. [May. 

half dead, is from the exposed situation they are placed 
in, with the direct sun upon them, and too frequently from 
being so sparingly watered. There are no shrubby 
plants cultivated in pots that are benefited by the hot sun 
from this period to October. A north aspect is the 
best for every plant, except Cactus^ Aloe^ Mesembrydnthe- 
mum, and such as go under the name of succulents. 
Where there are only a few, they should be convenient- 
ly placed, to allow water from a pot with a rose mouth 
to be poured frequently over them, which is the best sub- 
stitute for the syringe. Daphne, Coronilla, Fuchsia. Camel- 
lia, Primrose, and Polyanthus, do not agree with a single 
ray of the sun, through the summer. There has been a 
general question what is the cause of the death of so 
many of the Daphne odora. It may be observed, that 
the first place that shows symptoms of decay, i^ at the 
surface of the soil, and this takes place a few weeks 
before there are evident effects of it. The cause is 
from the effect of heat or sun and water acting on the 
stem at least. If the soil is drawn in the form of a 
cone round the stem, to throw off the water to the 
edges of the pot, that the stem may be dry above the 
roots, mortification does not take place, neither do 
they die prematurely, when thus treated. For further 
remarks, see Green-house, this month. 

CAPE BULBS. 

Any of these that are done flowering, such as Ixia, 
Oxalis, Lachendlia, &c. as soon as the foliage begins to 
decay, turn the pots on their sides, which will ripen the 



Mat.] rooms— of repotting, &c. 271 

roots, and when perfectly dry, clear them off the soil, 
wrap them up in paper, with their names attached, and 
put them carefully aside until the time of planting. 



REPOTTING. 

Where it is required, repot Cactus, Aloe, Mesembry- 
anthemums, and all other succulents, with any of the 
Amaryllis that are required to be kept in pots, also Cape 
Jasmines. For description of the above, see Hot- 
house and Green-house of this month, under the same 
head. 



272 



jj^ot^omt. 



JUNE AJfD JULY. 



As the plants of the Hot-house are all exposed to 
the open air, the directions will include both months. 
If the repotting is over, as recommended last month, 
all the attention they will require until the end of Au- 
gust, is the administering of water at the roots, and by 
the syringe over head. It will be impossible to say 
how great are their wants, that depending entirely upon 
the nature of the plant, the situation, and the season ; 
but never neglect to look over them every evening, and 
after very dry nights they will need a fresh supply in 
the morning, observing to give to none except they are 
becoming a little dry. Make weekly examinations for 
insects of any description, and when they appear, have 
them instantly destroyed. 

Always after heavy rains look over the pots, in case 
water should be standing in them, which would injure 
the roots. Where any is found, turn the pot on its 
side, and in a few hours examine the draining which is 
defective; small pots in continued rains should be turn- 
ed likewise. 

Tie up all plants and shoots to prevent them from 
being destroyed by the wind, and be attentive to pick 
all weeds from the pots. Turn round all the plants oc- 
casionally, to prevent them from being drawn to one 
side by the sun or light. 



273 



ii!S^ttm::^^omt. 



JUNE AND JULY. 

The plants being out of the house, there need be Ht- 
tle added under this head. Their treatment is in the 
general, and the required attention is in giving water 
according to their different constitutions and habits. 
Where there are not rain or river water, it should stand 
at least one day in butts or cisterns, to take the chilly 
air from it, and become softened by the surrounding 
atmosphere. This is more essential to the health of 
the plants than is generally supposed. The small plants 
in dry weather will need water evening and morning. 
Continue regular syringings as directed last month. 
There are frequently rains continuing for several days, 
which will materially injure many plants, if they are not 
turned on their sides until the rain is over, especially 
small plants. The syringings should never be done 
till after the waterings at the roots, and they should 
never be seldomer than every alternate evening. Turn 
all the plants frequently to prevent them from being 
drawn to one side by the sun or light. Carefully look 
over them at these turnings, to detect any insects. And 
observe that the tuberose rooted geraniums, such as 
Ardens^ Bicolor, Tristum, &c. are not getting too much 
water, they being now dormant. 

35 



274 



ffUii^tt QSfUtXfm. 



JUNE AND JULY. 



HOLLAND BULBS. 



The lifting of these will be general in June, For di- 
rections see May. It is not advisable to take up Jon- 
quils, Fritilldria, Crocus, and Iris, oftener than every 
alternate year ; Jonquils may stand three years. Jlne- 
mones and Ranunculus should be carefully lifted after their 
leaves begin to fade. Do not expose them to the sun, 
but cover slightly with earth or sand until they are 
perfectly dry, when they may be sifted out of the earth, 
and put into drawers carefully labeled. Some recom- 
mend to soak these roots in soap-suds, to destroy a 
worm that they are frequently attacked with. We 
know not how far this may be carried, nor the good or 
bad effects, never having practised it. 

AUTUMN FLOWERING BULBS. 

These are Amaryllis liitea, now called Sternbergia liitea; 
A. Belladonna, now Belladonna purpurdscens ; and JYerine 
sarniensis. This is a beautiful flowering bulb, and re- 
quires the protection of a frame during winter. The 
old bulb seldom flowers oftener than two succeeding 
years, and then decays, but the off'-sets will flower the 



June and July.] FLOWER GARDEN— CARNATIONS, &c. 275 

second year ; therefore when the old bulbs are lifted, 
they ought to be immediately planted, and receive every 
encouragement to strengthen them for flowering. 
Crocus saiivus, C. Palldsii, C. serotinus^ and C. nudifidrus^ 
and all the species of Colchicum, with species of several 
other genera not introduced into the country. They 
should all be lifted as soon as the foliage is decayed, 
and kept only a few weeks out of the ground, and then 
again replanted in fresh soil. The economy of the 
genus Colchicum in regard to its bulbs, flowers, and seeds, 
is altogether singular, and may be termed an anomaly 
of nature. In producing the new bulbs or off*-sets in a 
very curious manner, the old one perishes. The flowers 
which arise with long slender tubes from the root die 
oflfin October, without leaving any external appearance 
of seeds. These lie buried all the winter within the 
bulb, in spring they grow upon a fruit stalk, and are 
ripe about the first of June. How beautiful and admi- 
rable is this provision! The plant blooming so late in 
the year, would not have time to mature its seeds be- 
fore winter; and is, therefore, so contrived that it may 
be performed out of the reach of the usual effects of 
frost, and they are brought above the surface when 
perfected, and at a proper season for sowing. 

CARNATIONS AND PINKS. 

In order to make the former flower well, if the wea- 
ther is dry, give them frequent waterings at the root, 
and tie them up neatly to their rods. The criterion of 
a fine carnation is — the stem strong and straight, from 



276 FLOWER GARDEN— CARNATIONS, &c. [June and July, 

thirty to forty inches high, the corolla three inches dia- 
meter, consisting of large round well formed petals, but 
not so many as to crowd it, nor so few as to make it 
appear thin or empty ; the outside petals should rise 
above the calyx about half an inch, and then turn off 
in a horizontal direction, to support the interior petals, 
they forming nearly a hemispherical corolla. The inte- 
rior petals should decrease in size toward the centre, 
all regularly disposed on every side ; they should have 
a small degree of concavity at the lamina or broad end, 
the edges perfectly entire. The calyx above one inch 
in length, with strong broad points in a close and cir- 
cular body. The colours must be perfectly distinct, 
disposed in regular long stripes, broadest at the edge 
of the lamina, and gradually becoming narrower as they 
approach the unguis or base of the petal, there termin- 
ating in a fine point. Those that contain two colours 
upon a white ground are esteemed the finest. 

Of a double pink — the stem about twelve inches, the 
calyx smaller but similar to a carnation ; the flowers 
two inches and a half in diameter ; petals rose edges ; 
colour white, and pure purple, or rich crimson ; the 
nearer it approaches to black it is the more esteemed ; 
proportions equal as in carnation. Those that are very 
tasteful with these flowers are attentive to the manner of 
their opening. Whore the calyx is deficient in regular 
expansion to display the petals; that is, where there is 
a tendency to burst open on one side more than on 
the other, the opposite side in two or three different 
indentions should be slit a little at several times with 
the point of a small sharp knife, taking care not to cut 



June and July.] FLOWER GARDEN— CARNATIONS, &c. 271' 

the petals, and about the centre of the calyx tie a thread 
three or four times round to prevent any farther irre- 
gularity. Some florists and connoisseurs place cards 
on them. This is done when the calyx is small. Take 
a piece of thin pasteboard, about the size of a dollar ; 
cut a small aperture in its centre to admit the bud to 
pass through. When on tie it tight to the rod, to pre- 
vent the wind from blowing it about ; and when the 
flower is expanded, draw up the card to about the mid- 
dle of the calyx, and spread the petals one over the other 
regularly upon it. When these plants are in flower, 
their beauty may be prolonged by giving them a little 
shade from the mid-day sun by an awning of any simple 
description. Where they are in pots, they can be re- 
moved to a cool shady situation, (but not directly un- 
der trees.) 

OF LAYING CARNATIONS AND PINKS. 

This is a necessary and yearly operation to keep a 
supply of plants, and likewise to have them always in 
perfection. As the process of laying, though simple, may 
not be known to all who are desirous of cultivating 
these plants, we will give an outline of the mode of 
operation. Provide first a quantity of small hooked 
twigs (pieces of Asparagus stems are very suitable) 
about three inches long, for pegging the layers down in 
the earth. Select the outward stronsrest and lowest 
shoots that are round the plant, trim off" a few of the 
under leaves, and shorten with the knife the top ones 
even, and then applying it at a joint about the middle 



278 FLOWER GARDEN— PRUNING ROSES. [June and July/ 

of the under-side of the shoot, cut about half through 
in a slanting direction, making an upward slit towards 
the next joint, near an inch in extent ; and loosening 
the earth, make a small oblong cavity one or two in- 
ches deep, putting a little fresh light earth therein. Lay 
the stem part where the slit is made into the earth, 
keeping the cut part open, and the head of the layer 
upright one or two inches out of the earth ; and in that 
position peg down the layer with one of the hooked 
twigs, and cover the inserted part to the depth of one 
inch with some of the fresh earth, pressing it gently 
down. In this manner proceed to lay all the proper 
shoots of each plant. Keep the earth a little full round 
the plant, to retain longer the water that may be ap- 
plied. Give immediately a moderate watering, with 
a rose watering pot, and in dry weather give light water- 
ings every evening. Choose a cloudy day for the above 
operation. In about two months they will be well 
rooted. 

PRUNING ROSES. 

The best time to prune what are termed " Garden 
roses" is immediately after flowering, which is gener- 
ally about the middle of June. Cut out all old exhaust- 
ed wood, and where it is too thick and crowded, short- 
ening those shoots which have flowered to a good fresh 
strong eye, or bud, accompanied with a healthy leaf, 
but leaving untouched such shoots as are stfll in a grow- 
ing state, except where they are becoming irregular. 
Such should be cut to the desired shape. There is not 
a better period of the year for puting these bushes in 



June and July.] FLOWER GARDEN— BUDDING ROSES. 279 

handsome order, which ought to be studied. All wood 
that grows after this pruning will ripen perfectly and 
produce fine flowers next year. 

Our reasons for doing so at this period are these: 
The points of the shoots of the more delicate sorts of 
roses are very apt to die when pruned in winter or 
spring; hence the consequences of this evil are avoid- 
ed. The stronger the wood of roses is made to grow, 
the flowers will be the larger and more profuse, and 
this effect is but produced by cutting out the old and 
superfluous wood; at least it prevents any loss of vege- 
tative power, which ought always to be considered. 

OF BUDDING OR INOCULATION OF ROSES. 

According to what we have previously hinted in re- 
gard to having roses as standards, where such are de- 
sired, the month of July is a proper time for the opera- 
tion of budding. The kinds to be taken for stocks should 
be of a strong free growth. Such as Ornamental parade; 
Dutch tree; R. vilosa; R. canina; and frequently the French 
Eglantine, are taken. Be provided with a proper bud- 
ding-knife, which has a sharp thin blade adapted to 
prepare the bud, with a tapering ivory haft made thin 
at the end for raising the bark of the stock. For tieings 
use bass strings from Russia mats, which should be 
soaked in water to make them more pliable. The 
height of the stock or stem at which the bud is to be 
inserted, is to be determined by the intended destina- 
tion of the tree, (as it may be properly called.) Choose 
a smooth part of the stem, from one to three years old. 



280 FLOWER GARDEN— OF ROSES, &c. [June and July. 

Having marked the place, prune away all the lateral 
shoots about and underneath it. With the knife directed 
horizontally, make an incision about half an inch long 
in the bark of the stock, cutting into the wood, but not 
deeper ; then applying the point of the knife to the mid- 
dle of this line, make a perpendicular incision under 
the first, extending from it between one and two inches. 
Having a healthy shoot of the growth of this year pro- 
vided of the kind that is desired, begin at the lower end 
of this shoot, cut away all the leaves, leaving the foot- 
stalk of each. Being fixed on a promising bud, insert 
the knife about half an inch above the eye, slanting it 
downwards, and about half through the shoot. Draw it 
out about an inch below the eye, so as to bring 
away the bud unimpaired with the bark, and part of the 
wood adhering to it; the wood now must be carefully 
detached from the bark. To do this insert the point of 
the knife between the bark and wood at one end, and 
holding the bark tenderly, strip off the woody part, 
which will readily part from the bark if the shoot from 
which the piece is taken has been properly imbued with 
sap.* Look at the inner rind of the separated bark, to 
seeif that be entire; if there be a hole in it, the eye of the 
bud has been pulled away with the wood, rendering the 
bud useless, which throw away; if there be no hole, re- 
turn to the stock, and with the haft of the knife gently 
raise the bark on each side of the perpendicular incision, 

* We once budded three eyes of the white moss rose, after they had by mistake 
been carried in the pocket of a coat three days. The shoot was soaked six hours 
in water, and two of the buds grew. From this we infer that shoots, if properly 
wrapped up, may be carried very great distances, and grow successfully. 



June and July.] FLOWER GARDEN— OF WATERING. 28 1 

opening the lips wide enough to admit the prepared 
sHp with the eye. If the shp is longer than the upright 
incision in the stock, reduce the largest end. Stock 
and bud being ready, keep the latter in its natural posi- 
tion, introduce it between the bark and wood of the 
stock, pushing it gently downwards until it reaches the 
bottom of the perpendicular incision. Let the eye of 
the bud project through the centre of the lips ; lay the 
slip with the bud as smooth as possible, and press down 
the raised bark of the stock. The bud being deposited, 
bind that part of the stock moderately tight with bass, 
beginning a little below the incision, proceeding upward 
so as to keep the eye uncovered, finishing above the in- 
cision. In a month after the operation, examine whether 
the bud has united with the stock. If it has succeeded, 
the bud will be full and fresh ; if not, it will be brown 
and contracted. When it has taken, untie the bandage, 
that the bud may swell, and in a few days afterwards cut 
the head of the stock off about six inches above the in- 
oculation, and prevent all shoots from growing by pinch- 
ing them off. This will forward the bud, which will push 
and ripen wood this season ; but it must be carefully 
tied as it grows to the remaining head of the stock. 
Some do not head down the stock until the following 
spring, thereby not encouraging the bud to grow, which 
if winter sets in early is the safest method. 

OF WATERING. 

If the season is dry, look over the late planted shrubs, 
and give them frequent copious waterings ; and a iew 
36 



Ogo ROOMS. [June and July. 

of the finest annuals that are wanted to flower perfect- 
ly should be attended to. Dahlias sufler very much in 
dry seasons, therefore it is advisable to water the most 
beautiful (or all) of them two or three times per week, 
and be careful to tie up their shoots to any support that 
is given to them, in case of high winds breaking or 
otherwise destroying the flower stems. 



moomi^ 



JUJ^E AND JULY. 



The only attention requisite to these plants, is in giv- 
ing water, keeping them from being much exposed to 
either sun or high winds, and preventing the attack of 
insects. Water must be regularly given every evening, 
when there has not been rain during the day. Where 
they are in a growing state, they are not liable at this 
season of the year to suffer from too much water, ex- 
cept in a few intances, such as the Lemon-scented 
Geranium, and those kinds that are tuberose rooted, 
as Jirdens^ Bicolor, Tristum, &c. which should have 
moderate supplies. 

All the plants ought to be turned round every few 
weeks to prevent them from growing to one side, by 
the one being more dark than the other, and keep 



June and July.] ROOMS. 283 

those of a straggling growth tied neatly to rods. 
Wherever insects of any description appear, wash them 
off directly. Give regular syringings or sprinklings 
from the rose of a watering pot. Be particularly at- 
tentive in this respect to the Camellias, which will keep 
the foliage in a healthy state, and prevent the effects 
of mildew. 

If the foliage of Lilium longi/ldrum, or japonicum, has 
died down, do not water them while dormant, as they 
are easily injured by such treatment. 



284 



Ji^oumonm 



AUGUST. 

The plants of the Hot-house that were repotted in 
May and June, according to the directions therein given, 
will at present be in an excellent state of health, provided 
they have got at all times the requisite supplies of wa- 
tering. And as we already have been very explicit on 
that subject, more remarks now would be merely repe- 
tition. 

REPOTTING. 

If any of the repottings were neglected, during May 
or June, let it be done about the first of this month. 
Let young plants that are growing freely, where the 
roots have filled the pots, and the plants required to 
grow, have pots one size larger. In turning out the 
ball of earth, keep it entire, not disturbing any of the 
roots. 

OF PAINTING, REPAIRING, AND CLEANSING THE HOUSE. 

The necessary repairs of the Hot-house are too often 
put off to the last day or week ; and then with hurry 
are superficially attended to. Previous to the first of 
September, have all the wood-work painted ; which 
ought to have one coat every year, and the glass all 



August.] GREEN-HOUSE. 285 

repaired. Have the flues and furnace examined, and 
all rents plastered over, or any deficiency made good. 
Give the flue a thick coat of lime white-wash, and pro- 
perly white-wash the whole interior stages and shelves 
to destroy any larvas of insects ; or, what is preferable 
for the latter, use oil paint. If there is a tan bed, have 
that renewed ; take out what is most decayed, and add 
new tan. Wash out the floor perfectly clean, so that 
all may be in readiness for the plants next month. 



a?reett=:?§ott0e 



AUGUST. 

Any of the Myrtles^ Oranges^ Lemons^ Oleanders^ &c. that 
were headed down in April or May, will be pushing many 
young shoots. The plant must be carefully examined, 
to observe which of the shoots ought to be left to form 
the tree. Having determined on this, cut out all the 
others close to the stem with a small sharp knife; and if 
the remaining shoots are above one foot long, pinch 
ofl" the tops to make them branch out. 

The trees that were entirely headed down, should 
not have above six shoots left, which will, by being 
topped, make a sufiicient quantity to form the bush or 
tree. 



286 GREEN-HOUSE— GERANIUMS. [August. 



GERANIUMS. 

These plants, about the first of the month, require a 
complete dressing. In the first place collect them all 
together, and with a sharp knife cut off the wood of 
this year to within a few eyes of the wood of last year. 
Citriodorum and its varieties do not need pruning. The 
plants grown from cuttings during the season, that 
have flowered, cut them to about four inches from the 
pot. This being done, have the earth all prepared 
with potshreds or fine gravel for draining the delicate 
kinds. And in a shaded situation turn the plants pro- 
gressively out of the pots they are in, reducing the balls 
of earth so that the same pots may contain them again, 
and allow from half an inch to two inches, according 
to the size of the pot, of fresh soil around the ball, which 
press down by a thin piece of wood cut for the purpose. 
Finish by leveling all neatly with the hand. Give very 
gentle waterings from a pot with a rose mouth, for a 
few weeks, until they have begun to grow, protecting 
them entirely from the sun, till that period, then take 
the opportunity of a cloudy day to expose them. After 
this repotting, the following kinds are liable to suffer 
from too much water : Pavoninum, Daveydnum^ ffilgens, 
ardens, citriodorum, ruhescens, jlorahundum, mdescens ; with 
those of a similar habit, and these species do not re- 
quire so much encouragement at the root as the strong 
growing sorts. The tuberous rooted and deciduous 
species must be very moderately supplied. Be careful 
when watering that the new soil does not become sa- 



August.] GREEN-HOUSE— ORANGES, &c. 287 

turated with water, as, though allowed to dry again, it 
will not be so pure. When they shoot afresh, turn 
them regularly every two weeks, to prevent them grow- 
ing to one side. 



ORANGES, LEMONS, &c. 

As it is frequently very inconvenient to shift these 
trees into larger tubs in the months of March and April, 
this month is a period that is suitable both from the 
growth of the trees, and their being in the open air. It 
would be improper to state the day or the week, that 
depending entirely on the season. The criterion is 
easily observed, which is when the first growth is over, 
these trees making another growth in autumn. When 
they are large, they require great exertion, and are fre- 
quently attended with inconvenience to get them shift- 
ed. Where there is a quantity of them, the best plan 
that we have tried or seen adopted is as follows: Have a 
strong double and a single block trimmed with a suffici- 
ency of rope; make it fast to the limb of a large tree, or 
any thing that projects, and will bear the weight, and as 
high as will admit of the plant being raised a few feet 
under it. Take a soft bandage and put around the 
stem, to prevent the bark from being bruised ; make 
a rope fast to it, in which hook the single block. Raise 
the plant the height of the tub, put a spar across the 
tub, and strike on the spar with a mallet, which will 
separate the tub from the ball. Then with a strong 
pointed stick probe a little of the earth from amongst 
the roots, observing to cut away any that are affected 



288 GREEN-HOUSE— ORANGES, &c. [August. 

by dry-rot, damp, or mildew, with any very matted 
roots. Having all dressed, place a few potshreds over 
the hole or holes in the bottom of the tub ; measure 
exactly the depth of the ball that remains around the 
plant, and fill up with earth, pressing it a little with the 
hand, until it will hold the ball one inch under the edge 
of the tub. If there is from four to six inches of earth 
under it, it is quite enough. Fill all around the ball, 
and press it down with a stick, finishing neatly off with 
the hand. Observe that the stem of the tree is exactly 
in the centre. This being done, carry the tree to where 
it is intended to stand, and give it water with a rose on 
the pot. The earth will subside about two inches, 
thus leaving three inches, which will at any time hold 
enough of water for the tree. Trees thus treated will 
not require to be shifted again within four or five years, 
having in the interim got a few rich top-dressings. 

Frequently in attempting to take out of the tubs those 
that are in a sickly state, all the soil falls from their 
roots, having no fibres attached. When there are any 
such, after replanting, put them in the Green-house, and 
shut it almost close up, there give shade to the tree, 
and frequent sprinklings of water, until it begins to grow, 
when admit more air gradually until it becomes har- 
dened. These trees should be put in very small tubs, 
and a little sand added to the soil. Give very moderate 
supplies of water, merely keeping the soil moist. Tubs 
generally give way at the bottom when they begin to 
decay, and in the usual method of coopering after this 
failure they are useless, the ledging being rotten, and 
will not admit of another bottom. The staves should 



August.] FLOWER GARDEN— PRUNING ORANGES, &c. 289 

be made without any groove, and have four brackets 
nailed on the inside, having the bottom in a piece by 
itself that it can be placed on these brackets, and there 
is no necessity of it being water tight. Then when it 
fails, it can be replaced again at a trifling expense. A 
tub made this way will last out three or four bottoms, 
and is in every respect the cheapest, and should be 
more wide than deep. Large Myrtles and Oleanders may 
be treated in the same manner as directed for the 
above. 



OF PRUNING ORANGES, LEMONS, &c. 

These trees will grow very irregularly, especially the 
Lemow, if not frequently dressed or pruned. Any time 
this month look over them all minutely, and cut away 
any of the small naked wood where it is too crowded, 
and cut all young strong straggling shoots to the 
bounds of the tree, giving it a round regular head. It is 
sometimes necessary to cut out a small limb, but large 
amputations should be avoided. Cover all wounds 
with turpentine or bees-wax, to prevent the bad effects 
of the air. 

OF REPOTTING PLANTS. 

Any of the plants enumerated in March under this 
head, may be now done according to directions therein 
given, and which apply to all sizes. This is the proper 
period for repotting the following : — 

Cdlla, a genus of four species. None of them in our 
37 



290 GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING PLANTS, [August, 

collections, and in fact are not worth cultivation, except 
C oethibpica^ Ethiopian Lily, which is admired for the 
purity and singularity of its large white flowers, or rather 
spatha, which is cucullate, leaves sagittate. It is now 
called Richdrdia cethiopica. The roots which are tubers 
should be entirely divested of the soil they have been 
grown in, breaking off any small offsets, and potting 
them wholly in fresh earth. When growing they cannot 
get too much water. The plant will grow in a pond of 
water, and withstand our severest winters, provided the 
roots are kept at the bottom of the water. 

Cyclamen. There are eight species and six varieties 
of this genus, which consists of humble plants with very 
beautiful flowers. The bulbs are round, flattened, and 
solid, and are peculiarly adapted for pots and the de- 
corating of rooms. C. coum, leaves almost round ; 
flowers light red ; in bloom from January to April. C 
persicum, with its four varieties, flower from February 
to April ; colour white, and some white and purple. 
C. hecki'CBfdlium, Ivy-leaved ; colour lilac; there is a white 
variety ; flowers from July to September. C. EuropcEum^ 
colour lilac, in bloom from August to October. C. nea- 
pohtdnum, flowers red, in bloom from July to September. 
These are all desirable plants. When the foliage 
begins to decay, withhold the accustomed supplies of 
water, keeping them in a half dry state; and when grow- 
ing they must not be over watered, as they are apt to 
rot from moisture. Keep them during the summer 
months in the shade. The best time for potting ei- 
ther of the sorts is when the crown of the bulb begins 
to protrude. If the pots are becoming large, every 



August.] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING PLANTS. 29 1 

alternate year they may be cleared from the old soil, 
and put in smaller pots with the crown barely covered. 
When the flowers fade, the pedicles twist up like a 
screw, inclosing the germen in the centre, lying close 
to the ground until the seeds ripen, from which plants 
can be grown, and will flower the third year. 

Lachendlia, a genus of about forty species of bulbs, 
all natives of the Cape of Good Hope, and grow re- 
markably well in our collections. The most common 
is L. tricolor. L. quadricolor^ and its varieties, are all 
fine; the colours yellow, scarlet, orange, and green, 
very pure and distinct ; L. riibida. L. punctata, L. orchoi- 
des, and L. nervosa, are all fine species. The flowers 
are on a stem from a half to one foot high, and much in 
the character of a hyacinth. The end of the month is 
about the time of planting. Five inch pots are large 
enough, and they must get very little water till they be- 
gin to grow. 

Oxalis, above one hundred species of Cape bulbs, 
and like all other bulbs of that country, they do exceed- 
ingly well in our collections, in which there are only 
comparatively a few species, not exceeding twelve. O. 
rubella, branching, of a vermilion colour ; 0. margindta, 
white ; O. elongdta, striped ; and 0. amcena, are those 
that require potting this month. The first of Septem- 
ber is the most proper period for the others. 

This genus of plants is so varied in the construction 
of its roots, that the same treatment will not do for all. 
The root is commonly bulbous, and these will keep a 
few weeks or months out of the soil, according to their 
size. Several are only thick and fleshy : these ought 



292 GREEN-HOUSE— GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. [August. 

not to be taken out of the pots, but kept in them, while 
dormant ; and about the end of this month give them 
gentle waterings. When they begin to grow, take the 
earth from the roots, and pot them in fresh soil. In a 
few years the bulbs are curiously produced, the original 
bulb near the surface striking a radical fibre down- 
right from its base, at the extremity of which is pro- 
duced a new bulb for the next year's plant, the old one 
perishing. 

Ornithogalum, Star of Bethlehem, about sixty spe- 
cies of bulbs, principally from the Cape of Good Hope. 
Many of them have little attraction. The most beau- 
tiful that we have seen are O. lacteum, which has a 
spike about one foot long of fine white flowers ; and O. 
aureum, flowers of a golden colour, in contracted race- 
mose corymbs. These two are magnificent. O. ma- 
ritimum is the officinale squill. The bulb is frequently 
as large as a human head, pear-shaped, and tunicated 
like the onion. From the centre of the root arise seve- 
ral shining glaucous leaves a foot long, two inches 
broad at base, and narrowing to a point. They are 
green during winter, and decay in the spring ; then the 
flower-stalk comes out, rising two feet, naked half way, 
and terminated by a pyramidal thyrse of white flowers. 
The bulb ought to be kept dry from the end of June 
till now, or it will not flower freely. 

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

Watering, and other practical care of the plants, to 
be done as heretofore described. Frequently the 



August.] FLOWER-GARDEN— EVERGREEN HEDGES. 293 

weather at the end of this month becomes cool and 
heavy. Dew falhng through the night will in part sup- 
ply the syringing operation, but it must not be suspend- 
ed altogether. Three times a week will suffice. Any 
of the plants that are plunged should be turned every 
week. In wet weather observe that none are suffering 
from moisture. 



jFUi^nr::<2ffat:trm, 



AUGUST. 



EVERGREEN HEDGES. 



These always make two growths in the season, and 
the best time to perform the clipping or dressing of 
them is before the plants begin their second growth. 
Choose if possible dull and cloudy days for the opera- 
tion. The general practice in forming these, is to have 
the sides even, and the top level, forming a right angle 
on each side. However neat in appearance this may 
be considered, it certainly is stiff and formal. We 
never approve of shearing where it can be avoided, 
and when adopted, nature ought to be imitated. We 
consider that all hedges and edgings ought to be nar- 
rowed at the top. 



294 FLOWER-GARDEN— CARNATIONS, &c. [August. 



CARNATIONS AND PINKS. 

If layed about the end of June, and been properly 
attended, they will by the end of this month be well 
rotted and fit for transplanting. Clear away the earth 
hghtly, and cut them clean off from the parent plant, 
nearer the stool than the original slit. Raise them 
neatly out of the earth, with as many of the root-fibres 
as possible ; cut off the naked part of the stem close to 
the fibrous roots, and trim away the straggling leaves. 
Plant the finest sorts in four inch pots, and those more 
common three plants in five inch pots, in the form of a 
triangle, which can be separated in spring to plant in 
the garden. Any of the principal stools should be (if 
in the ground) lifted and put into seven inch pots to 
be preserved: the others may be allowed to stand 
through the winter, covering them with a few dry 
leaves. Keep them in the shade a few weeks, when 
they may be fully exposed. Give gentle and frequent 
sprinklings of water until they have taken fresh root ; 
or if in want of pots, mark out a bed that can be cover- 
ed with a frame, preparing the soil therein properly. 
Plant them from four to six inches apart. Shade them 
from the sun until they begin to grow, giving sprink- 
lings of water over the foliage every evening. 

BULBOUS ROOTS. 

Look over the bulbs that are out of the ground, and 
examine those that require planting. Fritilldria, about 



August.] (FLOWER-GARDEN— BULBOUS ROOTS, 295 

twenty species, but few of them generally cultivated, 
except F. imperialism Crown Imperial ; and F. persica. 
These will require planting, and ought not to be lifted 
oftener than every third year. There are four or five 
varieties of the above, showy flowers, and singular in 
appearance. They require a deep rich loamy soil, and 
if in beds, plant them from three to four inches deep, 
and one foot apart. They will grow under shade of 
trees, or any situation where the soil is adapted for 
them. No imbricated or scaly bulb ought to be retain- 
ed long out of the ground. When any of these are 
lifted, and the young bulbs taken off, they should be 
planted at once. See particularly on bulbous roots in 
general next month. 

SOWING SEEDS OF BULBOUS ROOTS. 

Where any seeds of these are saved, with the inten- 
tion of sowing, let it be done this month. Procure 
boxes about seven inches deep, and in size proportion- 
ed to the quantity to be sown. Put five inches of light 
sandy soil in the box, level it smoothly, and sow the 
seeds separately and thickly ; cover with half an inch 
of light sandy loam, with a portion of earth from the 
woods. Keep the box or boxes in a sheltered situation, 
giving frequent sprinklings of water to keep the earth 
damp, which must be protected with a frame, or cover- 
ed with leaves during winter. The plants will ap- 
pear in spring, and must be watered and kept in the 
shade : when the leaves decay in June, put one inch 
more soil upon them, and the second year they can be 



296 ROOMS. [August. 

planted with the small offsets in the garden, and treat- 
ed as other bulbs. They must be carefully marked 
every year. Tulips require many years of trial before 
their qualities are known; and a poor soil is best 
to produce their characters after the first bloom. 

SOWING AND SAVING SEEDS. 

About the end of this month or first of next, is an 
advisable period to sow seed of Delphinum Jljdcis jibre- 
pleno, or Double Rocket Larkspur. This plant does 
not flower in perfection except it is sown in autumn, and 
grown a little above ground before winter, when a few 
leaves can be lightly thrown amongst them, but not to 
cover them entirely, as that would cause damp, and they 
would rot off*. Coreopsis tinctoria, which is now Calliopsis 
tinctoria, and a beautiful plant, should likewise be sown. 
Be attentive in saving all kinds of seeds, many of which 
will keep best in the capsule. Name them all cor- 
rectly, and with the year in which they were growm 



lioom^. 



AUGUST. 



For the kinds of plants that require potting, we refer 
to the Green-house for this month. All that are therein 



August.] ROOMS. 297 

specified are peculiarly adapted for rooms, and we 
would call attention to the genus Cyclamen^ which 
has not been generally introduced into the collections 
of our ladies; as, from the character and beauty of the 
flowers, they are very attracting and highly deserving of 
culture. Attend to the Geraniums as there directed, 
and be particular in having them cut down, and repot- 
ted, as there fully described. The Oranges^ Lemons, 
Oleanders, and Myrtles, that are kept in cellars or rooms, 
should have the same attention in this month as directed 
in the Green-house, which to repeat here would be oc- 
cupying space unnecessarily. 

Reseda odordta, or Mignonette, is one of the most fra- 
grant annuals. To have it in perfection, the seed should 
be sown about the end of this month,or beginning of next, 
into pots of fine light earth, and sprinkled with water 
frequently. When it comes up the plants must be thin- 
ned out or transplanted ; the former method is prefer- 
able. Keep them from frost during winter, and always 
near the light. 

This will equally apply to the Green-house. 



38 



298 



fi^ot^Mmm. 



SEPTEMBER. 



DRESSING THE PLANTS. 



Having last month put the house in complete order, 
all that remains necessary to be attended to, is the state 
of the plants and pots, which should be regularly ex- 
amined, and of those where the roots fill the soil, a little 
may be taken off the top, supplying its place with fresh 
earth, thereby giving what is called a top dressing. 
Give each a sufficient rod that requires it, tieing the 
plant neatly thereto ; minutely scrutinise each for in- 
sects, and where they are detected, have them eradica- 
ted. 

Finally, wash all contracted foulness from off the 
pots, at the same time pick off any decayed leaves; 
thus all will be in perfect order to take into the house. 
If any plants have been kept in the Hot-house during 
summer, they must likewise go through the same ope- 
rations. 

OF TAKING IN THE PLANTS. 

From the 1 6th to the 24th, according to the season, 
is the proper time to take in the Hot-house plants. It is 
preferable to have them what might be deemed a few 



Sept.] HOT-HOUSE— GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 299 

days too early, than have them in the shghtest affected 
by cold. 

Commence by housing the largest first, and those 
that stand farthest in the house, observing to place the 
most tender sorts nearest the heat or warmest part of 
the house. For observations on them, see May: in re- 
gard to arrangement, that must be according to the 
taste of the operator. We may observe that in a small 
collection it is better to have them in a regular than in 
a picturesque form. A dry shelf is indispensable in this 
department for placing on it all herbaceous plants, such 
as Cdnna, Hedychium, Zingiber^ Kcempferia^ &c. the 
watering of which from this time should be gradually 
suspended, that they may have their required cessation 
to make them flower well. This shelf may be in any 
situation; one in darkness, where other plants will not 
grow, will answer perfectly well. If there is a bark 
bed, do not, until the end of December, plunge any of 
the pots therein. 

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

The plants being now all under protection, they must 
have as much air as possible admitted to them every day, 
by opening the doors, front and top sashes, closing only 
at night. The syringings must be continued, and care 
taken that plants of a deciduous or herbaceous nature 
are not over watered. Alstrcbmerias are apt to rot while 
dormant when they are supplied with water. The tu- 
berous species might be kept almost dry. Some prac- 
tical men of sound science repot these plants in this 



300 GREEN-HOUSE. [Sept. 

month into fresh soil, and allow them to stand till Jan- 
uary almost without water. We have never adopted 
this method with any description of plants, but do not 
doubt of its success with that genus. 

See that the ropes and pullies of the sashes are in 
good order, and fit to stand all winter. 



^xtm:^W(xmt. 



SEPTEMBER. 



During this month every part of the Green-house 
should have a thorough cleansing, which is too fre- 
quently neglected, and many hundreds of insects left 
unmolested. To preserve the wood work in good order, 
give it one coat of paint every year. Repair all broken 
glass, white-wash the whole interior, giving the flues 
two or three coats, and cover the stages with hot-lime, 
white-wash, or oil-paint; examine ropes, pullies, and 
weights, finishing by washing the pavement perfectly 
clean. If there have been any plants in the house du- 
ring summer, be sure after this cleansing that they are 
clean also, before they are returned to their respective 
situations. 



Sept.] GREEN-HOUSE— OF WATERING, Sec. 3OI 

OF WATERING. 

The intensity of the heat being over for the season, 
the heavy dews during night will prevent so much ab- 
sorption amongst the plants. They will, in general, 
especially by the end of the month, require limited sup- 
plies of water comparatively to their wants in the sum- 
mer months. Be careful amongst the Geraniums that 
were repotted in August, not to water them until the 
new soil about their roots is becoming dry. Syringing 
in this month may be suspended in time of heavy dews, 
but in dry nights resort to it again. 

The herbaceous plants and those of a succulent na- 
ture must be sparingly supplied. The large trees that 
were put in new earth will require a supply only once 
a week, but in such quantity as will go to the bottom of 
the tubs. 

PREPARING FOR TAKING IN THE PLANTS. 

About the end of the month all the plants should be 
examined and cleaned in like manner as directed for 
those of the Hot-house last month, which see. From 
the 1st to the 8th of October is the most proper time 
to take them into the Green-house, except those of a 
half hardy nature, which may stand out till the appear- 
ance of frost. All the Geraniums that were put in the 
shade after shifting, may after the 10th be fully exposed, 
which will in some degree prevent them from being weak. 
Turn them in such a manner as will make them grow 
equally. Always endeavour to have these plants short 



302 GREEN-HOUSE— STOCKS, &c. [Sept. 

and bushy, for they are unsightly otherwise, except 
where a few very large specimens are desired for show. 
All Myrtles and Oleanders that were headed down, if 
the young shoots are too crowded, continue to thin 
them out, and give regular turnings, that all the heads 
may grow regularly. 



STOCKS AND WALL-FLOWERS, 

That are wanted to flower in the Green-house (where 
they do remarkably well) and are in the ground, have 
them carefully lifted before the end of the month, and 
planted in six or seven inch pots, with light loamy soil. 
Place them in the shade till they take fresh root, and 
give them frequent sprinklings of water. As soon as 
the fohage becomes erect, expose them to the full sun, 
and treat as Green-house plants. 

CHRYSANTHEMUMS. 

These very ornamental plants blooming so late, and 
at a period when there are few others in flower, one of 
each variety (or two of some of the finest) should be 
lifted and put in 8 inch pots, in hght loamy soil, and 
treated as above directed for Stocks, &c. These will 
flower beautifully from October to December, and when 
done blooming the pots may be plunged in the garden, 
or covered with any kind of litter, until spring, when 
they can be divided and planted out. 



Sept.] GREEN-HOUSE— CAPE BULBS, &c. 303 

CAPE AND HOLLAND BULBS. 

About the end of this month is the period for all of 
these that are intended for the Green-house to be 
potted. We specified some of the former last month, 
and will here enumerate a few others. 

Babiana, a genus of small bulbs, with pretty blue, red, 
and yellow flowers. B. distica, pale blue flowers in two 
ranks. B. stricfa^ flowers blue and white. B. tubifibra 
is beautiful, colour white and red. B. plicdta has sweet- 
scented pale blue flowers. There are about twenty 
species of them, and they grow from six to twelve in- 
ches high. Four inch pots are sufficient for them. 

Gladiolus^ Corn-flag, a genus of above fifty species. 
There are several very showy plants amongst them, 
and a few very superb. G. floribundus, large pink and 
white flowers. G. cardinalis, flowers superb scarlet, 
spotted with white. G. byzanilnus, large purple flowers. 
G. bldndus^ flowers of a blush rose colour, and hand- 
some. G. cuspiddtus, flowers white and purple. G. 
psittdcinus is the most magnificent of the genus, both in 
size and beauty of flower ; the flowers are striped with 
green, yellow, and scarlet, about four inches diameter, 
in great profusion, on a stem about two feet high, and 
though rare in Europe may be seen in some collections 
in this country. The beauty of this genus is ah cen- 
tred in the flowers ; the leaves are similar to 7m. 

Ixia, a genus containing about twenty-five species of 
very free-flowering bulbs. /. monadelpha, flowers blush 
and green. /. leucdntha, flowers large, white. /. capi- 
tdta, flowers in heads of a white and almost black co- 



304 GREEN-HOUSE— CAPE BULBS, &c. [Sept. 

lour. /. conica, flowers orange and velvet. /. columeU 
Idris is beautifully variegated with purple, blush, and 
vermilion colours. The flower stems are from six to 
twenty-four inches high. 

Spardxis, a beautiful genus of twelve species, closely 
alhed to the last, but more varied in colour. S.grandi- 
flora striata is striped with purple ground blush. S. ver- 
sicolor, colours crimson, dark purple, and yellow. S. 
anemonaflora is of various colours, and very similar to 
Jlnemone. 

Tritdnta, a genus of about twenty-five species. Few of 
them deserve culture in regard to their beauty. T. cro- 
cdta is in our collections, as /. crocdta, which is amongst 
the finest, and T. zanthospila has white flowers curiously 
spotted with yellow. 

Watsonia, a genus containing several species of showy 
flowers, several of which are in our collections, under 
the genus Gladiolus, but the most of the species may ea- 
sily be distinguished from it by their flat shell formed 
bulbs. W. iridifolia is the largest of the genus, and has 
flowers of a flesh colour. W. rosea is large growing, the 
flowers are pink, and on the stem in a pyramid form. W. 
humilis is a pretty red flowering species. W. fulgida, once 
Antholyza fdlgens, has fine bright scarlet flowers. W. 
rubens is an esteemed red flowering species, but scarce. 

These six genera are in general cultivation. There 
are several of others of merit that our limits will not ad- 
mit of inserting. We have no doubt there are some 
splendid species that have not come under our obser- 
vatign, and others which may be obtained from the Cape 
of Good Hope not known in any collection. Many 



Sept.] GREEN-HOUSE— CAPE BULBS, &c. 305 

hundreds of superb bulbs indigenous to that country, 
and of the same nature and habit of the above, have 
not been seen in collections. The flowers of those 
which we have specified are from one to four inches in 
diameter, ringent, tubular, or campanulate. Pots from 
four to seven inches diameter, according to the size of 
the roots, will be large enough. Give them very little 
water until they begin to grow ; then supply moderate- 
ly, and keep them near the light. Of the Holland or 
Dutch bulbs, the Hyacinth is the favourite to bloom in 
the Green-house. A few of the Tulip, JVarcissus, Iris, and 
Crocus, may for variety be also planted with any other 
that curiosity may dictate. When these are grown in 
pots, the soil should be four-eighths loam, two-eighths 
leaf mould, one-eighth decomposed manure, one-eighth 
sand, well compounded ; plant in pots from four to se- 
ven inches, keep the crown of the bulb above the sur- 
face of the soil, except of the Tulip, which should be 
covered two inches. When these roots are potted, 
plunge them in the garden about three inches under 
ground ; mark out a space sufficient to contain them ; 
throw out the earth about four inches deep, place the 
pots therein, covering them with earth to the above 
depth, making it in the form of a bed. Leave a trench 
all round to carry oft' the rain. By so doing, the bulbs 
will root strong, the soil will be kept in a congenial 
state about them, and they will prove far superior than 
if done in the common method. Lift them from this 
bed on the approach of frost, or not later than the 
second week of December, wash the pots and take 
them to the Green-house. 
39 



306 GREEN-HOUSE— OF REPOTTING. [Sept. 

OF REPOTTING. 

Viburnum. This is a good period to repot all the 
flowering plants of this genus. For a full description 
of them, see Green-house, March. The repotting is 
only intended for young plants that are wanted to 
grow freely. When the V. tmus is much encouraged, 
it does not flower profusely. 

Lllium, Lily. There are four species of this splen- 
did genus kept in the Green-house. It has always 
been our practice to repot them when they begin to 
grow, though it is said by some that, when removed 
at that time, they will not flower perfectly. They will 
not do to be kept above a few weeks out of the 
ground, and we think they ought never to be kept out 
any period. We place them here, that a choice may 
be made by the cultivator of either of the periods, 
which is not material ; observing in either case, that 
excess of moisture is injurious while they are dormant. 
L. longiflorum grows about one foot high, with one or 
more flowers. L. longiflorum suaveokns, is sweet-scent- 
ed, and has only one flower. L. japdnicum is the most 
magnificent, grows about two feet high, with three or 
more flowers on one stem. L. lancifblium ; we incline 
to class this with L. specidsum, there being no apparent 
distinction in any character. The flowers are all of 
the purest white. They require from five to seven 
inch pots. 



307 



jfU'mtt Offatrirm* 



SEPTEMBER. 



OF DAHLIAS. 



See that all these plants are supported with proper 
stakes, rods, &c., that the wind may have no effect in 
breaking down or otherwise destroying the flower 
stems. Strictly observe their respective heights and 
colours, that they may be duly disposed and inter- 
spersed next year, if not done so this. If the early 
part of the month is dry, give them liberal supplies of 
water. 

GENERAL CARE OF PLANTS IN POTS. 

All the flowers that are in pots, and intended to be 
kept in frames during winter, should have a top-dress- 
ing, and a general preparation for their winter quarters, 
by tieing up, &c. The carnation and pink layers that 
were lifted and potted last month must be brought 
from the shade as soon as they begin to grow ; and 
those that are not lifted, have them done forthwith, 
that they may be rooted afresh before the frost sets in. 
All Wall-flowers and Stocks should be lifted this 
month, and planted in five to seven inch pots, and 
treated as directed for carnation layers last month, 



308 FLOWER-GARDEN— GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. [Sept. 

until they begin to grow, when they must be fully ex- 
posed. 



PREPARE BEDS AND BORDERS FOR BULBOUS ROOTS. 

Bulbous roots of every character delight in deep 
free soil; consequently, wherever they are desired to be 
planted, due attention must be paid to put the soil in 
proper order, to have them in perfection. Where 
there are a quantity intended to be planted, to have 
them in beds is the general and preferable method. 
These ought to be dug from eighteen inches to two 
feet deep, at the bottom of which place three or four 
inches of decayed manure. Where the soil is poor it 
should be enriched with well decomposed manure and 
earth from the woods, incorporating both well with 
the soil, breaking it all fine. This being done, allow 
it to stand until the middle of next month, which see 
for farther directions. 

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

Tie up carefully all the Chrysanthemums, Tuberoses, 
&c. Clear away the stems or haulm of any decayed 
annuals or herbaceous plants, that nothing unsightly 
may appear. Be attentive to the collecting of all kinds 
of seeds. 



309 



l^onij^ 



SEPTEMBER. 

Where there is a quantity of plants to be kept in 
these apartments, they should be disposed to the best 
effect, and at the same time in such a manner as will 
be most effectual to their preservation. A stage of 
some description is certainly the best, and, of whatever 
shape or form, it ought to be on castors, that it 
may, in severe nights of frost, be drawn to the centre 
of the room. The shape may be either concave, a 
half circle, or one square side. The bottom step or 
table should be six inches apart, keeping each succes- 
sive step one inch farther apart, to the desired height, 
which may be about six feet. Allowing the first step 
to be about two feet from the floor, there will be five 
or six steps, which will hold about fifty pots of a com- 
mon size. A stage in the form of half a circle will hold 
more, look the handsomest, and be most convenient. 
We have seen them circular, and when filled appeared 
like a pyramid. These do very well, but they must be 
turned every day, or the plants will not grow regularly. 
With this attention it is decidedly the best. Green is 
the most suitable colour to paint them. 



310 ROOMS— GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. [Sxpt. 



GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

The directions given for the Green-house this month 
are equally applicable here. The Tasseled White Chry- 
santhemum^ and a few other late blooming sorts, are 
particularly adapted for rooms. If there is no conve- 
nience to plunge the pots with Dutch bulbs in the gar- 
den, as described in the Green-house of this month, 
give them very little water until they begin to grow. 



311 



fi^oufi^omt. 



OCTOBER. 

Very few directions remain to be given to the de- 
partment of the Hot-house. The suppUes of water for 
this and the two preceding months are, according to 
the state and nature of tropical plants, more limited 
than at any other period of the year. This is the first 
month of what may be called their dormant state. Ob- 
serve the herbaceous plants, that they are, as soon as 
their foliage decays, set aside, in case of being too hbe- 
rally supplied with water. Airing is highly essential 
about this period, that the plants may be gradually har- 
dened ; but guard against injuring them. The tempe- 
rature should not be under fifty degrees ; when the days 
are cool, and the wind chilling, airing is not necessary ; 
and when air is admitted, always close up early in the 
afternoon, whilst the atmosphere is warm, to supersede 
the necessity of fire as long as possible. If at any time 
you have recourse to it in this month, use it with great 
caution. 

Examine all the shutters and fastenings, and see that 
they are in good substantial order, and where deficient 
repair them instantly, that they may be in readiness. 
Remove all leaves, and give syringings twice a week. 
Clear off, sweep out, and wash clean, that every part 
may be in the neatest order. 



312 



<S^tr^m=®Ott0^* 



OCTOBER. 



OF TAKING IN AND ARRANGING THE PLANTS. 

As observed in the previous month, let the housing of 
Green-house plants now be attended to. Have all in 
before the eighth of the month, except a few of the half 
hardy sorts, which may stand until convenient. Begin 
by taking in all the tallest first, such as Oranges^ Lemons^ 
Myrtles^ Oleanders^ &c. Limes ought to be kept in the 
warmest part of the house, otherwise they will throw 
their foliage. In arrangement, order is necessary to 
have a good effect ; and in small houses it ought to be 
neat and regular, placing the tallest behind, and accor- 
ding to their size graduating the others down to the 
lowest in front. Dispose the different sorts in varied 
order over the house, making the contrast as striking 
as possible. Having the surface of the whole as even 
as practicable, with a few of the most conspicuous for 
shape and beauty protruding above the mass, which 
will much improve the general appearance, and greatly 
add to the effect. All succulents should be put together. 
They will do in a dark part of the house, where other 
plants would not grow, studying to have the most ten- 
der kinds in the warmest part, and giving gentle water- 
ings every three or four weeks. When all are arranged, 



October.] GREEN-HOUSE— OF REPOTTING. 313 

give them a proper syringing, after which wipe clean all 
the stages, benches, &c. sweeping out all litter, and wash 
clean the pavement, which will give. to all a neat and 
becoming appearance. 

Let the waterings now be done in the mornings, as 
often and in such quantities as will supply their re- 
spective wants, examining the plants every day. 

During the continuance of mild weather, the circu- 
lation of air must be as free as possible, opening the 
doors and front and top sashes regularly over the 
house. But observe in frosty nights, and wet, cloudy 
weather, to keep all close shut. Be attentive in clear- 
ing off decayed leaves and insects. 

Any plants of LagerstrcBmta, Stercitlia, Hydrangea, 
Pomegranate, and others equally hardy, that are deci- 
duous, may be kept perfectly in a dry, light, airy cellar, 
giving frequent admissions of air. 

OF REPOTTING. 

Anemones. Where j^. nemorbsa jlore pleno and A. tha- 
lictroides fiore pleno are kept in pots in the Green-house, 
they should be turned out of the old earth, and planted 
in fresh soil. They are both pretty, low growing, 
double white flowering plants, and require a shaded 
situation. The latter is now called Thalictrum ane- 
monoides. 

Daphne, is a genus of diminutive shrubs, mostly ever- 
greens, of great beauty and fragrance. Very few 
species of them are in our collections. D. odbra, fre- 
quently called D. indica, is an esteemed plant for the 

40 



314 GREEN-HOUSE— OF REPOTTING. [October. 

delightful odour of its flowers, and valuable for the 
period of its flowering, being from December to March, 
according to the. situation; leaves scattered, oblong, 
lanceolate, smooth; flowers small, white, in many- 
flowered terminale heads. Z). hyhrida is a species in 
high estimation at present in Europe, but little known 
here, being only in a few collections ; flowers rose-co- 
loured, in terminale heads, and lateral bunches in great 
profusion, and very similar to the former in habit and 
shape of flower ; blooms from January to May, and is 
of a peculiar fragrance. D. oleoides is what may be 
termed "ever-blooming;" flowers of a lilac colour; 
leaves elliptic, lanceolate, smooth. D. laureola, Spurge 
laurel; D. poniica, D. alpina, and D. Cneorum, are all 
fine species, and in Europe are esteemed ornaments 
in the shrubbery, but we are not certain if they will 
prove hardy in" our vicinity. 

Primula. There are a few fine species and varie- 
ties in this genus, adapted either for the Green- 
house or Rooms. All the species and varieties will 
keep perfectly well in a frame, except the China sorts. 
Having previously observed a few of the other species 
and varieties, we will observe the treatment of these. 
F. sinensis, now prcenitens, known commonly as China 
Primrose; flowers pink, and in large proliferous um- 
bels, flowering almost through the whole year, but 
most profusely from January to May. Keep them in 
the shade, and be careful that they are not over-water- 
ed during summer. As the stems of the plant become 
naked, at this repotting a few inches should be taken 
off* the bottom of the ball, and placing them in a larger 



October.] GREEN-HOUSE— CAMELLIAS. 3] 5 

pot will allow the stems to be covered up to the leaves. 
P. p. albiflora, colour pure white and beautiful. P. p. 
dentiflora. There is also a white variety of this, both 
similar to the two former, only the flower indented. All 
these require the same treatment. As they only live a 
few years, many individuals, to propagate them, divide 
the stems, which in most cases will utterly destroy them. 
The best, and we may say the only method to increase 
them, is from seed, which they produce in abundance 
every year. 

Pceonia, is a magnificent genus. There are four va- 
rieties of them, half hardy and half shrubby. They will 
bear the winter if well protected, but are better in the 
Green-house. These are P. moutdn, Tree Paeony; the 
flower is about four inches in diameter, of a blush co- 
lour, and semi-double. P. M. Bdnksii is the common 
Tree Pseony, and called in our collection P. Moutdn; 
it has a very large double blush flower, and is much 
admired. P. M. papaverdcea is a most magnificent va- 
riety ; has large double white flowers, with pink cen- 
tres. P. M. rosea is a splendid rose-coloured double 
variety, and is scarce. These plants ought not to be 
exposed to the sun while in flower, as the colours be- 
come degenerated, and premature decay follows. 

If the Dutch bulbs intended for flowering during win- 
ter are not potted, have them all done as soon as possi- 
ble, according to directions given last month. 

CAMELLIAS, 

These plants ought to have a thorough examination, 



316 GREEN-HOUSE— CAMELLIAS. [October. 

and those that were omitted in repotting before they 
commenced growing, may be done in the early part of 
this month ; but it is not adviseable, except the roots 
are matted round the ball of earth, which should be 
turned out entire. Examine all the pots, stir up the 
surface of the earth, and take it out to the roots, sup- 
plying its place with fresh soil. Destroy any worms 
that may be in the pots, as they are very destructive to 
the fibres. Look over the foliage and with a sponge and 
water clear it of all dust, &;c. Frequently the buds are 
too crowded on these plants, especially the Double white 
and Variegated. In such case pick off the weakest, and 
where there are two together, be careful in cutting, so 
that the remaining bud may not be injured. 

This is the best period of the year to make selections 
of these, as they now can be transported hundreds of 
miles without any material injury, if they are judicious- 
ly packed in close boxes. In making a choice of these, 
keep in view to have distinctly marked varieties, inclu- 
ding a few of those that are esteemed as stocks for 
producing new kinds, which are undoubtedly indispen- 
sable ; and will reward the cultivator in a few years 
with new sorts. Besides, it will afford unbounded gra- 
tification to behold any of these universally admired 
ornaments of the Green-house improving by our as- 
sistance and under our immediate observation. There 
is nothing to prevent any individual from producing 
splendid varieties in a few years. Mr. Hogg correfctly 
observes, " It is very probable in a few years we shall 
have as great a variety of Camellias, as there are of 
Tulips, Hyacinths, Carnations, Auriculas, &c." 



October.] FLOWER-GARDEN— OF PLANTING, &c. 317 

It has been often said that these plants are difficult 
of cultivation. This is unfounded, indeed they are the 
reverse if put in a soil congenial to their nature. When 
highly manured soils are given, which are poisonous to 
the plants, sickness or death will inevitably ensue ; but 
this cannot be attributed to the dehcacy of their nature. 
We can unhesitatingly say there is no Green-house 
plant more hardy or easier of cultivation, and they are 
equally so in the parlour, if not kept confined in a room 
where there is a continuance of drying fire heat, their 
constitution not agreeing with an arid atmosphere. 



jFUJ^nrsffiatrirm. 



OCTOBER. 



OF PLANTING VARIOUS BULBOUS FLOWER ROOTS. 

From the middle of October to the beginning of No- 
vember is the best period for a general planting of 
Dutch bulbs. 

Crocuses are the earliest in flower, a.nd may be plant- 
ed about six inches off the edgings, about four inches 
apart and two deep, or in beds four feet wide ; the va- 
rieties selected and planted across the bed in rows of 



318 FLOWER-GARDEN— OF PLANTING, &c. [October. 

distinct colours, they flowering so early, and in that 
manner have a grand efiect. There are above sixty 
varieties to be had. 

Hyacinths. The ground that was prepared for these 
last month, should be all divided into beds four feet 
wide, leaving between each alleys of twenty inches. 
Skim off* three inches of the surface of the former into 
the latter, level the bed smoothly with the rake, and 
mark it off" in rows eight inches apart. Plant the roots 
in the row eight inches asunder. Thus they will be 
squares of eight inches, and by planting the different 
colours alternately the bed will be beautifully diversi- 
fied. Press each root gently down with the hand, that 
in covering up they may not be displaced. Put about 
four inches of earth over the crowns, which will make 
the beds from two to three inches higher than the al- 
leys. The beds before and after planting should be gently 
rounded from the middle to each side to let the rain 
pass off". Finish all by raking evenly, straighten the 
edgings with the line, and clear out the alleys or path- 
ways. 

Tulips like a lighter and richer earth than Hyacinths. 
Prepare the beds in the same manner, and so as the 
roots will stand nine inches apart each way; cover 
them five inches deep, as the new bulbs are produced 
above the old. 

If it is intended to screen either of these while in 
flower, the beds should be made wider. Where two beds 
are to be shaded under one awning, make the alleys 
alternately two or three feet wide ; the one two feet 
wide to be under the awning. 



October.] FLOWER GARDEN— OF PLANTING, Ac. 31 9 

Polyanthus and Italian Narcissus^ may be planted in 
every respect as Hyacinths^ only they require a lighter 
and richer soil. 

Jonquils. Plant these in the same soil as Tulips^ six 
inches apart, and cover three inches deep. They do 
not flower so well the first year as in the second and 
third, therefore should only be lifted every third year. 

Anemones and Ranunculuses. These roots like a fresh 
rich, well pulverized, loamy soil. In light sandy soils 
they will languish in early droughts, and sometimes do 
not show their flowers fully. Cow manure is the best 
to use for enriching the soil. The whole should be 
well mixed and incorporated to the depth of eighteen 
or twenty inches. The roots may be planted in four- 
foot beds, or in such a manner as a low frame of 
boards can be placed over them, when the winter sets 
in very severe. If intended to be shaded while in 
flower, leave a sufficiency of space in the alleys as di- 
rected for Tulips and Hyacinths. Do not raise the 
beds above one inch higher than the alleys, and form 
the surface level, in order to detain rather than throw 
off" moisture. Then draw drills exactly two inches 
deep and six inches apart across the bed. In these 
place the roots, claws down, about four inches dis- 
tant from each other. The roots of the Anemones 
are flat, and the side on which there are small protu- 
berances, is that from which the stems proceed. Press 
each root a little down with the hand, and cover all 
carefully so as not to displace them. Smooth the sur- 
face with the rake, leaving the bed quite level. 

Many other bulbous flowers might be added to the 



320 FLOWER-GARDEN— OF PLANTING, &c. [October. 

above; but as their culture is so similar, it would be 
superfluous to say more of them. They should be al- 
lowed space and depth according to the size of the 
bulb ; a covering of two inches for the smallest, and 
five for the largest, will generally answer, and the in- 
termediate roots in proportion. We will enumerate a 
few of the different kinds. Starch and Musk Hyacinths ; 
of JYarcissus, the Paper, Grand JHonarque, and JYodding, 
with the two previously mentioned, are the most profuse 
in flower. Some of them will have above twelve flowers 
on one stem. Of Lilies, all the varieties of Mdrtagon, 
Tigrmum and Chalcedonicum, with our native species and 
varieties. Of Iris, Lusitdnica, two varieties, yellow and 
blue; Xiphioides, or Ziphioides ; and Persica, are the 
finest of the bulbous sorts. Snow-drop with several 
other minor bulbs. 

All of these flowering bulbs may be advantageously 
planted in patches through the garden by taking out 
about one square foot of earth. Break it well, and if 
poor enrich it. Plant four bulbs in each of the same 
colour, and the clumps that are contiguous to contain 
different colours. 

PLANTING AND TRANSPLANTING. 

This is a very proper period to plant the beautiful 
and early flowering Pyrus japonica, now called Cydonia 
japonica. The blossoms are of a rich scarlet colour. 
It is the earliest flowering shrub of the garden, and de- 
ciduous, though said by some to be " an evergreen." 
The plant is bushy, and well adapted for single plants 



October.] FLOWER-GARDEN— PLANTING, &c. 32 1 

in grass plats, or forming low ornamental hedges. There 
is likewise C. j. alba, a fine white variety of the same 
habit, and both are of the hardiest nature — also for the 
various species of Anemones and all the herbaceous 
Pceonias. 

Of the latter there are above nineteen species and 
twenty-two varieties, a few of which are particularly 
esteemed, and exceedingly handsome. P. edulis whitliji 
is a splendid large double PeduKs white; P. Hiimei is 
a beautiful large double dark blush ; P. edulis frdgrans 
is a fine large double scarlet, rose- scented variety. 
These three plants ought to be in every garden. 
The flowers are full in the centre, and frequently 
above six inches in diameter ; P. alba chinensis is said 
to be the largest and finest of the herbaceous sorts ; 
colour pure white, with pink at the bottom of the 
petals — it is a scarce variety ; P. paradoxa jimbdtria, 
fringed double red, and esteemed ; P. officinalis rubra is 
the common double red. There are several other very 
fine single species and varieties, the flowers of which 
are principally red or blush, but none so magnificent as 
the above mentioned. This is perhaps a more favour- 
able period to plant Dodecdtheon than March ; for its 
character see that month of this department, ^scle- 
pias tuberosa should now be planted. 

Double Primroses, Polyanthus, Daisies, &c. Any of 
these that were planted in shaded situations in spring, 
and have been preserved through the summer, should 
have for their farther protection a bed well sheltered 
from the north west, in which they should be planted 
41 



322 FLOWER-GARDEN— GRASS WALKS, &c. [October. 

four inches apart. Give them a few sprinklings of wa- 
ter in the morning, and have a temporary frame of 
rough boards put together to place over them during 
the severity of winter. The frame may be covered 
with the same in place of glass, which must be kept 
over them while they are in a frozen state. 

Any other plants that are in the ground, which are 
intended to be protected with frames through the win- 
ter, ought to be immediately lifted and potted; and 
treated as directed for all new potted plants. 

GRASS AND GRAVEL WALKS. 

The former should be trimly cut and well rolled this 
month, that they may appear neat all winter. Never 
allow decayed leaves to lay any time upon them, as 
they are apt to rot out the grass. The latter should 
be divested of every weed, and receive a firm rolling. 
Clear them at all times of leaves and other litter. 
These, if on a declivity, and have not a firm substantial 
bottom, will be subject to be cut up with every heavy 
rain. A break should be put in every twenty, forty, or 
eighty feet, to throw oflf the water. A strong plank 
will answer perfectly well, but in such situations we 
would prefer g;rass walks. 

PLANTING EVERGREENS. 

This month is the best period in autumn to plant 
these shrubs, and where there is a great extent to be 



OCTOBEB.] ROOMS. 



planted it would be advisable to do a part of it now ; 
but we give the preference to April, which see for di- 
rections. 



GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

When the plantings of bulbs, &c. are finished, every 
part of the garden should have a thorough cleaning. 
All annual flowers will have passed the season of their 
beauty ; therefore, remove the decayed flower stems or 
haulm, and trim off* the borders. Dig all vacant ground, 
especially that intended to be planted with shrubs in 
the ensuing spring, which ought to be dug from one to 
two feet deep. Roses dehght in a deep light soil. 



mooing. 



OCTOBER. 



Have a stage or stages, as described last month, in 
the situations where they are intended to remain all win- 
ter ; place the plants on them from the first to the eighth 
of this month, beginning with the tallest on the top, gra- 
duating to the bottom. It is desirable to place flats or 
saucers under each, to prevent the water from falling 
to the floor, and the water should be emptied from the 



f 

flats c 



ROOMS— OF BULBOUS ROOTS. [October. 



lats of all except those of Cdlla and Hydrangea. The 
latter while dormant should be kept only a little moist. 
Previous to taking in the plants, they should be di- 
vested of every decayed leaf, insects, and all contracted 
dust, having their shoots neatly tied up, and every one 
in correct order. Every leaf of the Camellias ought to 
be sponged, and the plants placed in a cool airy expo- 
sure, shaded from the direct rays of the sun. If the 
flower buds are too crowded, picking off" the weakest 
will preserve the remainder in greater perfection, and 
prevent them in part from falling off. Do not on any 
occasion keep them in a room where there is much 
fire heat, as the flower buds will not expand in an arid 
atmosphere. See Green-house this month more large- 
ly on this subject. 

OF BULBOUS ROOTS. 

Those that are intended to flower in glasses, should 
be placed therein this month and kept in a cool room. 
After the fibres begin to push a few shoots, the glasses 
may be taken to the warmest apartments to cause them 
to flower early. Bring a few from the coldest to the 
warmest every two weeks, and thus a succession of 
bloom may be kept up from January to March. Where 
the roots intended for pots are still out of the ground, 
the sooner they are planted the better. (See last month 
for directions.) 

Cape Bulbs. All that are unplanted and offering to 
grow, should be put in pots forthwith. Am^le direc- 



October.] ROOMS— GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 35^^ SJt^C' 

tions are given for the planting of these in the two pre- 
ceding months. 

Repot Riibus roscBfdlius, or Bramble-rose. They 
should have pots one size larger than those they are 
now in. To make them flower profusely, when done 
blooming in May, divide them and put only a few stems 
in one pot, and repot them in this month, as. above 
directed. 

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

Any herbaceous plants in the collection ought to be 
set aside, and the water in part withheld. When the 
stems and foliage are decayed, the plants may be put 
in a cool cellar, where they will not be in danger of 
frost, and be permitted to remain there until they 
begin to grow; then bring them to the light, and treat 
as directed for these kinds of plants. Deciduous 
plants may be treated in a similar manner. 



J36 



ji^oUfi^omt. 



NOVEMBER. 

The essential points to be attended to in the Hot- 
house during this month, oxefire^ air, and water. The 
former must be appUed according to the weather, ob- 
serving not to allow the temperature to be under fifty de- 
grees, and it ought not to continue long at that degree ; 
fifty-two degrees being preferable. The shutters should 
be on every night when there is any appearance of frost, 
and taken off early in the morning. Admit air in small 
portions every day that the sun has any effect, and the 
atmosphere mild, observing that the temperature of the 
house be above sixty degrees previous to admission. 
Shut all close early in the afternoon or when any sud- 
den changes occur. 

OF A CISTERN AND WATER. 

In watering it is important to have the water of the 
same temperature in this department as the roots of 
the plants. To have this there are two kinds of cis- 
terns, or tanks, that might be adopted; one may be 
sunk in the house under ground, either closely plastered, 
or lined with lead, and neatly covered up, having a 
small perpendicular pump therein, or placed so that the 
water could be lifted by hand. The other might, where 
convenience will admit, be placed over the furnace. 



Nov.] GREEN-HOUSE— OF AIR AND WATER. 3^7 

either in the back shed, or inside of the house, and the 
water could be drawn off this by a stop-cock. These 
can be suppHed in part with rain water by having 
spouts round the house to lead into the cisterns, sup- 
plying any deficiency from the pump. Thus water of 
a congenial temperature may always be at hand, which 
is of great importance to the healthful constitution of 
the plants. The water must now be given in moderate 
portions, examining the plants every day. Be careful 
in watering bulbs, as the smallest supply is sufficient for 
them at present. Succulents will require a little every 
two weeks, except they are over the flues, when they 
may have some every week. 

Constantly clear off all decayed leaves, and carry 
them out of the house, which sweep and wash clean, 
and keep all in the neatest order. 



(IS^ttm:=fi^omt* 



NOVEMBER. 



OF AIR AND WATER. 



Airing the house should be strictly attended to. 
Every day that there is no frost it may be admitted 



338 GREEN-HOUSE— OF BULBS, &c. [Nov. 

largely, and in time of slight frosts in smaller portions, 
never keeping it altogether close when the sun has any 
effect on the interior temperature of the house, which 
should not be allowed to be higher than fifty degrees. 

Water must be given in a very sparing manner. None 
of the plants are in an active state of vegetation, con- 
sequently it will be found that looking over them twice 
a week and supplying their wants will be sufficient. 
Succulents will need a little once in three weeks or a 
month. Give very moderate supplies to the Jlmaryllis 
that are dormant, and keep all of these bulbs in the 
warmest part of the house. 

OF TENDER BULBS, 

Where there are tropical bulbs in the collection, and 
there is not the convenience of a Hot-house ; they may 
be very well preserved by shaking them clear of the 
soil. Dry them properly, and place them in a box 
of very dry sand, or moss, which also must be perfectly 
dry, and put them in a situation where they will be 
clear of frost, and free from damp. These can be 
potted about the first of April. Give no water till they 
begin to grow, then plant them in the garden about 
the middle of May, when they will flower during the 
summer season, if their age will permit. 

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

If there are any of the half hardy plants exposed, 
have them taken into the house, or under the requisite 



Nov.] FLOWER-GARDEN— PROTECTING BULBS. 339 

protection, in frames, pits, cellars, &;c. The autumn 
flowering Cape bulbs should be placed near the glass, 
and free from the shade of other plants. Cleanliness 
through the whole house and amongst the plants ought 
at all times to be attended to. 



iFlo^et^^atrtrw. 



NOVEMBER. 

Wherever there are any Holland bulbs remaining 
unplanted, have them put in as soon as possible, lest 
frost should set in. It is not advisable to keep them 
later out of the ground than the beginning of this 
month. 



PROTECTION OF CHOICE BULBS. 

On the appearance of the severity of winter, the finer 
sorts of these should have a simple protection, not be- 
cause they will not do without such care, but to pre- 
vent the alternate thawing and freezing of the embryo 
of the bulb. To give them a covering three inches deep 
of any of the following substances, will do perfectly 
well, — saw-dust not resinous, old tan bark, half decayed 



42 



340 FLOWER-GARDEN— TUBEROSES, Sec. [Nov. 

leaves, or very rotten manure. The last is preferable, 
as it would in part enrich the soil. 

Anemones and Ranunculus ought to be protected by a 
frame ; the foliage being above ground, none of the 
above will answer. It is not necessary that the frame 
should be covered with glass, close boards will answer 
perfectly, which must not be over them except during 
frost. 



TUBEROSES, DAHLIAS, TIGRIDIAS, AND AMARYLLIS. 

These tubers and bulbs, as soon as the frost has 
partly injured the foliage, should betaken up, and dried 
thoroughly, either in the sun or a room where there 
is fire heat, taking care at all times to keep them clear 
from frost. When they are dry, divest them of their 
foliage and fibres. When perfectly dry, pack them in 
boxes with dry sand, or moss. Store these away for 
the winter, either in a warm room or a dry cellar, 
where they will at all times be exempt from frost, the 
least touch of which would destroy them. We have 
kept them completely secure in the cellar. 

ERYTHRINAS. 

Where there are any plants of E. herbdcea, E. lauri- 
folia^ or E. crista-galh^ which are intended to be lifted, 
they should be carefully done and preserved in half dry 
earth, and kept beside the Dahlias. We are not sure 
of the former agreeing with this treatment, but certain 



Nov-l FLOWER-GARDEN— PRIMROSES, &c. 34 [' 

of the Others, which are magnificent ornaments in the 
Flower-garden. 



PRIMROSES, POLYANTHUS, AND DAISIES, 

That were planted in a sheltered spot, as directed 
last month, should have a frame placed over them, and 
their covering in readiness for the approach of winter ; 
giving the plants a light covering of leaves, which will 
preserve their foliage from the effects of frost. 



CHOICE CARNATIONS, PINKS, AND AURICULAS, 

That are in pots, should be placed in the frame in- 
tended for their abode during winter. If the pots are 
plunged to the rims in tan, half decayed leaves, or saw 
dust, it will greatly protect their roots from the severe 
effects of frost. Where glass is used for these frames, 
they should have besides a covering of boards, or straw 
mats ; those that are in beds may be covered as above 
directed for Primroses, &c. 

They ought not to be uncovered while in a frozen 
state. It is not altogether the intensity of cold that 
destroys these plants so much as the alternate thawing 
and freezing. 

All half hardy plants, such as Wall-floiver^ German 
stocks ^weef -bay ^ tender roses, with several others, should 
be protected as above directed for Carnations. Earth 
or tan should be put round the outside of these frames, 
which will be a partial shelter from the changing state 
of the atmosphere. Oak leaves answer the purpose 



342 FLOWER GARDEN— OF PROTECTING PLANTS, &c. [Nov. 

very well, but they are a harbour for all kinds of vermin, 
especially rats and mice, which would destroy every 
thing. It may be useful to say a few words on the na- 
ture of tan or tanner's bark. Many suppose that the 
smallest quantity will produce heat, If three or four 
cart loads of it are put into one heap, and protected 
from the rain, it will ferment ; and when the first fer- 
mentation is abated, by mixing it with leaves, a sub- 
stantial hot-bed may be made. Or put it by itself into 
a pit, and where there is no pit, boards may be substi- 
tuted to keep it together; either of these methods will 
produce a lasting heat. But in small quantities and 
exposed to rain, &c. no heat will be produced, but rather 
the contrary. It is excellent when dry in keeping out 
frost from any plants, being a body not easily penetra- 
ted, similar to dry sand, saw-dust, or dry leaves. Fre- 
quently the same opinion is held in regard to stable 
manure, small portions of which will never produce 
heat. 

OF PROTECTING PLANTS IN THE GARDEN. 

During this or next month, according to the state of 
the season, protect all the plants that are in the ground, 
which are not completely hardy. To avoid repetition, 
these will be designated in the general list. The co- 
verings may be straw, Russia mats, canvass, boxes or 
barrels. The two latter must be perforated in the top, 
to let the damp air pass off, or the plant would become 
musty, or finally mortify. Those covered with straw 
or mats should have small stakes placed round the 



Nov.] FLOWER GARDEN— PROTECTING BULBS, &c. 343 

plants, and covering tied thereto, and remain so until 
the month of March or first of April. Herbaceous 
plants that are tender, may be covered with three or 
four inches of tan, saw-dust, or half decayed leaves, 
which will tend greatly to preserve their roots. These 
coverings must be carefully removed on the first open- 
ing of spring. The shrubs that are otherwise covered 
would be greatly benefited by having their roots pro- 
tected in a similar manner as directed for herbaceous 
plants, 

PROTECTION OF SEEDLING BULBS. 

If any seeds of Hyacinths^ Tulips, Fritilldria, were 
sown in pots or boxes, let them be removed to a dry 
sheltered situation, and plunged level with the ground ; 
or fill the spaces between them with dry leaves or tan- 
ner's bark, and cover the whole with new fallen leaves, 
laying over all a few boards to prevent the wind blow- 
ing them oflT. These form better coverings than straw 
or haulm, which is liable to become musty, and commu- 
nicate the effect to the roots. The above covering is 
not required until the approach of severe frost. 

OF PLANTING DECIDUOUS TREES AND SHRUBS. 

It is not recommendable to make a general planting 
of these at this period of the year; the success entire- 
ly depending on the nature of the season and the state 
of the soil. If any are planted, let them be those of 
the hardiest nature, and in light and absorbent soil, 



344 FLOWER-GARDEN— GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. [Nov. 

not subject to be stagnated or over-flooded during win- 
ter. When this and next month are mild, autumn 
plantings are frequently as sure as those of the spring. 
But the precarious state of the seasons is not to be 
depended upon, therefore avoid large plantings of any 
kind, and more especially of delicate roses, the roots 
of which are apt to rot off except they have been pre- 
viously grown in pots. Nothing can be more injurious 
to a plant at this season particularly, than to bed its 
roots in mortar, by which the tender fibres either perish 
or are cramped ever afterwards. The soil at time of 
planting should be so friable as not to adhere to the 
spade, which is a good rule in planting at any season, 
or in any soil. 

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

Carry out of the garden all decayed leaves and litter 
of every description, cutting down any weeds that re- 
main. Collect all the stakes and rods that have been 
supporting plants ; tie them up in bundles for the use 
of next year, and put them under cover. Look over 
every part of the garden, and. see that nothing has 
been omitted in the way of covering or other protec- 
tion. The sashes that are to be used on the frames 
should be perfectly whole, every interstice in the glass 
puttied, and all ready for use when occasion may re- 
quire. Attend to all plants in pots, and give them gen- 
tle waterings as they stand in need ; but never during 
the time the soil is frozen about their roots. 



345 



a^omi^. 



NOVEMBER. 



GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

The remarks and instructions that are given last 
month for these apartments will equally answer here. 
Where the Dutch bulbs were omitted to be placed in 
glasses, they ought not to be longer delayed. A few 
pots of those that were planted in September may be 
placed in a warmer situation. If they were plunged in 
the ground, the roots will be strongly fibred, and will 
produce large flowers, providing the bulbs are of a good 
sort. 

Oxalis. The autumn flowering species will now be 
in bloom, and must be kept in the sun to make them 
expand freely. The neglect of this is the principal rea- 
son that these plants do not flower perfectly in Rooms. 

Camellias. These plants, where there is a collection, 
flower from this period to April ; and the general de- 
sire to be fully acquainted with the method of their 
culture has induced us to be liberal in our observations 
on every point and period through the various stages 
of their growth and flowering. We will here only re- 
mind the enquirer, that a pure air, a damp atmosphere, 
and giving the plants frequent sprinklings, are the pre- 



346 ROOMS— GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. [Nov. 

sent necessities, which only are conducive to their per- 
fection. 

Attend to the turning of Geraniums and other rapid 
growing plants, that all sides of them may have an 
equal share of light. 



337 



mot^fi^omt. 



DECEMBER. 

The uncertainty of the weather in this month requires 
the operator to be constantly on guard, to ward off 
danger, either from frost, snow, or cutting winds. The 
temperature observed last month must be continued, 
but not exceeded, which would cause premature vege- 
tation, of which the result and effects have already 
been frequently observed. Always kindle the fires in 
time, to prevent the heat from being lower than what 
has been mentioned, lest a severe frost should take, 
as then a considerable lapse ensues before the fire 
has any effect, and if the wind blows high, the result 
might be injurious, unless the house be very close. 

OF SHUTTERS. 

The benefit of these in severe weather is of materi- 
al service, for the preservation of an even temperature 
in the house during the night, when changes are not 
observed, but they ought never to remain on through 
the day when the fire can be properly attended to. If 
the front and the lowest sash of the roof are covered 
with these, it is generally sufl[icient. They should be 
made of half inch boards, closely grooved together, 
having a cross bar in the centre, and one at each end 
with one at each side, which will make them substan- 
43 



338 HOT-HOUSE— OF SHUTTERS, &c. [Dec. 

tial. If they are frequently painted with care, they will 
last many years. No snow ought to be allowed to lay 
on these while they are on the glass, for reasons that 
we have assigned. See January and February. 

Some adopt double panes of glass to supersede the 
use of shutters, which they think are attended with con- 
siderable labour, (at the most only ten minutes 'a day 
while in use.) The sash frame is made a little deeper, 
so as to allow half an inch between the panes of glass. 
The one is glazed from the out and the other from the 
inside. It appears to answer the purpose tolerably well, 
but the glass must be both fine and even in the surface, 
lest a lens should be produced, and cause a focus, which 
would evidently hurt some part of the plants. We are 
almost confident that we have seen this effect in some 
instances. There must be a small hole about an eighth 
of an inch in both ends of each row of glass to allow a 
current to dry up the moisture that may arise. 

OF PLACING BULBS, &c. IN THE HOT-HOUSE. 

If any Hyacinths or other Dutch roots are wanted to 
flower early, a few of them may be put in the Hot-house 
near the front glass, which will greatly tend to forward 
their time of flowering. By having some brought in 
every two weeks, a continued succession of bloom will 
be kept up. 

Calceolarias. Two or three plants of the fine bloom- 
ing kinds may be placed in this department, towards 
the end of the month. Divide the roots as soon as they 
begin to grow, leaving only one stem to each root, 



Dec] HOT-HOUSE— general OBSERVATIONS. 339 

which put in a four inch pot, enlarging it as soon as the 
roots extend to the outside of the ball, that by the month 
of May they may be in seven or eight inch pots, in which 
they will flower superbly. Give Alstrcemerias the same 
treatment. 



GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

If there is a tan bed in the house, and it was renewed 
in September, the pots should now be plunged therein. 
The violent heat will partly be over, and the plants are 
not so hable to sufter at root in this as last month. It 
will in part prevent the plants from being affected by 
sudden changes of temperature. Be attentive in keep- 
ing all insects completely under. This is the period 
that these are most neglected, but by attending to the 
modes of their destruction, as already given, no species 
of them will either be hurtful or unsightly. Syringe the 
plants about twice a week, and always remember that 
decayed leaves or litter of any description do not beau- 
tify healthy plants, neither do they form a part of a well 
kept Hot-house. 



340 



(HS^vtm^^Wonnt 



DECEMBER. 

The weather may probably be now severe, and it is 
at all times advisable to keep the temperature as steady 
and regular as possible. The thermometer should be 
kept in the centre of the house, and free from the ef- 
fects of reflection. As noticed last month, sun heat 
may be as high as 50° in the house, and would not be 
hurtful, but it should not continue so for any consider- 
able time without admission of air. The fire heat 
should not exceed 43°, and never be below 33°. It 
ought not to continue at that point — 36° is the lowest 
for a continuation that with safety can be practised. 
So that no error may occur, the temperature ought to 
be known in the coolest and warmest part of the house, 
and the variation remembered. Then whatever part 
of the house the thermometer is placed, a true calcula- 
tion of the heat of the whole interior can be made. 
We would recommend to the inexperienced to keep 
the thermometer in the coldest part of the house. A 
Green-house compactly and closely built, and the glass 
all covered with shutters, (which no house ought to be 
constructed without,) will seldom require artificial heat; 
but by being long kept close, the damp will increase. 
In such case give a little fire heat, and admit air to 
purify the house. In fresh mild weather, give liberal 



Dec] GREEN-HOUSE— bulbous ROOTS. 341 

portions of air all over the house ; and though there 
is a little frost, while mild, and the sun shining, the 
plants will be benefited by a small portion of air for 
the space of an hour, or even for half of that time. 

Whatever state the weather may be through the 
winter, never keep the house long shut up. Thirty-six 
hours, or at most sixty, should be the longest time at 
once ; rather give a little fire heat. 

We are no advocates for keeping plants long in 
darkness, and never think that our plants are receiving 
justice, if kept longer in darkness than two nights and 
one day. 

Respecting watering and other necessary operations, 
see next month particularly. 

BULBOUS ROOTS. 

Those that were plunged in the garden, if not lifted 
and brought under cover, should now be done without 
delay. Clean the pots, and stir up the surface of the 
soil. Hyacinths grow neatest by being kept very close 
to the top glass ; the flower stems are thereby stronger 
and shorter. Water moderately until they begin to 
grow freely. 



342 



ffU^tv QSnttfm. 



DECEMBER. 



GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

Having in the preceding month, under this head, 
given details for the protection of plants of a delicate 
nature, and the forwarding of necessary work, only a few 
remarks remain to be added. If there is any part there- 
in described omitted, have it done forthwith; every day 
increases the danger of the effects of frost. If there 
is a doubt of any plants not standing without protec- 
tion which are generally considered perfectly hardy, 
such as Champney, Grevillii^ Noisette^ and similar 
roses, tie straw or mats three or four feet up the stems 
of such, which will prevent all risk.* For valuable 
plants that are on walls, and in danger of being entire- 
ly destroyed, it is advisable to be at the expense of hav- 
ing a frame made to answer them, and cover the same 
with oil-cloth. The frame thus covered could be taken 
off in mild weather, and replaced again when necessary, 
causing very little trouble; and if properly taken care of, 
would last many years. Coverings of any construction 
and of the same material would answer for any part of 
the garden, and are the best in our opinion that could 
be adopted. 

* In the winter of 1831-1832, some of these roses were cut to the ground, 
where stronsf plants of Lagerstroemia indica received not the smallest injury. 



343 



moom^- 



DECEMBER. 

As the trying season is now approaching for all 
plants that are kept in rooms, especially those that are 
desired to have a flourishing aspect through the win- 
ter, a few general instructions (although they may have 
been previously advanced) will perhaps be desirable to 
all those who are engaged in this interesting occupa 
tion, which forms a luxury through the retired hours of 
a winter season, and with very little attention many are 
the beauties of vegetative nature that will be developed 
to the gratification of every reflecting mind. The fol- 
lowing is a routine of every day culture. 

Do not at any time admit air (except for a few mo- 
ments) while the thermometer is below 32° exposed in 
the shade. 

In time of very severe frosts the plants ought to be 
withdrawn from the window to the centre of the room 
during night. 

Never give water until the soil in the pots is inclin- 
ing to become dry, except for Hyacinths and other 
Dutch bulbs that are in a growing state, which must 
be liberally supphed. 

Destroy all insects as soon as they appear ; for means 
of destruction see next month. 

Give a little air every favourable opportunity, (that 
is, when the thermometer is above 33'' exposed in the 



344 ROOMS. [Dec. 

shade,) by putting up the window one, two or three 
inches, according to the state of the weather. 

Clean the foKage with sponge and water frequently 
to remove all dust, &c. The water thus used must not 
exceed 96° or blood-heat, but 60° is preferable. 

Turn the plants frequently to prevent them growing 
to one side. 

Roses of the daily sort may be obtained early by hav- 
ing them in a warm room, that has a south window, 
and as soon as they begin to grow, admit air in small 
portions about noon every day that the sun has any 
effect. Such must be well supplied with water. 

Camellias^ when in bud and flower, should never be 
allowed to become the least dry, neither confined from 
fresh air. The effects would be that the buds would 
become stinted, dry, and drop off. Therefore, to have 
these in perfection, attend strictly to watering. Give 
frequent airings, and wash the leaves once in two weeks 
with water. Never keep them above one day in a 
room, where there is a strong coal fire, and not 
above two days where wood is used as fuel. The 
most of Camellias will bear 3° of frost without the 
smallest injury, so that they are easier kept than Gera- 
niums^ except when they are in bloom. In that state 
frost will destroy the flowers. The air of a close cellar 
is destruction to the buds. 

Bulbs in glasses must be supplied with fresh water 
once a week, in which period they wiU inhale all the 
nutritive gas that they derive from that element, if they 
are in a growing state. 



345 



ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF A HOT-HOUSE. 

There have been many plans devised and visionary 
projects offered to- the public as the best for a well re- 
gulated Hot-house. As we intend forming one for prac- 
tical purposes, we shall adopt a convenient size, have 
flues for the conveyance of heat, and coal or wood for 
fuel. 

Site and Aspect. — The house should stand on a situa- 
tion naturally dry, and if possible sheltered from the 
north west, and clear from all shade on the south, east 
and west, so that the sun may at all times act effectu- 
ally upon the house. The standard principle as to 
aspect is to set the front directly to the south. Any 
deviation from that point should incline to east. 

Dimensions. — The length may be from ten feet up- 
wards ; but if beyond thirty feet, the number of fires and 
flues are multiplied. The medium width is from twelve 
to sixteen feet. Our directions will apply to the two 
extreme points, viz. thirty feet by sixteen, and in height 
at back from twelve to eighteen feet ; the height in 
front six feet, including about three feet in brick base- 
ment to support the front glass, which will be two and 
a half feet, allowing six inches for frame work. 

Furnace and Flues. — It is of great importance to have 
these erected in such a manner as will effectually heat 
the house. The greatest difficulty is to have the fur- 
nace to draw well. As workmen are not generally 
conversant op the subject, nor yet understand the effect 
44 



346 ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF A HOT-HOUSE. 

or distribution of heat in these departments, we will 
give minute details on their construction. The furnace 
should be outside of the house, either at back or end; 
the former is preferable, circumstances not always 
allowing it on the other plan. Dig out the furnace hole, 
or what is termed stock hole, about five feet deep. Let 
the door of the furnace be in the back wall of the 
house, thereby having all the heated building inside, 
that no heat may be lost. The brick work round 
the furnace should be from fifteen to eighteen inches 
thick, laying the inside with fire-brick. The furnace 
will require to be two and a half feet long, ten inches 
wide, and one foot high, before the spring of the arch 
and clear of the bars ; leave one foot for an ash pit, 
then lay the bars. They should be sixteen inches long, 
one inch broad on the upper side, two inches deep, and 
two eighths broad on the lower side, and with the door 
and frame should be cast iron. Half an inch between 
each bar will be sufficient. The flue should rise from the 
furnace by a steep declivity of about two feet, and pass 
the door of the house (without a dip), when it must be 
elevated above the level of the floor of the house along 
the front, and at the opposite end of the house must 
dip to pass the door. The dip must not be lower than 
the top of the furnace, and should be of a concave 
form, (avoiding acute angles.) Lead it along the back 
to enter the wall over the furnace. When thus taken 
round the house, the heat will be expanded before it 
passes off, The inside of the flues should be about six 
inches wide and eight inches deep ; plaster the bottom 
of it, but no other part, as plaster is partially anon-con- 



ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF A HOT-HOUSE. 347 

ductor. The above description is for burning anthra- 
cite coal, but where wood is to be the fuel, the furnace 
and flues must be one half larger. We have been par- 
ticular in the description of furnace bars, as those ge- 
nerally used are miserable substitutes. Circumstances 
may cause the furnace to be placed at the end or front 
of the house. In either case the stock hole will not re- 
quire to be so deep ; or where there is only one door in 
the house a stock hole three and a half feet deep will 
be enough, which should be built like a cellar to keep 
out any under water. In all instances pass the first flue 
to the front of the house, over which have a close shelf 
eight inches clear, covered with two inches of sand, 
and by keeping it moist will afford a very congenial 
heat to young valuable plants. Likewise over the fur- 
nace have a frame in the same manner, which will be 
found valuable. Any part of the furnace or flue that 
is under the floor of the house, should have a vacuity on 
both sides to let the heat pass upward. 

Bark Pit. — We consider such an erection in the 
centre of a Hot-house a nuisance, and prefer a stage, 
which may be constructed according to taste. It 
should be made of the best Carolina pine, leaving a 
passage round the whole to cause a free circulation of 
air. The back and end paths should be about two 
feet wide, and the front three feet. The angle of the 
stage should be parallel with the glass, having the 
steps from six inches to one foot apart. 

Where there are some large plants, they may stand 
on the floor behind the stage, or on tressels, according 
to their height. 



348 ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF A HOT-HOUSE. 

jingle of the glazed roof. — The pitch of the roof is 
usually varied to agree with the design of the house, 
and the size of the plants to be grown therein. Where 
pleasure and ornament are the principal objects, the 
angle should be about 43°, but a few degrees of in- 
clination either way is of minor importance, the height 
and elevation being regulated by the size of the plants 
intended to be cultivated. It is not advisable to shingle 
any part of the roof on the south aspect. 

Materials for glazed frames. — Carolina pine is the 
best material for the wood work, as it is not so subject 
to decay from moisture and heat as the other kinds of 
pine wood. The frames or sashes can be of any con- 
venient length, not exceeding ten feet, and about three 
and a half or four feet wide, divided so as they can be 
glazed with glass six inches wide. 

Of glazing. The pieces of glass should not exceed 
six inches by ten, the lappings about one quarter of an 
inch. The frames ought to have one coat of paint 
previous to glazing, and all under the glass puttied. 
Some prefer the lappings to be puttied also. It is our 
opinion that in a Hot-house these should not be puttied, 
but in the Green-house the closer they can be made 
the better. 

Of Shutters. — These should be made of half inch 
white pine, and bound on both ends and sides, having 
a cross piece in the middle of the same. They ought 
to be painted once in three years. 



349 



ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF A GREEN-HOUSE. 

In many respects, the construction of the Green- 
house will be the same as the Hot-house, but might 
be made much more an ornamental object, and could 
be erected contiguous to the mansion-house, with large 
folding doors to open at pleasure, and be connected 
with the drawing-room or parlour. The extent may 
vary according to the collection to be cultivated. 

It was formerly the practice to build these houses 
with glass only in front, and even to introduce between 
the windows strong piers of brick or stone : but this is 
now abolished, and has given way to a light and orna- 
mental style, by which cheerfulness and the desired 
utility are better consulted. There should be conveni- 
ences in the back part of the house, that a free current 
of air may be obtained whenever desired, which is an 
essential point. Two or three dark windows will an- 
swer the purpose well, if made to open and shut at 
pleasure. 



ON LAYING OUT A FLOWER-GARDEN. 

Soil, situation, and ground — Plan. — A soil of common 
good qualities, moderately light and mellow, will grow 
most of the hardy herbaceous flowers, and the ever- 



350 ON LAYING OUT A FLOWER-GARDEN. 

green and deciduous ornamental shrubs. The situa- 
tion should not be so low as to be damp and wet, or 
liable to be inundated, neither so high as to be scorch- 
ed or dried up by the sun. The surface should be 
level or moderately sloping, and if unequal, parts of 
it may be transposed, so as to make gentle inclinations. 
In regard to form, it may be of any shape, and must be 
often adapted to local circumstances ; but if it is so 
circumscribed that the eye can at once embrace the 
whole, it is desirable that it should be of some regular 
figure. 

Of Fences. — ^Where domestic buildings do not serve 
as a boundary, either paling or hedge-fence has to be 
resorted to: we would prefer the former on the north 
or north-west side, which is of great advantage as a 
screen from cutting winds. For hedge-fences and their 
kinds, see page 210. The exotic observed there is 
Thuja orientdlis, Chinese Arbor-vitse. The internal 
fences for shade or shelter to particular compartments, 
or to afford a diversity of aspect, may be made of Sweet- 
briar, hardy China roses, Pyrus, red and white, with a few 
others of a similar nature, all of which must be attend- 
ed to, to have them in neat order. 

Style of dividing the Ground. — This may vary with the 
extent of the ground, and the object of the cultivator. 

The principal designs may be delineated, but one to 
answer every view and situation, we pretend not to 
give. In the first place, carry a boundary walk all 
round the garden, on one or two sides of which it may 
be straight, the others winding. The intersecting walks 
should (almost imperceptibly) lead to a centre, but not 



ON LAYING OUT A FLOWER GARDEN. 35 j 

to cross at right angles, or to have parallel lines, as it 
divided or laid down by a mathematical scale, which is 
too formal for the diversification of nature. All 
walks through these pleasure departments should be 
winding and enlivening, not continuing any length in 
one direction.* The continuous view of a straight 
walk is dull and monotonous. The divisions should be 
highest about the centre, that whatever is planted 
therein may have effect; and to make a Flower-garden 
fully interesting, and render it a source of natural infor- 
mation, where free scope might at all times be afforded 
to employ the leisure hours in mental improvement, 
there should be a good system of arrangement adopted. 
The Linnean system is the most easily acquired. A 
small compartment laid out in beds might coMain 
plants of all the twenty-four classes, and a few of all the 
hardy orders, which do not exceed one hundred. Or to 
have their natural characters more assimilated, the 
Jussieuean system could be carried into effect by laying 
down a grass plat, to any extent above one quarter of 
an acre, and cut therein small figures to contain the 
natural families, which of hardy plants we do not sup- 
pose would exceed one hundred and fifty. The diffi- 
culties of this arrangement are, that many of the cha- 
racters are imperfectly known even to the most 
scientific. Mr. John Lindley has given additional light 
on the subject by his last publication. All the large 
divisions should be intersected by small alhes, or paths, 

* Since writing the above we have seen the Flower-garden of J. B. Smith, Esq. 
and consider it a beautiful specimen, finely illustrating the taste of tliat gentle- 



352 ^^ LAYING OUT A FLOWER-GARDEN. 

about one and a half or two feet wide. These may be 
at right angles, or parallel, for convenience and order, 
in making beds, &c. for the various Dutch roots and 
other flowers. Patches or plats of grass studded with 
shrubs, deciduous and evergreen, are indispensable, 
and perhaps one or two grass walks. 

Of Walks.— These should have five or six inches of 
lime and brick rubbish, or broken stone in the bottom, 
covered with small pebbles, and firmly rolled with a heavy 
roller, over which lay two or three inches of fine gravel, 
giving the whole a complete rolling. Walks made on 
this method will stand well, and be always dry and 
firm. With regard to breadth, they must be made ac- 
cording to the extent of ground, and vary from three 
to thirty feet ; from four to eight feet is generally 
adopted. 



Plants described or mentioned in this Work. 



Linnfean Name. 
Ac*AciA 61, 219. 

1 m6llis, 

glaucescens, 

verlicilata, 

florabunda, 

diffusa, 

prostrdta. 

armata, 

var. pendula, 

verniciflua, 

deciirrens, 

pubescens, 

leucolobia, 

dealbdla. 

declpiens, 

fragrans, 

pulchella, 

lophantha. 

Mimosa elegans. 

myrtifolia, 

Catechu, 

vera, 

Ardbica, 
Annesl^eia 219. 

1 Houst6ni, 

Acdcia Houstoni. 

grandiflora, 

Acdcia grandiflora 
Acmad'enia 86. 

6 Iilvigata, 

piingens, 

tetragy'nia, 
ACATUdSMA 86. 

6 accuminata, 

hy'brida, 

TJiunbergiana, 

inibricata, 

prolifera, 

pd-tula, 

pulchella, 

ciliata, 
Adena'ndra 86. 

6 speciosa, 

umbellata, 

diba, 

fragrans, 

uniflora, 
Anemone 134. 



English Name. 



downy. 

glaucescent. 

whorl-leaved. 

many-flowered. 

spreading. 

armed. 

weeping. 

varnished. 

decurrent. 

hairy-stemmed. 

white-podded. 

paradoxical, 
scented, 
neat, 
two-spiked. 

myrtle-leaved. 
Catechu, 
true. 
Arabian. 

Houston's. 

large-flowered. 



smooth. 

pungent. 

four-sided. 

taper-pointed. 

hybrid. 

Thunberges. 

imbricated. 

proliferous. 

spreading. 

pretty. 

profuse-flowering. 



large-flowered. 

umbel-flowered. 

white-flowered. 

sweet-scented. 

one-flowered. 

Wind-flower. 
15 palmata pleno, double-yellow, 
stellata versicolor, various, 
pavonina pleno, scarlet, 
narcissiflora, narcissus-flowered. 
Halleri, Haller's. 

46 



LinnEean Name. English Name. 

alpine, alpine. 

nemorosa pleno, double-leaved. 

thalictroides " common-double. 
Amomum 36. 
Atjia^gene 196. 

alpina, alpine. 

A'piCRA 260. 
Amary'llis 260, 271, 274. 

11 striatifolia, stripe-leaved. 



Jonsoni, 


Johnson's. 


regina, 
vittata, 
fulgida, 
aulica. 


Mexican-lily, 
striped, 
fulged. 
crowned. 


psittdcina. 


parrot. 



" Cowbergia, Cowberges'. 
" pulverulenta, powdered. 
Griffini, Griffin's, 

formosa, large. 

Antirrhinum 134, Snap-dragon, 
majus, large, 

molle, soft. 

Siculum, Sicilian. 

Ascle'pias 134, 321, Siik-flower. 



tuberosa, 

rubra, 

nivca, 

purpurdscens, 

incarnata, 
Aconi'tum 134, 

speciosum, 

anthora, 

neurbergensis, 

amoe'num, 

napellus, 

vemlstum, 

zo6ctonum, 

pyramidale, 

lyc6ctonum 

albiam, 

versicolor, 
A'loe219, 271. 

10 vulgaris, 

Barbadensis, 

obliqua, 

dichbtoma, 

lineata, 
Ado'nis 134. 

verndlis, 
Ariste'a 125. 

5 cyanea, 



tuberous. 

red. 

white. 

purple-coloured. 

flesliy-coloured. 

Wolfc's-bane. 

showy. 

wholesome. 

Syria. 

pretty. 

monk's-hood, 

beautiful. 

beast-bane. 

pyramidal. 

great-yellow. 

white. 

three-coloured. 

common. 

Barbadoes. 

oblique. 

smooth-sfemmed. 

red-edged. 



spring, 
blue. 



Alstrom\«ria 18, 57, 229, 339. 



354 



NAMES OF PLANTS. 



10 fl6s-martfna, san-martin. 

pelegrina, spotted. 

pulch^lla, pretty. 

atro-purpurea, dark. 
Agroste'mma 143. 

flds-cucula, ragged-robin. 

Lychnis Jlos-cucula. 
Arauc'aria 261. 

12 excelsa, Norfork-Island-pine. 

imbricata, Chile-pine. 
Afhe'lexis 88. 

5 humilis, dwarf. 
Elichr'ysum spectdbile. 

Am6rpha 45. 
Aste'lma 93. 

8 eximia^ beautiful, 
spiralis, spiral-leaved, 
speciosissimus, showy, 
fruticans, frutescent, 
imbricatum, imbricated. 

Ango'phora 107. 

6 cordifolia, heart-leaved, 
hispida, hispid. 

Aloy'sia 123, 

9 citriodora, lemon-scented. 
Verbena tripKylla. 

Ampel'opsis 198. 

hederacea, Virginian creeper. 
Cissus hederdcea. 

Aristol6chia 221. Birth-worti. 

9 labiosa, lipped. 
Astra p'^: A 221. 

12 wallichii, Wallich's. 

Ar'eca 221. Cabbage-tree, 

12 cdtechu, catechu. 

olerlcea, eatable. 

montana, mountain. 
Ardi'sia 220. 

10 crenulata, crenulate. 
solanacea, night-shade-leaved, 
^legans, elegant, 
umbellata, umbel-flowered. 
lUloralis. 

Agathae'a 82, 

12 ccelestus, blue. 

Agapa'nthus 62. African lily. 

umbellatus, umbel-flowered. 

var. variegatus, striped-leaved. 
Alons'oa 62. 

iiicisifolia, nettle-leaved. 

Hemimeris urticifdlia. 

linearis 

Hemimeris linearis. 
AVcuba 63. 

4jap6nica, blotch-leaved. 
Anag'yris 63. 

4roetida, strong smelling. 
Az'alea 63. 



5 indica, Chinese. 
" dlba, white. 

" purpurea, double, 
" phcenicea, purple, 
sinense, yellow.. 

AoTus 64. 

1 villosa, villous, 

virgdta, slender, 

Anders'onia 64. 

6 sprengelioides, sprengilia-like. 
A'rbutus 64. Strawberry-tree, 

7 Unedo, common. 

" rubra, red-flowered, 

hy'brida hybrid. 

serratifolia, andrachnoides, 
andrdchne, oriental. 

Ba'nksia 64. 

8 dentata, 
ffi'mula, 
serrdta, 
undiilata. 
latifoiia, 
grindis, 
speciosa, 
cunninghamii 
spinulosa, 
palludosa, 
repens, 
vertlcillata, 

Bl'etia 66. 

9 hyacinthina, hyacinthine 
Cymbidium hyacintki num. 

B'ORONIA 66. 

5 pinndta, 
serruliita, 
alcLla, 

Bar6sma 86. 

6 serratifolia, 
pulchella, 



tooth-leaved, 
deeply sawed, 
saw-leaved. 

broad-leaved. 

great-flowered. 

long-leaved, 

Cunningham's. 

spiny-leaved. 

marsh. 

creeping 

whorl-leaved. 



scented. 

rose-scented. 

wing-leaved. 



fcBtidissima, 

odorata, 

diofca, 
Bab'iana 303. 

11 dislica 

stricla, 

tubiflora, 

plicd,ta, 
Brunsv'igia 222. 

11 multiflora, 

laticoma, 

Josephinae, 

falcita, 

marginata, 

ciiliiiris, 
Eambusa 222. 

14 arundinacea, reed-like. 
Banist'eria 223. 

fuigens, fulgent. 



saw-leaved. 

blunt-leaved. 

strong-scented. 

odoriferous. 

dioecious. 

two-ranked, 
erect. 

tube-flowered, 
plaited. 

many-flowered. 

broad-headed. 

Josephine's 

falcate 

red-margined 

hairy-margined. 

Bamboo-cane. 



NAMES OF PLANTS. 



355 



chrisophyMla, shiningf. 

splendons, splendid. 
Barringtoma 223. 

10 speciosa, showy. 
Brownea 223. 

10 cocclnea, scarlet. 

rosa, Trinidad-rose. 

grandicdps, grandest. 
Boova'rdia 66. 

7 Iriph'jlla, three-leaved. 
Jacquinii, shark-leaved. 
^Ixora americdna. 

Brachys^ema 66. 

5 lalifolium, broad-leaved. 

undulitum, wave-leaved. 
Burche'llia 67. 

10 capensis, cape, 
parviflora, small-flowered. 

Beaufortia 67. 

8 decussita, cross-leaved, 
sparsa, alternate-leaved. 

Br'unia 67. 

5 nodiflora, imbricated. 

Ianugin6sa, woolly. 

comosa, tufted. 

abrotanoides, southern wood-like. 

formosa, handsome. 

Bo'sEA 67. Golden-rod-tree. 

5 yervam6ra. 
B'^cKiA 67. 

6 camphord-ta, camphor, 
pulchella, neat, 
virgata, slender. 

Billardie'ra 68. Apple-berry. 

longiflora, long-flowered. 

mulabilis, changeable. 

scdndens, climb.ing. 

fusif6rmis, long-fruited. 

Be'llis 135. Daisy. 

per^nnis horten- 

sis var. var. garden. 
Ball6ta 260. 

11 purpi'irea, purple-flowered. 
Amaryllis purpurea. 

Belladonna 208. 

11 purpuriscens, Belladonna Lily. 
Jlmari/Uis Belladonna. 

Bigno'nia 197. Trumpet-flower. 

crucigera. cross-bearing. 

grandiflora, large-flowered. 

rd.dicans, rooting. 
Cotyle'don 39. 
ColVtea 45. 
Cyticus 45. 
Ca'ltha 135. 

paliistris pleno, double yellow. 

Chamje'rops 262. Dwarf-fan-palm. 

12 sp. 8p. 



C6RYPHA 232. Large-fan-palm. 

11 ambraculifera, large, 
taliera, great. 

Cl'ematis 196, 138, 83, Virgin's-bower. 

12 integrifolia, esitire-lcaved. 
angiistifolia, narrow-leaved, 
erecta, erecl-growing. 
viticella pulchella, double-blue, 
flammula, sweet-scented, 
virginiana, Virginian, 
fiorida pleno, double-white, 
aristata, awned. 
brachiata, armed. 

Cobje'a 83. 

scandens, climbing. 
Callica'rpa 229. 

Carolinea 229. Cream-nut. 

17 insignis, great-flowered. 
^Iba, while-flowered, 
princeps, digitated, 
robiista, robust. 

CaryOta 229. 

12 urens, stinging. 
Cal'athea 223. 

zebrina Zebra-plant. 

Mardnta Zebrina. 

Ca'nna 224, 35. Indian-shot. 

3 gigdntea, tall. 

limbata, bordered. 

discolor, two-coloured. 

iridifloi'a, nodding-flowered. 
C'actus 224, 271.' 
Ce'rus 225. 

18 peruvidnus, Peruvian, 
heptagonus, seven-angled, 
flagelliftrmus, creeping, 
grandiflorus, night-blooming, 
triangularis, triangular, 
phyllantholdes, rosy-flowered. 
Cdctus Speciosus. 
Jenkinsoni, Jenkinsons'. 
Speciosfssimus, showy. 
Ackermdnnia, Ackerman's. 
truncatus, truncated. 

Coreopsis, 138. 

tenuifolia, slender-leaved. 

verlicillata, whorl-leaved. 

discolor, two-coloured. 

tripteris, three-leaved. 
Calceola'ria 68, 17, 

35, 338., Slipper-wort. 

10 angiistifolia, narrow-leaved. 

integrifolia, entire-leaved. 

plantaginca, plantain-leaved. 

corymbbsa, corymb-flowered. 

purpiirea, purple-flowered. 

Hopiana, Dr. Hopes'. 

micins, fine. 



356 



NAMES OF PLANTS. 



hybrlda, 

Fothergillii, 

arachn6idea, 



hybrid. 

Fothergill's. 

cob-web. 



Calotha'mnus 68. 

6 quadrifida, four-cleft, 

clavdta, club-leaved. 



Came'llia 69, 80., 
11 vfridis, 
Bohea, 
sesinqua, 
oleifera, 
maliflora, 
Sesanqua rosea. 
kissi, 
reticulata, 
jap6nica, 
rubra, 
dlba, 

sejiiidiiplex, 
riibro pleno, 
cdrnea, 
myrtifolia, 
involuta. 
myrtifolia, 
hexanguldris, 
atrorubens, 
anemoniflora, 

" r6sea, - 
dianthiflora, 
blanda, 
pomp6nia, 
pseoniflora, 
Welbdnkii, 
^Iba-pleno, 
flavescens, 
fimbriata, 
imbricata, 
variegata, 
crassinervis? 
conchiflora, 
rubricdulis, 
longifolia, 
chandlerii, 
versicolor. 
Aitonia, 
althajflora, 
corallina, 
insignis. 



Japan-rose. 

green-tea. 

black-tea. 
Lady Banks', 
oleiferous. 
pink-flowered. 

nepaul. 
Capt. Rawes'. 
original, 
common, 
single-white, 
semidouble red. 
double red. 
Middlemists, 
myrtle-leaved, 

minor, 
six-sided. 
Loddiges' red, 
red waratah. 
rose war. 
carnation war. 
blush war. 
Kew blush, 
pseony flowered. 
Welbank's. 
double white, 
ladies'-blush, 
fringed white, 
imbricate petaled. 
double striped, 
thick-nerved, 
shell-flowered. 
Lady Campbell's, 
long leaved. 
Chandler's. 



Aiton's. 

holly-hock flowered. 

coral-flowered. 

splendid. 
anemoneflora dlba, white anemone 

flowered. 
heterophy'Ila, various leaved. 
Wo6dsii, Mr. Wood's, 

epecidsa, striped waratah. 

fiilgens, fulgent, 

grandiflora, large flowered. 

r6sa-sin^nsis, bright pink. 



intermedia, 

invincible, 

punctata. 

jjressii. 

rose-mundii, 

com pacta, 

glorjosa, 

Rossii, 
Callicoma 80. 

6 serratifolia, 
Carmich^^lia 81. 

8 austrilis, 

CUNOJVIA 81, 

2 Capensis, 

Clk'tiira 81. 
2 arbdrea, 
" variegata, 

Cotoneast'er 81. 

2 denticulata, 
microphy'lla, 

Crowea 81. 

1 saligna, 
Chorize'ma 81. 

5 nana, 

ilicifolia, 
Ciner'aria 82, 

12 speciosa, 

amelloides, 

purpurea, 

lanata, 
Ci'sTus 82, 

3 ladaniferus, 
Monspeliensis, 
sAIignis, 
populifolius, 
undulatus, 

Campa'nula 135, 

persicifolia, 

" alba-pleno, 

" coerulea-pleno, 

urticifolia, 

speciosa, 

glomerata, 

versicolor, 
Cheira'nthus 136. 

cheiri-vulgaris, 
" hcemanthus, 

mutabilis, 

ClIELONE 136. 
glabra, 
obliqua, 
barbata, 
atropurpilrea, 
pulchella, 
veniista, 
speciosa. 



new blush. 
Press's. 



streaked. 

compact-white. 

dark-red. 

Ross's. 

saw-leaved. 

New-Zealand. 

Decandria-digynia. 

Cape. 

tree. 
vaviegated-Ieaved. 

toothed, 
small-leaved. 

willow-leaved. 

dwarf. 

holly. leaved. 

Cape-aster. 

large-flowered. 

blue. 

purple. 

woolly. 

Rock-rose. 

gum. 

Montpelier. 

willow-leaved. 

poplar-leaved. 

wave-leaved. 

Bell-flower. 

peach-leaved. 

double-white. 

" blue, 
nettle-leaved, 
spacious, 
headed-flowered, 
three-coloured. 

Wall-flower. 

double-bloody. 

changeable. 

glabrous. 

oblique-leaved. 

bearded-flowered. 

purple-flowered. 

pretty. 

showy. 

spacious. 



NAMES OF PLANTS. 



357 



Chrysa'nthemum 137. 

sinense, variable-chinese. 

" tubulosum iilbum, quilled-white. 

" superbum, superb-white. 

" discolor, large-lilac. 

*' fulvum, Spanish-brown. 

" atropiirpureum, early-crimson. 

" involutum, curled-lilac 

" fasciculatum, superb-yellow. 

" serotinum, pale-purple. 

" papyraceum, paper-white, 

" waratdh, yellow-anemone-flow'd. 

" versicolor, two-coloured red. 

" stellatum, starry-purple. 

" verecundum, early-blush. 



" mutabiie. 


changeable. 


COCOLOBA 229, 


Sea-side-grape 


15 pubescens, 


downy. 


latifolia, 


broad-leaved. 


C'UPHEA 229. 




6 Melvilla, 


Melvill's. 


Croton 230. 




pJctus, 


painted. 


variegatus. 


variegated. 


" latifolia, 


broad-leaved. 


Ce'rbera 230. 




17 thevetia, 


linear-leaved. 


ahouai, 


oval-leaved. 


oddllam, 


spear-leaved. 


manghas, 


blunt- leaved. 


C'ycas 230, 


Sago-palm ? 


11 revoltita, 


revolute. 


circinalis 


great. 


glauca, 


glaucous. 


COMBR^ETUM 231. 




Slogans, 


elegant. 


formosum, 


handsome. 


purpureum, 


scarlet. 


Cr'assula 231. 




Crocus 275, 


saffron. 


satlvus, 


garden. 


Pallasii, 


Pallas'. 


serotinus, 


late-flowered. 


nudiflorus, 


naked-flowered 


C6LCH1CUM 275. 




Ca'lla 289. 




12 iEthiopica, 


Ethiopian-lily. 


Coroni'lla 83. 




12 glailca. 


glaucous. 


valentlna, 


nine-leaved. 


stipuU}ris. 




vimind,lis. 


slender. 


CorrV.a 84. 




5 alba. 


white-flowered. 


riifa, 


rusty-loaved. 


pulch^Ua, 


pretty. 



showy. 

green -flowered. 

Cypress, 
cedar of Goa. 
pendulous. 
African. 

climbing. 



red-fruited. 

cyme-flowered. 

many-flowered. 

shining. 

Wampee-tree. 

punctate. 

lanceolated. 
oval-leaved. 

erect. 

CofFee-tree. 

Arabian. 

camphii'e-tree. 



speci6sa, 

virens, 
Crat^^gus 84. 
Cupr'essus 85, 

6 lusitdnica, 

pendula, 

juniperoides, 
Cala'aipelis 85 

11 scdbra, 

Eccremocarpus scdber. 
Cela'stris 85. Staff'-tree 

4 pyracanthus, 

cyni6sus, 

muliiflorus, 

kicidus, 
CoOKIA 85. 

11 punctata, 
Callist'achys 85. 

6 lanceoldta, 

ovata, 
Charlwoodia 234, 

11 stricta, 
COFF^EA 227, 

17 Ardbica, 
Cinnam6mum 101. 

15 camphora, 
Clerode'ndron 124. 

12 fragrans mtiltiplex, double. 
Crinu'm 261, 232. 

11 capense, cape. 

Amary'llis longifolia. 

cruentum, red. 

scabrum, scabrous. 

amabile, showy. 

Cyrta'nthus 232. 

11 odorus, 

striatus, 

obliquus, 

vittatus, 
Caryophy^llus 233. 

9 aromdticus, aromatic. 
Calli'stemon 107. 

6 salignum, willow-leaved. 

lanceolatum, lance-leaved. 

semperflorens, ever-blooming 

glaiicum, glaucous. 

metrosidtros specidsa. 
Cy'clamen 290, 297. 

11 Coum, round-leaved. 

Persicum, Persian. 

hederaefolium, ivy-leaved 

Europ*a;um, 

Neapolit^num, 
Centr\ntiius 150 

Phii, 

Valeriana Phu. 



scented, 
striped. 

oblique-leaved, 
ribanded. 



round-leaved. 
Neapolitan. 

garden. 



358 



NAMES OF PLANTS. 



rubra, 


red. 


6 capitita. 


crown-flowered. 


Valeriana rubra. 


oppositifolia. 


opposite-leaved. 


Dion'jEA 36. 




longifoiia, 


long-leaved. 


5 mucipula, 


Venus-fly-trap. 


rubra, 


heath-leaved. 


DlLL^ENIA 233. 




ericifolia. 




7 speciosa, 


spacious. 


trerctifolia. 


round-leaved. 


scaiidens, 


climbing. 


Drya'ndra 87. 




Drac^^na 233. 


Dragon-tree. 


6 nivea, 


white-leaved. 


11 ferrea, 


purple-leaved. 


formosa. 


apricot-scented. 


fragrans, 


scented. 


floribunda, 


many-flowered. 


marginata, 


margined. 


armdta, 


acute-leaved. 


drdco, 


large 


plumosa, 


feathered. 


Da'phne 313, 258, 270. 


baxteri. 


Baxter's. 


15 odora, 


sweet-scented. 


nervosa, 


nerve-leaved. 


indica. 




falcdta. 


falcate-leaved. 


h'ybrida. 


daphine. 


Dillwy'nia 87. 




oleoides. 


olea-leaved. 


6 florabunda. 


close-flowered. 


laureola, 


spurg-laurel. 


ericifolia. 




p6ntica, 


pontic. 


teretifolia. 


round-leaved. 


alpina, 


alpine. 


phylicoides, 


phylica-like. 


cneorum, 


trailing. 


Dampi'era 87. 




Delphi'nom 138. 


Larkspur. 


6 purpurea. 


purple-flowered. 


grandiflorum, 


large-flowered. 


undulata, 


wave-leaved. 


intermedium, 


intermediate. 


stricta, 


upright. 


var. var. 




Edwa'rdsia 88. 




datum, 


Bee-larkspur. 


6 grandiflora. 


large-flowered. 


mont^num, 


tall-growing. 


chrysophy'lla. 


silver-leaved. 


DlANTHUS 138. 


Pink. 


micro[)hy'lia, 


small-leaved. 


17 barbatus, 


sweet-william. 


Euchr'ysum 88. 




" pleno. 


double. 


Enkia'nthus 88. 




discolor. 


two-coloured. 


6 quinqueflorus 


, Canton, 


chinensis. 


china. 


reticulatus. 


netted-leaved. 


alpinus, 


alpine. 


Epa'cris 88. 




superbus. 


superb-red. 


5 grandiflora. 


large-flowered. 


caryophy'Ilus, 


clove. 


pulchella. 


sweet-scented. 


plumdrius, 


common. 


impressa, 


unpresged. 


fragrans, 


sweet-scented. 


palludosa, 


marsh. 


Dicta'mnus 139. 




purpurascens 


red. 


fraxinella, 


red. 


rubra. 




^Ibus, 


white. 


Er'icas 89. 


Heath, 


Dodec'atheon 321 




6 niediterrdnea, 


common. 


139. 


American cow-slip. 


5 arisldta. 


awned. 


media, 


purple. 


baccans. 


arbutus-flowered. 


» ^Iba, 


white. 


bowie^na. 


Bowie's. 


Digit' alis 140. 


Fox-glove. 


conferta, 


crowded-flowered 


leucoph'cea, 


broad-lipped. 


elegans, 


elegant. 


ferruginea, 


rusty-flowered. 


fascicularis, 


cluster-flowered. 


ochroleiica, 


large yellow. 


florabunda, 


many-flowered. 


purpurascens, 


blush-flowered. 


glomeraia. 


glomerate. 


erubescens. 




grandiflora, 


large-flowered. 


purpurea, 


purple. 


inflata. 


inflated. 


" alba. 


white. 


manimosa. 


nipple. 


Davi'esia 86. 




pregnans, 


swelled. 


6 ulicina, 


furze-like. 


pubescens, 


downy. 


latifolia. 


broad-leaved. 


refulgens, 


refulgent. 


acicularis. 


needle-leaved. 


regerminans 


cluster-flowered. 


incrassdta, 


thick-leaved. 


rdbens. 


red-flowered. 


Dio'sMA 86. 




speciosa, 


specious. 



NAMES OF PLANTS. 



359 



spl^ndens, 


splendid. 


tenella, 


delicate. 


triumphang, 


triumphant. 


veslita, 


tremulous. 


var. var. 




ventricosa, 


beautiful. 


viscaria, 


clammy-flowered. 


Er'anthemum 234. 




11 pulchellum, 


neat. 


bicolor 


two-coloured. 


Eug'enia 234. 




11 pi'menta, 


Allspice. 


Mi/rlus Pimenta. 


frigrans, 


scented. 


Euph6rbia 234. 


Spurg. 


18 heteroph'ylla 


? 


Erythr'ina 235. 




330. 


Coral-tree. 


13 corallod6nd- 




rum, 


smooth. 


speciosa, 


splendid. 


pubescens, 


downy. 


herbacea, 


herbaceous. 


laurifolia, 


laurel-leaved 


ciista-galli, 


Cocks-comb. 


Eriab'otrya 107. 


loquat. 


11 jap6nica, 


Japan. 


EnT ELIA 119. 




12 arborescens, 


tree. 


Echinoca'ctus 225 




18 gibbosus, 


gouty. 


crispatus, 


curled-ribbed. 


reciirvus, 


recurve-spined. 


EuPATdRlUM 91. 140. 


10 elegans, 


scented. 


coelestinum, 


blue. 


arom^ticum, 


aromatic. 


Euta'xia 92. 




6 myrtifolia, 


myrtle-leaved. 


pungens, 


pungent. 


Euch'ilus 92. 




6 obcorddta. 




Er6dium 91, 


Heron's-bill. 


incarnatum, 


fleshy. 


crassi folium, 


thick-leaved. 


lacinidtum. 


laciniated. 


Eucaly'ptus 91. 




6 cordata, 


Heart-leaved. 


rostrdta. 


beaked. 


radidta, 


rayed. 


pulvigera. 




gldbifera. 


round-fruited. 


pulverulenta, 


powdered. 


resinifera, 


red-gum-tree. 


Eurcu'ma 36. 




Eu'comis 24. 




Furchr'cea 39. 





Fi/nkia 96, 141. 




11 dlba. 




Hemerocdllis japonica. 


coerulea. 




Hemerocdllis cosrulea. 


Ferr'aria 40. 




11 undulata, 


curled. 


antherosa. 


variegated. 


Fritill'aria 295. 




imperialis, 


Crown-imperial. 


Persica, 


Persian. 


Fi'cus 236, 


Fig-tree. 


12 el4stica. 


gum-elastic. 


brassii. 


brass. 


religiosa, 


superstitious. 


lucida. 


shining. 


Bengalensis, 


Bengal. 


nitida. 


glossy. 


Indica, 


banyan-tree. 


exasperata, 


very-rough. 


costata. 


rib-leaved. 


Fu'cHsiA 92, 


Ladies-ear-drop. 


13 virgata, 


twiggy. 


conica, 


conical-tubed. 


coccinea, 


scarlet. 


microphy'lla, 


small-leaved. 


arb6rea, 


tree. 


gracilis, 


slender. 


thymifolia. 


thyme-leaved. 


Gels'emium 93. 


Carolina-jasmine 


5 nitidum, 


shining-leaved. 


Gnaph^alium 93. 


(See Aslelma.) 


Gomphol'obiuiM 94 




5 baibigerum, 


bearded-flowered 


polim6rphum. 


variable. 


Georgi'ana 180. 




Dahlia svperjlua. 


dwarf-globe, 


crimson. 


pulla. 




Electa, 


scarlet. 


flamEea, 


flame. 


Zeno. 




Etna, 


scarlet. 


imperiosa. 




Cicero. 




cocade. 




Cambridge-surprise. 


Duchess-of-Wellington, pink. 


Countess-of-Liverpool. 


BarretVWm.-4th, scarlet. 


mountain-of-snow, true. 


Diana, 


lilac. 


crimson-bonnet, 


glob. 


eximia, 


scarlet. 


star-of-Brunswick, pink. 


Lafayette, 


orange. 


morning-star, 


red. 



360 



NAMES OF PLANTS. 



Romulus, scarlet. 

Florabunda, crimson. 

speciosissima, purple. 

Veitches-triumphant, purple. 

coronation, maroon. 

Stephenia, bloody. 

feathered, light crimson, glob. 

dwarf, crimson,^ne glob. 

striated buff, anemone-Jlowered. 

large-pink, " 

" rose, " 

spectabile, " 

painted-lady, " 

early-blood, " 

Glo'bba 36. 
Gesne'ria 36. 

10 bulbdsa, bulbous. 
Glorio'sa 37. 

10 superba, superb. 
Gast^eria 253. 

Ge'um 141. 

quellyon, scarlet. 

coccineum, 

hy'bridum, hybrid. 

urbdnum, common. 
Gentia'na 140. 

Mtea, yellow. 

purpurea, purple. 

sept^mfida, crested. 

acaulis, dwarf. 
Gcertn'era 237. 

12 racemosa, climbing. 
Geissome'ria 237. 

2 longiflora, Jong-flowered. 
Gard'enia 237, 262. 

9 campanul^ta, bell-flowered. 

am^cena, neat. 

costata, ribbed. 

lucida, shining. 

floridalpleno, Cape-jasmine. 

radicans, dwarf. 

longifolia. long-leaved. 

latifolia, broad-leaved. 

Rothinonnia, spotted. 

Thunb^rgia, Thunberg's. 

Gladi^olus 303. Corn-flag. 

11 floribundus, many-flowered, 
cardinalis, cardinal. 
Byzantinus, Turkish, 
blindus, fairest, 
cuspidatus, sharp-pointed, 
psittacirms, parrot. 

Gomphol'obium 94. 

latifoiium, broad-leaved. 

grandiflorum, large-flowered. 

vendstum, showy. 
Geni'sta 94. 



1 Canariensis, Canary, 
tricuspidita, three-pointed, 
cuspidosa, sharp-pointed, 
umbellata, umbelled. 

Gni'dia 94. 

6 simplex, flax-leaved. 

sericea, silky. 

imberbis, smooth-scaled. 

pinifolia, pine-leaved. 
Goode'nia 94. 

6 stelligera, starry-haired. 

suaveolens, sweet-scented. 

ovata, oval-leaved. 

grandiflora, large-flowered. 
GoRTERIA 94. 

6 personata. 
Gaza'nia 94. 

6 rigens, great. 

Pavonia, peacock. 

heterophy^lla, various-leaved. 
GREvf llea 95. 

6 punicea, scarlet. 

acanthifolia, acanthus-like. 

cocclnea, pretty. 

juniperina, juniper-like. 

linearis, linear-leaved. 
Ha'kea 95. 

6 gibbosa gibbous-fruited. 

nitida, glossy. 

saligna, willow-leaved. 

suaveolens, sweet-scented. 

conculata, conculate. 

Lamberti, Lambert's. 
Hemeroca'llis, 96. Day-lily. 

11 speciosa, spacious. 
Herm'annia 96. 
Helichr'ysum 93. Everlasting. 

8 grandiflorum, large-flovpered. 

arboreum, arborescent, 

orienlale, common, 

fragrans, sweet-scented, 

odoratissimum, odoriferous, 

fruticans, shrubby, 

fiilgidum, splendid. 
Hibbe'rtia 96. 

12 grossulariasfolia, gooseberry-leaved, 
dentata, toothed, 
volubilis, twining, 
fasciculata, bushy. 

salio-na, willow-leaved, 

pedunculata, long-pedicled. 
Habra'nthus 96. 

2 Anders6nii, Anderson's, 
versicolor, three-coloured, 
robtista, robust. 

Hove A 97. 

6 linearis linear-leaved. 



NAMES OF PLANTS. 



361 



rosmarinifolia, 


rosmary-leaved. 


Pallasii, 


Pallas'. 


longifolia, 


long-leaved. 


pdllida, 


pale. 


Celsii, 


Cels's. 


cristata. 


crested. 


Htdra'ngea, 97. 172. 


arenaria, 


sand. 


14 hortensis, 


variable. 


furcata, 


forked. 


hypericum, 


St. John's-wort. 


germinica, 


German. 


10 mon6gynum, 


three-styled. 


florentina, 


fiorentine. 


balearicum, 


warted. 


verna, , 


spring. 


floribiindum, 


many-flowered. 


susi^na, 


chalcedonian. 


canariense, 


canaries. 


lusitdnica, 


Portuguese. 


sBg-yptiacum, 


Egyptian. 


var. var. 




cochinchinense, 


cochinchina. 


Hiphioides, 


great bulbous. 


HiBi'scus 238. 141. 


27. 45. 


Persica, 


Persian. 


9 Rosa sinensis 


plenus, double red. 


'LxiA, 203. 




" " carnea, " salmon. 


11 monad61phia 


, monadelphus. 


" " varie 


gatus, " striped. 


leucdntha, 


white flowered. 


'• " lutea 


" yellow. 


capitata, 


headed. 


paliistris, 


marsh. 


conica, 


orange-coloured 


roseus, 


rose-coloured. 


columelaris, 


variegated. 


militaris, 


smooth. 


Ipoma'ea 240. 




speciosus, 


showy crimson. 


9 paniculata, 


panicle-flowered. 


grandifldrus, 


large flowered. 


Ilex 98. 


Holly. 


pungens, 


pungent. 


15 aquifolium, 


European. 


Syriacus, 


Althea. 


var. var. 




var. var. 




cassine, 


cassine-like. 


mulAbilis plenus 


, double-changeable. 


vomitoria, 


south-sea tea. 


lilliiflorus, 


various. 


Ilu'cium 99. 


Anniseed-tree. 


Hedy'chium 36. 




floridanum, 


purple-flowered. 


Hemeroca'llis 14] 


. Day lily. 


parviflorum, 


small-fiowered. 


fulva, 


copper-coloured. 


anisatum. 


anise-scented. 


graminea, 


grass-leaved. 


Indigo'fera 99. 


Indigo-tree. 


He'dera 198. 




denudata, 


smooth-leaved. 


Helix, 


Irish-ivy. 


am^aena. 


pretty. 


Herite'ria 238. 


Looking-glass-plant. 


austr^lis, 


round-stemmed. 


11 littoralis, 


large-leaved. 


angulata, 


angular-stemed. 


Howa'rthia 260. 




cdndicans, 


while-leaved. 


HdYA 239. 


wax-plant. 


filifolia. 


filiform-leaved. 


carnosa. 


common. 


ISOP'OGON 99. 




crassifolia, 


thick-leaved. 


9 form'osus, 


handsome. 


Herna'ndia 239. 


Jack-in-a-box. 


anemonefolious 


, anemone-leaved. 


Sonora, 


peltate-leaved. 


.attenuatis, 


attenuated. 


'IXORA 240. 




polycephalus, 


many-headed. 


5 obovata, 


purple. 


jalapa, 


Jalap. 


purpurea. 




grandiflora, 


large-flowered. 


crocata, 


saffron-coloured. 


pulchella, 


pretty. 


rosea, 


rose-coloured. 


tuberosa, 


tuberous. 


bandhilca, 


stem-clasping. 


JusTi'ciA 99. 243. 




blanda, 


charming. 


nigricans, 


spotted. 


undulata, 


waved. 


orcliioides, 


orchis-like. 


dicholima. 




adhatoda. 


Malabar-nut. 


CQCcinea, 


scarlet. 


coccinea. 


scarlet. 


grandijldra, stricta^Jldmmea, speciosa. 


picta, 


painted. 


fiilgens, 


glossy. 


liicida, 


shining. 


longifolia, lanceoldta. 


form'osa, 


handsome. 


pavelta, 


scented. 


speciosa, 


showy. 


I'ris, 142, 320. 


Flower-de-luce. 


Jackso'nia 100. 




subifl^ora, 


sub-flowered. 


6 scoparia, 


broom-like. 


nepal^nsis, 


Nepaul. 


hbrrida. 


horrid. 



46 



362 



NAMES OF PLANTS. 



reticulata, netted. 

JuNi'pERus 210. Juniper. 

virginiana, red-cedar. 

Ja'tropha 242. Physic-nut. 

17 rnultifida, multifid 

pandursefolia, fiddle-leaved. 

curcas, angular-leaved. 

Jacara'nda 241. 

9 mimosifolia, mimosa-leaved. 

filicirolia, fern-leaved. 

Jamb'osa 241. Rose-apple. 

11 vulgdris, common. 

malacensis, Malay-apple. 

purpurascens, purple-flow^ered. 

macroph^ylla, large-leaved. 

amplexicaulis, stem-clasping. 
Jasm'inum 242. Jasmine. 

3 sambac, Arabian. 

" multiplex, semi-double. 
" trifoliatum, double-Tuscan. 

hirsutum, hairy-stemmed. 

paniculatum, panicled. 

simplicif^olium, simple-leaved. 

lucidiuin? shining. 

odoratissimum 3, Azorian. 

revoiutum revolute-lcaved. 

grandifldrum, Catalonian. 

officinale, common. 

Kalosanthus 231. 

IScoccinea, scarlet. . ■ ,, 

Crassitla coccinea. 

versicolor, changeable. 

Crassula versicolor. 

odoratissima, sweet-scented. 
KiEMPF^ERIA 243,36. 

17 rotunda, round-rooted. 

Kenn^edia 100. 

5 monoph^ylla, simple-leaved, 
rubicunda, dingy-flowered, 
prostrdta, trailing. 
Grycine coccinea. 

coccinea, many-flowered, 

comptoni^na, comptonian. 
inophVlla, few-leaved. 

LAGlffeSTR'cEMIA 129. 

172. 

indica, crape-flower. 
Lambe'rtia 100. 

6 formosa, handsome, 
echinata, lobe-leaved, 
uniflora, one-flowered, 
in^rmis, unarmed. 

Lasiop'etalum 100. 
Lava'ndula 101. Lavender. 

7 dentata, toothed, 
formosa, handsome, 
pinnata, pinnated. 

Lau'rus 101. 244. Laurel. 



15 Toetens, 


til. 


aggregata, 


clustered. 


glauca. 


glaucous. 


scabra, 


rough. 


verum, 


true. 


cd,ssia. 


false. 


chlordxylon, 


cogwood. 


Lant'ana 244. 




Lant^nia 244. 


Dwarf-palra. 


12 borbonica, 


borbon. 


rubra, 


red. 


glaucoph'ylla. 


glaucous. 


L^IATRIS 142. 


Gay-feather. 


squarr'osa. 


squarrose. 


elegans. 


elegant. 


paniculdta. 


paniculate. 


spicdta. 




macrostachya, 


large-spiked. 


L'ychnis, 143. 104 


, 


9 chalced'onica 


chalcedonian. 


fiilgens, 


fulgent. 


fl6s-j'ovis, 


umbelled. 


Agrostema Jlos-jdvis. 


corondta. 


crowned. 


L-x'thrum 143. 




alatum, 


erect-growing. 


virgatum, 


twiggy. 


diff'usum, 


diff'use. 


lanceolatum, 


lance-leaved. 


Lom'atia 103. (See errata.) 


6 silaifolia, 


cut-leaved. 


dentkta. 


toothed. 


iliciPolia, 


holly-leaved. 


Lachen'alia 291. 




11 tricolor, 


three-coloured. 


quadricolor, 


four-coloured. 


rubida. 


dotted-flowered. 


punctata. 


spotted-flowered 


orchoides, 


orchis-like. 


nerv'osa. 


nerved-leaved. 


Lil'ium 32. 35. 306. 


11 martagon. 


red. 


tygrinum. 


spotted. 


chalced'onicum 


Chalcedonian. 


speci^osuni? 


showy. 


longiflorum.' 




japdnicum. 


Japan. 


Lob'elia 102. 




6 tiipa. 


mullein-leaved. 


speciosa. 


specious. 


splendens, 


splendid. 


fiilgens, 


fulgent. 


ccerillea, 


blue. 


Thunb^rgii, 


Thurberg's. 


corymbosa, 


corymbose. 


pyramid^Iis 


pyramidal. 


ilicifolia. 


holly-leaved. 


Lophosph'ermum 


103. 



NAMES OF PLANTS. 



363 



12 scindens. 
Lachn^^a 103. 

1 glauca, 

conglomerata, 

eriocephala 
Leon^otis, 

7 intermedia, 
Leon^urus, 
Leucospe'rmum 103. 

9 formosum, 

grandiflorum, 

c^ndicans, 
Lip'aria 104. 

sphae'rica, 

tomentosa, 

villdsa, 

sericea, 
Lysin^ema 104. 

5 pentapetalum, 
conspicum, 
r6seum, 

Ly'chnis 104. 
9 coronata, 
Leptospe'rmum 104. 

6 baccatum, 
pendulum, 
juniperinum, 
ovd,tum, 
stellalum, 
grandifl6rum, 
scoparium, 

Leucade'ndron 105. 

9 argenteum, 

Protea argenlea. 

squarrosum, 

stellatum, 

Protea stell^ris. 

t6rtum, 

sericeum, 

marginatum, 

plumosum, 

Protea paroiflbra. 
Magn6lia 105, 

9 fuscata, 

annonffifolia, 

pximila, 

conspfcua, 

purpurea, 
Melal'euca 106. 

6 eliptica, 

fulgens, 

decussata, 

hypericifolia, 

squarrosa, 

linarifolia, 

incana, 

tetragonia, 

thymifolia, 



climbing. 


Maura'ndia 106. 






6 Barclayana, 


Barclay's. 


glaucous. 


semperflorens. 


ever-blooming. 


clustered. 


My'rsine 106, 


Cape-Myrtle. 


woolly-headed. 


4 retusa, 


erect. 


Lion's-ear. 


rotundifolia, 


round-leaved. 


intermediate. 


Me'spilus 107. 


Medlar. 


narrow-leaved. 


Metrosid'eros. 






6 fl6rida, 


many-flowered. 


handsome. 


umbellkta. 


umbel-flowered. 


tomentose. 


angustifolia, 


narrow-leaved. 


hoary. 


lanceolata, 
Ma'nihot 243. 


lance-leaved. 


crowned. 


17 cannabina, 


cassada root. 


downy. 


Mesembry'anthemdm 263. 271. 


hairy. 


18 sp. sp. 




silky. 


My'rtus 108. 


Myrtle. 




12 communis, 


common. 


five-petaled. 


multiplex, 


double. 


conspicuous. 


leucocarpa, 


white-fruited. 


rose-coloured. 


italica variegata 


I, variegated. 




maculata. 


blotch-leaved. 


crowned. 


tomentosa, 


downy. 


South-Sea-Myrtle. 


tenuifolia. 


slender-leaved. 


berry-fruited. 


MimVlus 143. 


Monkey-flower. 


pendulous. 


lute us, 


yellow. 


juniper-leaved. 


rivularis, 


dark-spotted. 


ovate-leaved. 


moschatus, 


musk-scented. 


starry -flowered. 


Mona'rda 143. 




large-flowered. 


didyma. 


Oswego-tea. 


New-Zealand-tea. 


kalmiana, 


pubescent-flowered 


Silver-Tree. 


Russelli'ana, 


Russells'. 


silvery. 


punctata. 


spotted. 




Mathi'ola 144, 


Stock-gilly. 


squarrose. 


simplicicdulis. 


Brompton-stock. 


starry. 


var, var. 






incana. 


queen-stock. 


twisted. 


var. var. 




silky. 


annua, 


annual. 


margined. 


var. var. 




feathered. 


glabra, 
Mamill'aria 224. 


wall-leaved. 




18 coccinea. 


scarlet-flowered. 


rusty. 


simplex 


small-red-spined. 


annonae-leaved. 


pusilla, 


starry. 


dwarf. 


conica, 


cone-headed. 


youlan. 


Meloca'ctus 225, 




purple, 


18 communis. 


Turk's-cape. 




macrdnthus. 


largc-spined. 


eliptic. 


pyramidilis. 


pyramidale. 


fulgent. 


Mel'astoma 245, 




cross-leaved. 


1 Malabdthrica, 


Malabar. 


hypericum-leaved. 


sangulnea. 


bloody. 


square-set. 


decemfida. 


ten-cleft. 


linear-leaved. 


pulverul^nta, 


powdered. 


hoary. 


ispera, 


rough. 


four-sided. 


nepal^nsis. 


Nepaul. 


thyme-leaved. 


Malpi'ghia 246. 


Barbadoes-cherry. 



3G4 



NAMES OF PLANTS. 



17 urens, stinging, 

aquifolium, holly-leaved. 

fuc^ta, painted. 

gMbra, smooth. 
Ma'rica 246. 

12 coerulea, blue. 

Sabini, Sabin's. 

northidna, spotted. 

M'dsa, 247, Plantain-tree. 

15 paradisiaca, common. 

sapi^ntum, banana-tree. 

rosacea, rose-coloured. 

coccfnea, scarlet-coloured. 

chinensis, Chinese. 

Mangi'fera 245, Mango-tree. 

11 indica, common, 
oppositifoha? opposite-leaved. 

Nand'ina 108, Nandin. 

I dom^stica, common. 

NiNTOOA. 

longiflora, long-flowered. 
Lonicera-japonica. 

Ne'rium 108, Oleander. 

12 oleander, common. 

" spl^ndens, double-rose. 

" elegantissimum, variegated. 

" dlba, white. 

" " pleno ? double-white. 

CEnoth^era 144, Evening -primrose. 

macrocarpa, broad-leaved. 

media, intermediate. 

latiflora, broad-flowered. 

Frazeri, Frazer's. 

speciosa, handsome. 

pallida, pale. 

odorata, sweet-scented. 

'Olea 109, Olive-tree. 

II europ'oea, common. 

" longifolia, long-leaved. 

" latifolia, broad-leaved, 

capensis. Cape, 

verrucosa, warted. 

fragrans, scented, 

paniculata, panicled. 
Oxylo'bium 110. 

obtusifolium, blunt-leaved, 

retusum, retuse-leaved. 

ellipticum, elliptic-leaved. 

O'XALIS. 

11 rubella, red. 

marginala, margined, 

elongata, striped-flowered, 

am'cena, neat. 
Oss'^A 246. 

I purpurascens, purple. 
Melastoma-purprirea. 

Ornith6galum 292. Star-of-Bethlehem. 

II lact(5um, white. 



aiireum, golden, 

marltimum, squill. 

Opu'ntia 227. 

18 cochinillifera, cochineal-fig. 

fi'cus-fndica, Indian-fig. 

Pelargo'nium 110, 273, Stork's-bill. 

Geranium. 

12 dlbum. 

macranthum. 

grandiflorum. 

Navarino. 

Longstrethium. 

Jacksonium. 

Lucretia. 

Leopold. 

Lafayette. 

triumphans. 

JefFersoniaum. 

Franklinium. 

Queen- Adelaide. 

Simsium. 

obovatum. 

Pepperium. 

Philadelphicum. 

foliosum. 

Dutchess-of-Gloucester. 

verecundum. 

Lady Clifford. 

Delaware. 

marianum. 

urbanum. 

dissimilum. 

Royal-George. 

Washington. 

Scotiaum. 

banburyensis. 

florabundum. 

19 pavoninum. 

Waterloo. 

ignescens. 

Lord-Yarborough. 

decorum. 

Sherwoodium. 

doubreyanum. 

Effi-Deans. 

Lord-Byron. 

Glorianuni. 
Cbandler's-grand-purple. 

Princess- Augusta, new. 

Lord-Brougham. 

Websterium. 

ardescens. 

Russellianutn. 

succulentum. 

Rob-Roy. 

Davyanum. 

[The above begin with the light- 
est, and end with the darkest colours. 



NAMES OF PLANTS. 



365 



The following are various fancy sorts. 

Lemon-scented. 

apple-scented. 

rose-scented. 

peppermint-scented. 

oak-leaved. 

ardens. 

bicolor. 

tristum. 

pulchellnm. 

nutmeg-scented. 
Ph6rmium 112, New-Zealand. 

7 ten ax, flax. 

PhVlica 113. 

5 horizontalis, spreading. 

plumdsa. 

squarrosa, squarrose. 

imbricata, imbricated. 

myrtifolia, myrtle-leaved. 

callosa, callous-leaved. 

bicolor, two-coloured. 

ericoldes, heath-like. 

Pim'elea 113. 

5 decussata, cross-leaved. 

rosea, rose-coloured. 

linifolia, flax-leaved. 

spicata, spike-flowered. 

drupacea, berry-beai'mg. 

Pittosp6rum 113. 

13 tobira, Chinese. 

undulata, wave-leaved. 

coriaceum, leather-leaved. 

revoliltum, revolute. 

fiilvum, yellow. 

ftrruglneum, rusty. 
Phry'nium 36. 
Pachide'ndron 259. 
FiNUs 210. 

Canadensis, hemlock-spruce. 

PERiptdcA 198. Silk-vine. 

gr'aeca, Virginian. 

PhjEnVcoma 88. 

5 prolifera, raany-headed. 

Photi'nia 84. 

10 serrulata, serrulate, 
arbutifolia, arbutus-leaved. 

Pe'rsea 244. Alligator-pear. 

11 grati'ssima, common. 
Laurus-persea. 

PuNjfcA 172, Pomegranate. 

Pulsati'lla 134, Pasque-flower. 

vernalis, spring. 

Peri'skia 228, Barbadoes-gooseberry. 

18 aculeata, prickly. 

PVrus 320. 

japonica, red. 

" alba, white. 

Pd^NiA 321, 315, 151. 



edulis-whitlijii, white. 

" fragrans, scented. 

" numea, cnmson. 

chinensis-alba, double- white? 

paradoxa-fimbriata, fringed. 

officinalis-rubra, common. 

15 moutdn, tree. 

" banksii, common. 

" papaverdcea,. white. 

" rosea, rose-coloured. 
Potenti'lla 147. 

nepalensis, Nepaul. 

formosa, 

atropurpurea, dark-purple. 

Russelli^na, Russell's. 

Hopwoodiana, Hopwood's. 

splendens, splendid. 

Platylobium 113, Flat-pea. 

5 formosum, handsome, 
ovatum, ovate-leaved, 
triangulare, triangular-stock. 

Pist'acja 113. 

2 terebinthus, turpentine-tree. 

lentiscus, mastic-tree. 

vera, true. 

reticulata, netted-leaved. 

Plumb' AGO 114, Lead-wort. 

tristis, red-leaved. 

Capensis, Cape. 
Psor'alea 114. 

6 odoratfssima, sweet-scented, 
spicata, spike-flowered, 
aculeata, prickly, 
argentea, silvery, 
tomentosa, downy. 

Podaly'ria 114. 

sericea, silky. 

styracirolia, storax-Ieaved. 

coruscans, glittering. 

argentea, silvery. 

laparioides, liparia-like. 

subiflora, netted-leaved. 
Perso6nia 114. 

6 hirsuta, hairy-leaved. 

m6llis, soft-leaved. 

teretifolia, round-leaved. 

lilcida, shining-leaved. 
Pr6tea 115. 

9 cynaroides, artichoke-flowered. 

speciosa, splendid. 

" rubra, red. 

umbonalis, embossed. 

lontrifdlia . 

melalcuca, black-fringed. 

grandiflora, large-flowered. 

coccfnea, scarlet-flowered. 

cenocdrpa. 

pallens. 



366 



NAMES OF PLANTS. 



formdsa, 

magnifica, 

mellifera, 
Pulten^jEa 115. 

5 villosa, 

obcordata, 

argentea, 

pluraosa, 

flexilis, 

Candida, 

stricta, 
Phl6x 145. 

paniculata, 

acuminata, 

intermedia, 

odorata, 

pyramidalis, 

" dlba, 

suaveolens, 

refl^xa, 

stolonifera, 

pilosa, 

divariccLta, 

nivalis, 

subulata, 
Pri'mula 146, 314, 

vulgaris, 

elatior, 

var. var. 

auricula, 

var. var. 

cortusoides, 

dentiflora, 

suaveolens, 

decora, 

sc6tica, 

farinosa, 

veris, 

2 sinensis, 

« alba, 

dentiflora, 
Pancr^atium 248. 

11 maritimum, 

verecundum, 

littoralis, 

speciosum, 

caribvE'uM, 
PoLYSPORA 248. 

axillaris. 
Camellia axillaris. 
Passiflora 248, 

13 alata, 

racemosa, 

coerulea " 

quadrangularis, 

filamentosa, 

picturata, 
Pand'anus 249, 



handsome. 

magnificent. 

honey-bearing, 

villous. 

heart-leaved. 

silvery-leaved. 

feathered. 

fragrant. 

white-leaved. 

erect-growing. 

panicled. 

cross-leaved. 

intermediate. 

odoriferous. 

pyramid-flowered. 

white. 

sweet-scented. 

reflex-leaved. 

creeping. 

hairy. 

early-flowering. 

snowy-white. 

awl-leaved. 

Primrose. 

English-primrose. 

ox-lip. 

polyanthus. 

auricula. 

cortuso-like. 

jagged-flowered. 

sweet-scented. 

pretty. 

Scotch. 

bird's-eye. 

cowslip. 

China. 

white. 

ragged. 

sea-daffodil. 

narcissus-leaved. 

sea-side. 

showy. 

Caribbeaiv 

axil-flowered. 

Passion-flower. 

winged-stalked. 

racemose. 

blue 

square-stalked. 

'thready. 

pictured. 

Screw-Pine. 



13 odoratissimus, scented. 

utilis ? red-spined. 

Pterospe'rmum 250. 

13 suberifolium, various-leaved. 

semisagittatum, half-sagittate. 
Plume'ria 250. 

11 acuminata, acuminate, 
tricolor, three-coloured, 
rilbra, red-coloured. 

Ph'<enix 250, Date-Palm. 

12 dactylifera, common, 
paludosa, marsh. 

Re'seda 297, Mignonette. 

11 odorata, scented. 

Rochea 231. 

18 falcata. 

Crassiila fulcdia. 
Rhu's 45. 
Robi'nia 45. 
RoscdEA 251. 

purpurea, 

spicata, 

capitata, 
Rue'llia 251. 

10 formosa, 
fulgida, 
anisoph^Ila, 
persicifolia. 
persicifolia. 

Rha'pxs 251. 

11 flabelliformis, creeping-rooted. 
Rhodode'ndron 115, Rose-tree. 



sickle-leaved. 



purple. 

spike-flowered. 

crown-flowered, 

handsome. 

shining. 

unequal-leaved. 

peach-leaved. 



16 arboreum, 

" album, 

" superbum, 

" purpureum, 

" dlte-clarance, 

campanulatum, 

anthopogon, 

cinnamomeum, 
Roe'lla 116. 

5 cilli^ta, 

spicata, 

pedunculata, 
Riphi6de'ndron 260. 
RVbus 325. 

3 rosaefolius, 
R'osA 172, 

12 indica. 
" minor. 

animated. 

Bengal elongata. 

Belle-Chinese. 

La-tendere-japonica. 

belle-vibert, 

odorata, tea-scented. 

" alba, white-tea. 

Florence, scarlet-tea. 



tree. 

white-flowered. 

superb. 

purple-flowered. 

large. 

bell-flowered. 

bearded-flowered. 

cinnamon-coloured. 

cilliate. 

spiked-flowered. 

peduncled. 



Bramble-rose, 
China-Rose, 



NAMES OF PLANTS. 



367 



Bengal, :_ yellow-tea. 

Venella. 

Belle-de-monza. 

amaranthe. 

Clintonia. 

semperflorens-pleno. 

Otaheite. 

sang-uinea-purpurea. 

Grandvil. 

Indica-alba, white-China. 

magnifier. 

Florabunda-multiplex. 

Flamsea. 

Hibbertia. 

Jacksonia. 

Adamsonia. 

Websteria. 

gigantea. 

Washington. 

calyxifolia. 

Montezuma, 

Hortensia. 

Rosa 156, common Moss, Garden-rose, 
blush " 

crimson " 

white " 

scarlet " 

Clinton " 

Damask " 

mottled " 

sweet-briar " 

de-Meaux " 

Lee's-crimson-perpetual. 
unique, or white-Provence, 
tricolor. 



spinosissima, 

gallica, 

centifolia, 

Damacene, 

dlba, 

rubigin6sa, 

white-monthly 

red " 

striped " 

Black-Tuscany. 

Sponge's-provins. 

favourite-mignone 

champion. 

fair-maid. 

rouge-superb. 

red-and-violet. 

Pomonia. 

black-fringe. 

royal-provins. 

royal-virgin. 

royal- bouquet. 

Great-Mogul. 



Scotch. 

officinale. 

Provins. 

damask. 

white. 

sweet-briar. 



striped-nosegay, 
paragon. 

ornament-de-parade. 
York-and-Lancaster. 
mundii. 
Flanders, 
delicious. 
Rosa 189, Climbing. 

Champneyana, pink-cluster, 
blush-noisettia. 

red-noisettia. scarlet-cluster* 
white-cluster or musk, 
superb " " 

aralie-noisettia. 
purple. 



Bourbon. 




Boursault. 




Lisle. 




raicroph^ylla. 




Franklin, 


cluster-tea. 


BanksioB, 


white. 


(( 


yellow. 


multiflora, 




K 


white. 


(C 


scarlet. 


'• 


purple. 


Grevillii, 


many-coloured. 


arvensis multip] 


ex. 


sempervirens pi 


eno. 


bracteata pleno, 


Macartney. 


S'agus 252, 


Sago-Palm. 


11 vinifera, 


prickly-leaved. 


Riimphii, 


Rumphius'. 


Sola'ndra 252. 




7 grandifldra, 


large-flowered. 


viridiflora. 


green-flowered. 


Stropha'nthus. 




divergens. 


spreading. 


dich6tomus, 


forked. 


Swiete'nia 253, 


Mahogany-tree. 


15 mahdgoni, 


common. 


febrifuga. 


febrifuge. 


Sa'lvia 117. 




12 spl^ndens, 


splendid. 


cceriilea, 


blue-flowered. 


coccinea, 


scarlet-flowered. 


ailrea. 


yellow-leaved. 


paniculata. 


panicle-flowered. 


iudica, 


Indian. 


^legans, 


elegant. 


Sen'ecio 117. 


ground-sel. 


12 grandiflorus. 


large-flowered. 


venustus, 


wing-leaved. 


cinerascens. 


gray. 


6legans pleno, 


elegant. 


ScnaTiA 118. 




1 speciosa, 


spacious. 



368 



NAMES OF PLANTS. 



aldta, wing-leaved, 

latifolia, broad-leaved. 
Omphalobimn scholia. 

tamarindifolia, Tamirand-leaved. 

SWAINSONA 118. 

I galegifolia, red-flowered, 
coronillaefolia, purple-flowered, 
astragalifolia, white-flowered. 

SCOTTIA 118, 

6 dentata, toothed. 

angustifolia, narrow-leaved. 

trapeziformus, trapeziforum. 
Sparrma'nnia 119. 

12 africana, African. 
Sph^rolobium. 

6 vimineum, yellow-flowered. 

medium, red-flowered. 
Sprenge'lia 119. 

6 incarn^ta, flesh-coloured. 
Stylidi'um 120. 

6 graminifolium, grass-leaved. 

fruticosum, shrubby. 

laricifoliuin, larch-leaved. 

adnatum, adnate. 
Styph^ilia 120. 

6 tubiflora, tube-flowered. 

triflora, three-flowered. 

adscendens, ascending. 

longifolia, long-flowered. 
Salpiglo'ssis 120. 

13 picta, painted, 
atropurpiirea, dark-purple, 
sinuata, crimson. 

Streli'tzia 263. 

19 reginse, Queen. 

ovdta, oval-leaved. 

hiimilis, dwarf. 

agusta, large-leaved. 

juncea, rush-leaved. 

parvifolia, small-leaved. 

farinosa, mealy-stalked. 
Spara'xis 304. 

grandiflora stri- 
ata, striped. 

versicolor, various. 

anemonseflora, anemone-flowered. 
Sternbe'rgia 274. 

II lutea, yellow. 
Amar'yllis lutea. 

Spreik'elia 207. 

11 formosissima, Jacobea-lily. 

Amaryllis formosissima. 

Sapon'aria 147, Soap- wort. 

officind-lis pleno, double. 

csBspitosa, tufted. 

SiL^ENE 147, Catch-fly. 

visc6sa, clammy. 

" plena, double. 



Saxi'fraga 147, Saxifrage. ' 

hirsuta, hairy. 

crassifolia, thick-leaved, 

granulata multi- 
plex, double. 

umbrosa, London-pride. 

sarmentosa, sarmentose. 

pulchella, pretty. 

pyramidalis, pyramidal. 
Spir^^a 148, 

ulmd,ria multi- double meadow- 
plex, sweet. 

filip^ndula " drop-wort. 

lobata lobe-leaved. 

Sta'tice 148. Thrift. 

vulgaris, common. 

Armeria vulgaris. 

speciosa, showy. 

latifolia, broad-leaved. 

maritima, sea-side. 

Tag'etes 120. 

11 liicida, sweet-scented. 

Testudin'aria 221, Hottentot's bread- 

elephantipes, Elephant's^foot. 

montana, mountain. 

Ta'xus 121. Yew. 

14 nucifera, nut-bearing. 

Telop'ea 121. 

19 speciosissimus, showy. 
Templetonia 122. 

6 retusa, erect. 

glcLuca, glaucous. 

Trist^nia 122. 

I neriifolia, oleander-leaved, 
conferta, crowded, 
suaveolens, scented. 

Tecoma 253, 65. 

10 m6llis, soft, 
digitata, digitated, 
splendida, splendid, 
capensis, cape, 
stdns, ash-leaved.. 
Bigndnia stdns. 

Tabern^mont'ana 

II coronaria pleno, double- white, 
Nerium corondrium pleno. 
densiflora, dense-flowered, 

Thr^inax 254. 

11 parviflora, small-flowered. 
Taxa'nthema 149. 

tatarica, Tartarean. 

Stdtice tatarica. 

latifolia, broad-leaved. 

conspicua, conspicuous. 

Thom'asia 101. 

1 solanacea, night-shade-leaved, 

quercifolia, oak-leaved. 

Trit'onia 304. 



NAMES OF PLANTS. 



369 



11 crocata, crocus-leaved. 
Jxia crocata. 

xanthosphila, yellow-spotted. 
Thunbe'rgia 251. 

1 coccinea, scarlet, 

grandiflora, large-flowered, 

fragrans, scented, 

alata, wing-leaved. 

Tro'llius 149, Globe-flower, 

Europ'aeus, European. 

Asiaticus, Asiatic. 

Th'uja 210. American arbor-vitse. 

accidentalis, western, 

orientalis, eastern. 

Tigri'dia 208. Tiger-flower. 

11 pavonia. peacock, 

conchiiflora, yellow-spotted. 
Tetram'erium 228. 

17 odoratissimum, scented. 
Coffea occidenldlis. 

Verbe'na 122, Vervain, 

chamssdryfolia, scarlet. 
melindres. 

Lamb^rtii, Lambert's, 

pulcliella, pretty. 
Vibu'rnum 123, 306, 45. 

17 tirius, laurestinus. 

lucidutn, shining, 

odoratissimum, scented, 

hirsutum, hairy, 

strictum, erect, 

variegatum, variegated. 
Vemin'aria 124. 

6 dcnudata, half-naked. 
Virgi'lia 124. 

capensis, cape. 
Volkam'eria 124. 

Ver6nica 149. Speed-well, 

officinalis, officinal, 

cham'sedrys, Germander, 

media, long-spiked, 

inckna, hoary, 

slogans, elegant, 

spicata, spiked, 

grdndis, large white, 

incarnata, flesh-coloured, 

clrnea, pale red. 

leucdntha, white-flowered, 

bellidiofdes, daisy-leaved, 
47 



v^rna, 


vernal. 


am^cena, 
pulch^lla, 
Valeriana 149. 


fine-blue 
neat. 


diofca, 

V^IOLA 150. 

odorata, 


dioicious. 
Violet, 
sweet-scer 



" pieno dlba, double-white. 

" " purpurea, " purple. 
Wits'enia 125. 

8 corymbosa, corymbose. 
Westri'ngia 125. 

I rosmarinif6rmis, rosemary-leaved, 
longifolia, long-leaved. 

Wachendo'rfia 24. 
Whale'nbergia 136, 

7 grandiflora, large-flowered. 

Campanula grandiflora. 
Watsonia 304. 

II iridifolia, iris-leaved, 
rosea, rose-coloured, 
hutnilis, dwarf, 
fulgiila, scarlet. 
AnlhoVyza fulgens. 

rubens, red-spotted. 

Wist'eria 197. 

frulescens, shrubby. 

Gl'^ycine frutescens. 
cliineusis, Chinese. 

GVycine chinensis. 



Yu'ccA 150. 

superba, 
Gloriosa. 

aloifolia, 

angustifdlia, 

acuminata, 

serrulata, 

filamentosa, 
Z^AMiA 125, 254. 

11 h6rrida, 

piingens, 

spiralis, 

latifolia, 

media, 

furfuracea, 

tenuis, 

integrifolia, 
Zi'ngiber 36. 



Adani's-needle. 
superb. 

aloe-leaved. 

narrow-leaved, 

tapering-flowored. 

saw-leaved. 

thready. 

horrid, 

pungent. 

spiral. 

broad-leaved. 

intermediate. 

chafly. 

slender. 

entire-leaved. 

Ginger. 



INDEX. 



Airing the green-house, 20. 38. 172. 

hot-house, 33. 
Annuals, of sowing tender, 53. 
Awning for hyacinths, 202. 
for carnations, 277. 
for plants, 256. 
Box edgings, directions for planting, 139. 
Bulbs, of protecting, 25. 

preserving of Cape, 175. 
method of planting Dutch 318. 
care of tender 328. 
Bulbous roots, of uncovering, 152. 

" " protecting, 152. 
Cistern, of a, 12. 273. 
Cold, in the green-house, effects of, 21. 
Cleanliness, good and bad effects of, 38. 
Clipping shrubs, observations on, 44. 
Carnation, qualities of a fine, 275. 

" and pink layers, care of, 307. 

Camellias, period of selecting, 316. 
Coverings, oil-cloth, 342. 
Damp, in the green-house, effects of, 20. 

22. 
Dahlias, forwarding in a hot-bed, 181. 
Daisies, primroses, &:c. method of pro- 
tecting, 321. 
Engine for the green-house, best kind 

of, 19. 
Enarching, method of, 127. 
Edgings, fancy, 162. 

" method of dressing box, 211. 
Fires, how to regulate the, 21. 33. 
Fumigating, method of, 13. 
Frames, of protecting, 26. 
Glass, effects of broken, 43. 
" » of double, 338. 
Grass-seeds, most approved, 161. 
" walks, of laying down, ib. 
Grafting, whip or tongue, 163. 
Green-house, temperature of the, .340. 

" how to regulate the, ib. 

Geraniums, how to prune or dress, 286. 
Hedges, how to keep evergreen, 211. 
Herbaceous plants, how to treat, 325. 
" " criterion for planting, 

151. 
Hotbeds, of making, 52. 178. 
Hyacinth, properties of a good, 202. 
Hyacinths, of plunging new potted, 305. 



Insects, their destruction, 12. 30. 35. 56. 

" effects of light on, 17. 
Inoculation, method of, 47. 
Liquid for orange and lemon trees, 39. 
" to destroy the cocus insect, 15. 
Lime trees, situation in the green-house 

of, 312. 
Leaves, bad effects of, 332. 
Mildew on Camellias, &:c., how to de- 
stroy, 22, 23. 173. 
Manure, fermentation of, 52. 
Orange and Lemon trees, when to trans 
plant, 287. 
" " " how to prune, 

289. 
Plants, criterion for repotting, 126. 

" of training climbing green-house, 

176. 
" in summer the best situation for, 
256. 
Pots, method of draining flower, 126. 
Pruning, good or bad effects of, 27. 

" various shrubs, manner of, 45. 
" China roses, manner of, 189. 
'• climbing ever-blooming roses, 

method of, 191. 
" " roses, 195. 

Planting, bad effects in, 334. 

" state of the soil when, 48. 
Pink, qualities of a fine, 276. 
Perennials, description of fine, 133. 
Parlours,treatment of plants in, 28. 54. 343. 
Repotting plants, 17. 35. 41. 57. 61. 169. 
Roses, how to retard the blooming of, 155. 
" finest sorts of, 156. 
" varieties of, ib. 
" of fancy planting, 157. 
" of mulching, 158. 
" in June, reasons for pruning, 279. 
" nature of the soil for, 323. 
" early, how to have, 344. 
Shutters, benefit of, 10. 

" how to make, 337. 
Slugs, detect, 25. 

" how to destroy, 267. 
Stocks, of procuring seed from flowering, 

176. 
Shrubs, of uncovering 129. 

" pleasure and effect of, 48. 



372 



INDEX, &c. 



Shrubs, manner of planting, 50. 
" of supporting, 51. 
" of packing, 51. 
Snow on the houses, bad effects of, 34. 
Syringes, best kind of, 19. 
Syringing, good effects of, 14. 19. 37. 39. 

171. 
Tieing up plants, method of, 19. 
Tubs for trees, perforated, 59. 

" " best kind of, 288. 

Trees, of heading down, 59. 

" of watering and arranging large, 
259. 
Tanners' bark, nature of, 332. 
Tan-bed, plunge the plants in the, 339. 
Tobacco for destroying insects, decoction 

of, 60. 



Turf, of laying, 160. 

Trellises, of, 196. 

Tulip, properties of a fine, 203. 

Watering, good or bad effects of, 11. 21. 
29. 34. 56. 58. 

Water on hot-house plants, effects of cold, 
12. 

Watering-pot, best kind of, 11. 

Wounds on trees, composition for cover- 
ing, 172. 

White-washing the glass with whiting, 
of, 173. 

Walks with turf, of laying, 209. 

Wall-flowers, how to propagate, 268. 

" and stocks, time of lifting, 

307. 



LIST OF HARDY SHRUBS. 

Those marked thus *, require protection in winter, and those marked thus t, shade in 

summer. 



Am6rpha, 


Bastard-indigo. 


var, var. 


red, white, and pur 


fruticosa. 


shrubby. 




pie. 


Amy'gdalus, 


Almond. 


Gord'onia, 


Franklinia. 


nana, 


dwarf. 


pubescens. 


downy. 


ptimila, 


double-flowering. 


Hib'iscus, 


Althasa. 


a^rsica, 


peach-leaved. 


syriacus. 


Althasa frutax. 


Andr6meda. 




var. var. 




all the species 




Hydr'angea. 




Az'alea, 


American honeysuc- 


all the varieties 






kle. 


t*hortensis. 


garden. 


all the hardy 


species. 


'Ilex, 


Holly. 


Auci/ba, 


Gold-tree. 


var. var. 




tjaponica, 


Japan. 


Jasm'inum, 


Jasmine, 


Bo'xus, 


Box-tree. 


frutlcans, 


shrubby. 


two species. 




officinale. 


climbing white. 


CalycVnthus, 


Sweet-scented shrub. 


Junip'erus, 


Juniper. 


floridus, 


purple-flowered. 


suecica. 


Swedish. 


var. var. 




virginicus, 


Virginian. 


Casti'nea, 


Chesnut-tree. 


Ka'lmia, 


American Laurel. 


pumila, 


dwarf 


glduca. 


glaucous, 
broad-leaved. 


Ce'rcis, 

canadensis. 


Judas-tree. 


latifolia. 








Chiona'nthus. 


Fringe-tree. 


La'urus, 


Laurel. 


virginica. 


common. 


*n6bilis. 


sweet-bay. 


Clk'thra. 




var. var. 




all the hardy 

C6RNUS, 


species. 

Dogwood. 


Lavend'ula, 
spica, 


Lavender, 
spike-flowered. 


fl6rida. 


large-flowered. 


Magn'olia. 




sangjiinea, 


bloody. 


purpurea, 


purple. 


DA'phne. 




R6bus, 


slender. 


raezerium, 


red. 


graeilig. 





LIST OF HARDY SHRUBS. 



373 



grandifldra, large-flowered. 



var. var. 




hispida, 


thomsoniana, 


hybrid. 


S6rbus. 


consplcua, 


zoulan. 


h'ybrida, 


soulangeana, 


hybrid. 




Philad'elfhus, 


mock-orange. 


Spir'^a. 


grandiflora, 


large-flowered. 


tomenCosa, 


man a, 


dwarf. 


bella. 


Tariegatus, 


variegated. 


frutex. 


P'iNUS, 


Pine or Fir-tree. 


Symph'ora, 


balsamea, 


balm of Gilead. 


racem^osa, 


Pinckne'ya, 


Georgia bark-tree. 


glomerata. 


piibens, 


downy. 


Syr'inga, 


Pru'nus, 


Cherry. 


all the specie 


*lusitdnica, 


Portugal-laurel. 


Ta'xus, 


*laurocerasus, 


English-laurel. 


bacc^ta. 


Rhodode'ndron, 


Rose-bay. 


hib6rnica, 


catawbi^nse, 


Catawba. 




daiiricum, 


daurian. 


Thd'ja. 


var. var. 




occidentals, 


p6nticuni, 


pink. 


orient'alis, 


var. var. 




Ti'llia, 


mdximum. 


common. 


parvif'olia, 


Rh'us, 


Sumach. 


coccinea, 


colinus, 


mist-tree. \ 


Vib'urnum. 


Ri'bes. 




opulus, 


aureum, 


fragrant 


var, var. 


sangulneum, 


bloody. 





RobInia, 



Locust-tree, 
rose-acacia. 

mountain-ash — a 
beautiful shrub. 

tomentose. 

red flowered. 

shawy. 
Snow-berry, 
white-berried, 
red-berried. 
Lilac. 

Yew. 

a handsome, erect 

growing evergreen, 
arbor-vitas. 
American. 
Chinese. 

Lime or Linden-tree. 
small-leaved, 
scarlet. 

guelder-rose. 



LIST OF ANNUALS THAT MAY BE SOWN ON A HOT-BED. 



Amara'nthus, 


Amaranth. 


Ipom'oea, 


Cypress-vine. 


tricolor. 


three-coloured. 


var. var. 




hypochondri 


acus, Prince's-Feather. 


MlM^OSA. 




caud^tus. 


love-lies-bleeding. 


sensitiva. 


sensitive-plant. 


globbosus, 


globe. 


Stram'onium. 




var. var. 




purpurea pleno double-blue. 


Balsam'ina, 


Ladies -slipper. 


alba " 


" white. 


hortensis. 


garden. 


Schiza'nthus. 




var. var. 




pinnatus and porrigens. 


Browa'llia. 




A'STER. 




elata. 


blue. 


chinensis. 


Queen Margaret's. 


var. 


white. 


var. var. 




Ca'nna, 


Indian-shot. 


Calendula, 


Mary-gold. 


indica, 


Indian. 


K 


African, French. 


Cel'osia. 




(I 


dwarf and sweet-scented 


cristita, 


cockscomb. 


Xera'nthemum 


of sorts. 


var. var. 




Stocks, 10 week varieties. 



374 



HARDY ANNUALS, &c. 
HARDY ANNUALS. 



Aly ssum, white or sweet. 

Ant'irhi^nom latifoMia. 

" medium. 

" specio^sum. 

" versicolor. 
Argeratum mexicanum. 

" odoratum. 
Argemone, of sorts. 
Aster, Chinese, of varieties. 
Amaranthus, do. do. 
Balsam, do. do. 

Cacc^alia Coccinea. 
Centa'urea Americana. 
Calceolaria of sorts. 
Cla'skia, pulch^lia. 
Celosia of sorts. 

Calendu'la Mary- Gold, of sorts. 
Candytuft, of var. 
Convo'lvulus, of var. 
Coreopsis, of var. 
Gypsoph'ila elegans. 
Hollyhock, Chinese, of var. 
Hawkweed, of var. 
Ipom^ea, do. 

Larkspur, dwarf-rocket. 



Larkspur, branching. 
" Neapohtan. 
Love-Lies-Bleeding. 
Lupins, of sorts. 
Marvel of Peru. 
Mignonette, sweet. 
Marygold, of sorts. 
Nasturtium, dwarf. 
NiGELLA, of var. 
CEnothera, do. do. 
Pink Indian. 
Peas, sweet, of sorts. 
Persic^ aria, red and white. 
Poppy, double var. 
Princess Feather. 
Snap-Dragon. 
Stock, Prussian, in var. 
Sun-Flower, of var. 
Sultan, sweet. 
SiLENE, of sorts. 
Venus' Looking-Glass. 

" Navel-Wort. 
Xeranthemum, of var. 
Zinnia, elegans. 

" of sorts. 



[We have not been minute in the list of annuals, as they are generally known, 
and a judicious selection adapted to this country may be found in the catalogue of 
D. & C. Landreth, Philadelphia, or that of Smith & Hogg, New York.] 



HARDY BIENNIALS. 



Campanula spicata. 

•' medium Canterbury-bells. 

" " dlbida, white. 

Delphi'nium pictum. 
Diait^alis, Fox Glove. 

" purpurea. 

" dlba. 
Honesty, or Lunaria. 
Honeysuckle, French. 
Horned Poppy. 
H'umea, elegans. 
Ma'lva Arb^orea. 
MiMULus, of var. 
QEnoth'era, 



elata, 

suaveolens, 

spectdbilis, 

biennis, 

var. var. 

longifl^ora. 

corymb^osa, 

SlL^ENE, 

" multifl-ora, 
" viscosa, 
'• divaric^ata, 
Wall-Flower, 



Evening Primrose. 



tall. 

sweet-scented, 
showy, 
common. 

long-flower, 
corymbose. 
Catch-fly. 
many-flowered, 
clammy, 
avarieate. 
bloody, 
white, 
yellow. 



375 



TABLE OF SOILS. 



The following compound of soils are adapted to the nature of the Plants contained 
in this Work, 

The figures attached to the first species of each Genus refer to the Table of Soils, 
where the compost is in parts ; and where any figures occur in the same Genus, the 
species following are of the same nature. 



Number. 


Savanna 




Loam. 


Leaf. 


Sand. 




Manure 


1 


2 


. 


1 


. 


. 


. 


. 


2 


. 


. 


3 


2 


. 


. 


. 


3 


. 


. 


4 


. 


1 


. 


1 


4 


. 


. 


2 


1 


. 






5 


aU 


. 


, 


. 


. 






6 


3 


. 


1 


. 


. 






7 


. 


. 


3 


1 








8 


4 


- 


1 


. 








9 


. 


. 


2 


2 








10 


1 


- 


1 


1 








11 


. 


. 


3 


2 








12 


. 


. 


3 


1 






1 


13 


2 


. 


2 


1 






1 


14 


. 


. 


4 


. 






. 


15 


. 


_ 


4 


2 






. 


16 


4 


_ 


. 


1 






. 


17 


. 


. 


5 


1 






1 


18 


. 


. 


1 


1 






- 


19 


1 


. 


1 


- 


- 




- 



REMARKS ON THE NATORE OF BOILS USED IN THE ABOVE TABLE. 

Savanna soil — is of a dark colour, with a large portion of white sand incorpo- 
rated with it, and is found frequently in New Jersey. A mixture of two-thirds 
black earth from the woods, and one-third of pure white sand, will be similar to 
it, and may be used as a substitute, but is not exactly of the same nature. 

Loam — is of a light brown colour, and is that from old pastures or commons, which 
should lie one year, and be frequently turned before using. It ought not to be 
from a clay bottom. 

Leaf mould — is that which is to be found on the surface of the ground in woods, 
and is the decomposed leaves. It may be termed nearly of first rate importance 
in vegetation. 

Sand — is a substance that is generally known, and that which is found on the sur- 
face is decidedly the best. If it is from a pit, it must be spread out, and frequently 
turned, that it may assimilate with the atmosphere before using ; — four months 
will be sufficient. 

Manure — before using, must be decomposed to very fine particles. It will require 
two years, during which time it must be often turned, and the longer it lays it 
will be the finer and more congenial. 



HIBBERT AND BUIST, 

XiXOTIO NURSISRYMEN AND FLORISTS^ 

Respectfully inform their friends and the public generally, that in addition 
to the Garden in Thirteenth-street, they have purchased the Nursery Grounds^ 
Green-Houses, &c., established by the late B. M'Mahon, Esq., on the township 
line, near the Germantown road, about three miles from the city, where the pro- 
pagation and cultivation of Ornamental Trees, Shrubs, Plants, and Flowers, will 
hereafter be extensively carried on, and improved in accordance to the increasing 
demand. 

The Thirteenth-street Garden will be appropriated as a repository for the sale 
of plants and the receiving of orders. 

A splendid collection of Camellia Japonica, containing the most approved and 
distinct varieties; also a very large selection of the most esteemed and beautiful 
Roses. Their Dahlias were selected by R. Buist, last year, from the finest col- 
lection in England, together with many Ornamental and other Plants not sur- 
passed for extent in the Union. 

Orders at either of the establishments, or per post, will be duly received and 
punctually attended to. 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 




